AETC Syllabus F16C0B00PL (56 FW), F16C0TX0PL (56 FW), F16C0SOCPL (56 FW)

Flying Training

F-16C/D Initial Qualification (56 FW)

F-16C/D Requalification (56 FW)
F-16C/D Specialized Qualification (56 FW)

April 2014

Air Education and Training Command

Designed for AETC Course Use

DEPARTMENT OF THE AIR FORCE HQ AETC Syllabus F16C0B00PL (56 FW)
Headquarters Air Education and Training Command HQ AETC Syllabus F16C0TX0PL (56 FW)
Randolph AFB, TX 78150-4404 HQ AETC Syllabus F16C0SOCPL (56 FW)

April 2014

This syllabus outlines the training required to achieve proficiency specified in the course training standards. This syllabus is
not complete without AETC Syllabus Supplement F1600CTSPL, F-16 Simulator and Flying Course Training Standards,
AETCI 36-2205V1, Flying Training Student Administration and Management, and AETCI 36-2205V6, Formal Flying
Training Administration and Management—Fighter and Introduction to Fighter Fundamentals (IFF). It prescribes the
content of the course, instructions to conduct the training, and the approximate time necessary to successfully complete all
requirements. Any training not specifically authorized in this syllabus or other AETC directives is prohibited without prior
approval of this headquarters. Forward suggestions to HQ AETC/A3ZF who will forward them to the appropriate OPDR. The
next planned revision is April 2016.

OFFICIAL

AIR EDUCATION AND TRAINING COMMAND

//SIGNED//
MICHAEL A. KELTZ
Major General, USAF
Director of Intelligence, Operations,
and Nuclear Integration

________________________________________________
Supersedes: HQ AETC F-16 Combined Wingman Syllabus, March 2012, C-1
Pages: 287
OPR: HQ AETC/A3ZF
POC: Mr. Mark Rightnour, Civ, DSN 487-9636
Certified by: Col Steven C. Burgh
Accessibility: A .pdf file is available on the AETC Flying Training Special Publications website.
Distribution: Authorized to Department of Defense and U.S. companies under DoD contract for this course only.
Releasability: Refer other requests for this document to the OPR.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 i

Contents

Chapter Page
1 — Course Description
Section A — Course Accounting .................................................................................................................... 1
Section B — Training Summary ..................................................................................................................... 2
Section C — Expendables / Range Requirements .......................................................................................... 2
Section D — Aircraft Configurations ............................................................................................................. 2

2 — Course Administration
Section A — Syllabus Management ............................................................................................................... 3
Section B — Training Management ............................................................................................................... 3
Section C — Grading Procedures................................................................................................................. 9
Section D — Course Training Standards......................................................................................................... 9
Section E — Course Flow ............................................................................................................................. 10
Section F — Mission / Device Description ................................................................................................... 11

3 — Ground and Academic Training

Section A — General Instructions ................................................................................................................ 12
Section B — Ground Training Inventory ...................................................................................................... 13
Section C — Academic Training Inventory .................................................................................................. 14

4 — Device Training
Section A — General Instructions ................................................................................................................ 21
Section B — Training Devices ..................................................................................................................... 22

5 — Flying Training
Section A — General Instructions ................................................................................................................ 73
Section B — Transition (TR) Phase.............................................................................................................. 78
Section C — Advanced Handling (AH) Phase ............................................................................................. 89
Section D — Air-to-Air (A-A) Phase ........................................................................................................... 99
Section E — Air-to-Surface (A-S) Phase.................................................................................................... 110

6 — Initial Qualification (B) Course

Section A — Course Description / Accounting .......................................................................................... 140
Section B — Training Summary ................................................................................................................. 141
Section C — Aircraft Configurations.......................................................................................................... 147
Section D — Training Management ........................................................................................................... 147
Section E — Grading Procedures ................................................................................................................ 147
Section F — Course Flow ........................................................................................................................... 149
Section G — Ground and Academic Training ............................................................................................ 166
Section H — Device Training ..................................................................................................................... 166
Section I — Flying Training ....................................................................................................................... 166

7 — Requalification (TX) Track 1A/1B

Section A — Course Description / Accounting .......................................................................................... 169
Section B — Training Summary ................................................................................................................. 170
Section C — Aircraft Configurations.......................................................................................................... 178
Section D — Training Management ........................................................................................................... 178
ii Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

7 — Requalification (TX) Track 1A/1B (continued)

Section E — Grading Procedures ................................................................................................................ 178
Section F — Course Flow ........................................................................................................................... 181
Section G — Ground and Academic Training ............................................................................................ 206
Section H — Device Training ..................................................................................................................... 206
Section I — Flying Training ....................................................................................................................... 206

8 — Requalification (TX) Track 2

Section A — Course Description / Accounting .......................................................................................... 209
Section B — Training Summary ................................................................................................................. 210
Section C — Aircraft Configurations.......................................................................................................... 213
Section D — Training Management ........................................................................................................... 213
Section E — Grading Procedures ................................................................................................................ 214
Section F — Course Flow ........................................................................................................................... 215
Section G — Ground and Academic Training ............................................................................................ 221
Section H — Device Training ..................................................................................................................... 221
Section I — Flying Training ....................................................................................................................... 221

9 — Requalification (TX) Track 3

Section A — Course Description / Accounting .......................................................................................... 223
Section B — Training Summary ................................................................................................................. 224
Section C — Aircraft Configurations.......................................................................................................... 227
Section D — Training Management ........................................................................................................... 227
Section E — Grading Procedures ................................................................................................................ 227
Section F — Course Flow ........................................................................................................................... 229
Section G — Ground and Academic Training ............................................................................................ 235
Section H — Device Training ..................................................................................................................... 235
Section I — Flying Training ....................................................................................................................... 235

10 — Specialized Qualification (SOC) Track 1A/1B/1C/1D/1E/1F

Section A — Course Description / Accounting .......................................................................................... 237
Section B — Training Summary ................................................................................................................. 238
Section C — Aircraft Configurations.......................................................................................................... 244
Section D — Training Management ........................................................................................................... 244
Section E — Grading Procedures ................................................................................................................ 244
Section F — Course Flow ........................................................................................................................... 246
Section G — Ground and Academic Training ............................................................................................ 259
Section H — Device Training ..................................................................................................................... 259
Section I — Flying Training ....................................................................................................................... 259

11 — Specialized Qualification (SOC) Track 2

Section A — Course Description / Accounting .......................................................................................... 261
Section B — Training Summary ................................................................................................................. 261
Section C — Aircraft Configurations.......................................................................................................... 264
Section D — Training Management ........................................................................................................... 264
Section E — Grading Procedures ................................................................................................................ 264
Section F — Course Flow ........................................................................................................................... 265
Section G — Ground and Academic Training ............................................................................................ 270
Section H — Device Training ..................................................................................................................... 270
Section I — Flying Training ....................................................................................................................... 270
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 iii

12 — Specialized Qualification (SOC) Track 3

Section A — Course Description / Accounting .......................................................................................... 271
Section B — Training Summary ................................................................................................................. 271
Section C — Aircraft Configurations.......................................................................................................... 274
Section D — Training Management ........................................................................................................... 274
Section E — Grading Procedures ................................................................................................................ 274
Section F — Course Flow ........................................................................................................................... 275
Section G — Ground and Academic Training ............................................................................................ 280
Section H — Device Training ..................................................................................................................... 280
Section I — Flying Training ....................................................................................................................... 280

13 — General Instructions
Section A — Prerequisites .......................................................................................................................... 281
Section B — Bibliography ....................................................................................................... 281
Section C — Glossary ............................................................................................................................. 281
iv Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

Summary of Changes:
1. Numerous administrative edits throughout document.
2. Title of syllabus updated to reflect training at Holloman AFB as well.
3. Moved missionized sorties to the end of the course.
4. Demonstrate proficiency required for offensive, defensive, and high-aspect BFM.
5. B-course updates: Added 2 NTCs; SSR increased from 110.76 to 116.1 due to the increase in direct support sorties for
certain missions such as tactical intercepts; training days (TD) increased from 148 to 154.
6. TX1 updates: 1A, TDs increased by 4; 5 NTCs added; 2 student sorties eliminated; SSR unchanged due to direct
support increases; 1B, TDs increased by 4; 1 NTC added; 1 student sortie eliminated; SSR increased from 57.78 to 58.85.
7. TX2 updates: 4 TDs added; 4 NTCs added; 1 student sortie added; SSR increased from 32.1 to 36.38.
8. TX3 updates: 4 TDs added; 2 NTCs added; 1 student sortie added; SSR increased from 20.33 to 25.68.
9. SOC Track 2 updates: 4 TDs deleted; 4 student sorties eliminated; SSR decreased from 28.89 to 19.26.
10. Deleted solo clearance for HMCS operations and Cat III maneuvering.
11. NVG LOWAT and LOWAT for HAS eliminated.
12. Paveway III and Maverick simulators eliminated and topoff academics added.
13. Laser JDAM item added to topoff simulator (SPINS for sorties if desired).
14. Small Diameter Bomb added.
15. Clearly defines requirement for Class A range on SA-1 through SA-4.
16. Paragraph 8-7, TX2 entry prerequisities revised.
17. Paragraph 9-7, TX3 entry prerequisities revised.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 1

Chapter 1

Course Description
Section A. Course Accounting

1-1. Course Title — Reference appropriate course chapter.

a. B Course — Course is listed in Chapter 6.

b. TX Track 1A/1B — Course is listed in Chapter 7.

c. TX Track 2 — Course is listed in Chapter 8.

d. TX Track 3 — Course is listed in Chapter 9.

e. SOC Track 1A/1B/1C/1D/1E/1F — Course is listed in Chapter 10.

f. SOC Track 2 — Course is listed in Chapter 11.

g. SOC Track 3 — Course is listed in Chapter 12.

1-2. Course Identifier — Reference appropriate course chapter.

1-3. Course Objective — Reference appropriate course chapter.

1-4. Location — 56 FW, Luke AFB AZ or Holloman AFB, NM

1-5. Duration — Reference appropriate course chapter.

1-6. Status Upon Graduation — Reference appropriate course chapter.

1-7. Course Entry Prerequisites — Reference appropriate course chapter.

a. Foreign Exchange Program Pilots

(1) 500 first pilot (FP) / instructor pilot (IP) hours in an air-to-air radar equipped tactical jet fighter / attack
aircraft.

(2) Jet fighter landing currency within 45 days of course start date.

(3) English Comprehension Level of 85 and Oral Proficiency Interview 2+2+.

(4) Possess adequate flight gear (excluding helmet and mask).

(5) Completed F-16 9G profile centrifuge training.

(6) Altitude chamber training current for the duration of the course.

b. Security Clearance Requirements

(1) Students MUST have a TOP SECRET (TS) clearance with a Single Scope Background Investigation
(SSBI) current within 4 years, 6 months of FTU class start date. For students with a current TS SSBI that is
within 6 months of expiration at FTU class start date, the periodic reinvestigation MUST be initiated no later
than 120 days before FTU class start date.

Reference the AETC Education and Training Course Announcements (ETCA) website for additional course
information and requirements at https://etca.randolph.af.mil/default1.asp.
2 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

Section B. Training Summary

1-8. Flying Training, Device, Ground and Academic Summaries — Reference appropriate course chapter.

Section C. Expendables / Range Requirements

1-9. Expendables / Range Requirements Summary — Reference appropriate course chapter.

Section D. Aircraft Configurations

1-10. F-16C/D Configurations

a. Configurations are at unit discretion, so long as they support mission requirements.

b. Solo students will not fly an F-16D with a centerline tank on TR, AHC, BFM, ACM, TI, and ACT. If flying solo
in an F-16D on other missions, emphasize to students areas of possible high AOA maneuvering (20-25 degrees).
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 3

Chapter 2

Course Administration
Section A. Syllabus Management

2-1. Syllabus Interpretation — This syllabus is directive in nature and will be followed as written. If no clear syllabus
guidance exists, resolve the situation using the appropriate chain of command. If the logical course of action appears to
conflict with other directives, notify 56 TRS/TD. 56 TRS/TD will coordinate with AETC/A3ZF, at DSN 487-5834.

2-2. Syllabus Waiver — An approved syllabus waiver is required for any planned exception to the syllabus caused by
special or unusual circumstances. Waiver authority below the approval level is not authorized. Permanent or blanket
waivers are not authorized. OG/CC or FG/CC will staff all waiver requests through AETC/A3Z. AETC/A3Z will ensure
proper request staffing for ARC students. Waiver requests will be completed on AETC Form 6, Waiver Request, using the
following approval process:

a. Prerequisite and Execution Waivers: For active duty (AD) students, AETC/A3Z is approval authority. For ANG
students, NGB/A3O is approval authority. For AFRC students, AFRC/A3T is approval authority. For SOC Track 1
AD senior officer students, AETC/A2/3/10 is approval authority. NGB/A3 or AFRC/A3 is approval authority for
ARC senior officers.

b. AETC/A3Z will coordinate with the gaining NAF/A3 (or equivalent) and OG/CC or FG/CC (or equivalent) on
waivers or circumstances that will delay graduation or increase gaining unit training requirements.

Note: Do not accomplish or omit any training requested in a waiver until notification of approval. Maintain a
permanent record of all approved waivers in the Graduate Training Integrated Management System (GTIMS).

2-3. Syllabus Deviation and Omitted Training — A syllabus deviation is any unplanned variation from syllabus
requirements. Each student must accomplish all syllabus-directed training unless a waiver request is approved.

a. If unforeseen circumstances result in omission of required training, OG/CC or FG/CC may authorize the omitted
training to be accomplished later in the course as long as it does not adversely affect the quality of student training.

b. Document all syllabus deviations, OG/CC or FG/CC-directed corrective actions, and the accomplishment of the
omitted training in GTIMS. Report all syllabus deviations at Luke to 56 TRS/TD and syllabus deviations at
Holloman to 54 OS. 56 TRS/TD will forward syllabus deviation reports to AETC/A3ZF for Luke assigned students,
and 54 OS will forward syllabus deviation reports to AETC/A3ZF for Holloman assigned students.

2-4. Disenrollment Procedures — Rated officers who voluntarily withdraw from this course may meet a Flying
Evaluation Board (FEB), as directed by AFI 11-402 and applicable supplements. Forward elimination requests to
AETC/A2/3/10 IAW AFI 11-402 as supplemented.

2-5. Course Completion — Students must complete all required syllabus training in order to graduate and depart
Luke/Holloman AFB.

a. Students may not make up training at the follow-on unit without an approved syllabus waiver.

b. After completion of the last sortie, students may begin F16CJCX0PL training as required.

Section B. Training Management

2-6. Fuel Conservation — AETC is committed to fuel conservation and maximizing training value for the command’s
energy resource investment without compromising safety, air discipline, or negatively affecting the quality of our flying
training product. Aircrews must manage aviation fuel as a limited and costly resource. Consider fuel optimization
throughout all phases of mission planning and syllabus execution. Ensure ground operations (engine start times / taxi
routing) and flight profiles are optimized for efficient fuel use. Adhere closely to syllabus average mission durations
(AMD). Do not exceed these flight times except for extenuating circumstances or to meet training objectives.
4 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

2-7. Training Phases — The syllabus sorties are organized by phase and module as indicated below:

a. Transition (TR) Phase: Transition (TR), Instrument (INST), and Night Transition (NTR) modules.

b. Advanced Handling (AH) Phase: Advanced Handling Characteristics (AHC) and Basic Fighter Maneuvers
(BFM) modules.

c. Air-to-Air (A-A) Phase: Air Combat Maneuvering (ACM), Tactical Intercepts (TI), Air Combat Tactics (ACT),
and Night Tactical Intercept (NTI) modules.

d. Air-to-Surface (A-S) Phase: Low-Altitude Step Down Training (LASDT), Surface Attack (SA), Surface Attack
Tactics (SAT), Close Air Support (CAS), and Surface Attack Night (SAN) modules.

2-8. Training Requirements and Restrictions

a. Proficiency Advancement — See specific course (Chapters 6 – 12) for proficiency advancement rules.

b. Breaks in Training (ADD sorties) — ADD sorties will be used to ensure training continuity only due to breaks
in training. They will not be used to provide additional training due to student deficiencies, e.g., additional
G-awareness training.

(1) 10-Day Rule — Students experiencing a delay of more than 10 calendar days between flights in any phase
(TR, AH, A-A, A-S) or between NVG flights will repeat the last sortie profile flown in that phase and fly a
G-awareness maneuver.

(a) Identify the repeated sortie as an “ADD” sortie (e.g., BFM-ADD). This sortie will not be designated as
an “X” sortie (2-9f(4)), will not require proficiency, and will result in an overall grade of “No Grade (NG).”

EXAMPLE: Student flew BFM-1 on 1 February. BFM-2 (or the next syllabus sortie in sequence) must be
flown on or before 11 February. If not, the student will fly BFM-ADD before resuming formal syllabus
flying training.

(b) If the last sortie flown was solo, FS/DO will determine if the sortie will be dual or solo.

(c) NTR-1, NTR-2, and INST-3 are exempt from the TR Phase 10-day rule.

(d) ACT, NTI-1, and NTI-2 are exempt from the A-A Phase 10-day rule.

(e) LASDT-1 and LASDT-2 are exempt from the A-S Phase 10-day rule.

(f) SAN-1 is exempt from the NVG 10-day rule.

(g) Waiver authority for the 10-day rule is the FS/CC. Document waivers in GTIMS.

(2) 14-Day Rule — For a break in training due to factors beyond the student’s control (not including failure to
meet CTS) or an extended period without flying or device training of more than 14 calendar days, the student
will repeat the last sortie profile flown in that phase and fly a G-awareness maneuver. Additionally, the OG/CC
or FG/CC may authorize additional sorties prior to the student reflying the last sortie profile.

(a) Identify the repeated sortie as an “ADD” sortie (e.g., TI-ADD). This sortie will not be designated as an
“X” sortie (2-9f(4)), will not require proficiency, and will result in an overall grade of “NG.”

(b) Identify additional sorties as “ADD” sorties (e.g., TI-ADD). Determine the number and type of
additional sorties on an individual basis. These sorties will not be designated as “X” sorties (2-9f(4)), will
not require proficiency, and will result in an overall grade of “NG.”

EXAMPLE: Student flew TI-2 on 1 March. The student then experienced a break in training greater than
14 calendar days. The student must refly the TI-2 profile, designated TI-ADD, prior to resuming formal
flying training. However, based upon the length of the break, the OG/CC or FG/CC may authorize a TR and
an additional TI sortie (e.g., TR-ADD, TI-ADD). The student will complete these two sorties prior to
accomplishing TI-ADD (TI-2 profile).
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 5

2-9. Training Accomplishment

a. Progression

(1) Students must achieve the course training standards (CTS) IAW Section D.

(2) Consider marginal students for the Commander’s Awareness Program (CAP) IAW AETCI 36-2205V6.

b. Regression

(1) Failure to maintain CTS (graded “1” when “2” or better is required) is considered regression. Regression
will also be considered when a task is graded “0” when a “1” was previously required.

(2) Regression is not allowed on the Instrument / Qualification (I/Q) Evaluation.

(3) For TR Phase and non-phase tasks, proficiency should be maintained through the end of the course. AH,
A-A, and A-S Phase tasks must meet standards by the end of that phase in order to progress to the next phase of
training or to graduate.

(4) Regression tasks must be brought back to standards through additional ground instruction, device training,
or in-flight instruction. Additional training will be documented in GTIMS. Ground instruction or device training
must be accomplished prior to the next sortie. In-flight instruction may be accomplished on the next sortie.
Following the completion of additional training, if required, the student will progress to the next sortie.
Reference paragraph 2-9e for guidance concerning regression documentation and grading. If the regression task
is not brought back to standards on the next attempt, the sortie will be graded Non-Effective/Student
Non-Progression (NE/SNP).

(5) If a student regresses on the same task multiple times (more than twice) but not consecutively, squadron
supervisors will assess the student’s progress and determine the appropriate course of action.

c. Mission Descriptions

(1) Mission Objectives — Provide training requirements for mission tasks and overall mission requirements.

(a) Introduce — Indicates the first time the student performs a mission type, major mission task, or
subtask if it will be a milestone task on a later sortie. Tasks introduced in academics and/or device training
will still carry the mission objective of “Introduce” on the first sortie that task is flown.

(b) Practice — Performance to CTS is not required. The student has been previously introduced to the
task. Following introduction, the “Practice” objective will be listed for a mission type, major mission task,
or subtask if it will be a milestone task on a later sortie. Typically, after the student is required to
demonstrate proficiency on a mission type or milestone a task, it will not be listed in the “Practice”
objective.

(2) Execution Objectives — Provide guidance for when a mission task or mission type must meet CTS.

(a) Demonstrate Proficiency — Students will demonstrate proficiency IAW F1600CTSPL in mission
types when specified in “Mission Objectives.” Minimum overall grade is “2” (see paragraph 2-14) and
minimum grade for specific mission type is “2.”

(b) Milestone Tasks — Milestone tasks must meet CTS as outlined in the Milestone Task Requirements
tables (listed in Chapters 6 – 12, Section E) on or by the specified milestone sortie.

1) If the milestone task was not attempted on the milestone sortie, the IP must look back to the
previous attempt. If the previous attempt met CTS, note that fact on the gradesheet. If the previous
attempt did not meet CTS, log the task in the unaccomplished task log. The next time the task is
attempted the student must meet CTS and should be accomplished as soon as practical.
6 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

2) If the student attempts the milestone task on the milestone sortie and fails to meet CTS, the
mission status will be NE/SNP (reference paragraph 2-9e(4)).

3) Failure to maintain CTS for a milestone task is considered regression (reference paragraph 2-9b).

(3) Mission Tasks — Students must complete all asterisked (*) tasks for a mission to be “Complete” (except
where noted in the syllabus notes) but need not accomplish every non-asterisked subtask.

(4) Syllabus Notes — Clarify mission management to achieve objectives.

d. Mission Conduct

(1) Alternate Missions — Alternate mission profiles are limited to maneuvers, mission tasks, and profiles
previously flown on syllabus training missions. Alternate missions will not satisfy syllabus requirements, except
when instrument (INST) missions can be safely accomplished.

(2) Source Documents — Use current AFTTP 3-3 and AFTTP 3-1 volumes as source documents to teach
tactics and techniques.

(3) Cockpit Resource Management (CRM)  CRM skills will be integrated into flight briefings and
debriefings IAW AFI 11-290, Cockpit / Crew Resource Management Training Program, and its AETC
Supplement. Gradesheets will contain the following CRM grading items:
(a) Situational awareness
(b) Communication
(c) Risk management / decision making
(d) Task management
(e) Mission preparation / planning (students will not be evaluated on briefing / debriefing)
(f) Flight integrity (students will not be evaluated on wingman consideration)

e. Mission Status

(1) Effective — Missions will be “EFFECTIVE” if the student meets mission objectives and accomplishes all
asterisked mission tasks. A milestone sortie may be “EFFECTIVE” if the milestone task was not accomplished,
provided it is not asterisked. The student progresses to the next sortie. Reference paragraph 2-9c(2)(b) for
amplification of milestone task completion.

(2) Effective/Incomplete — Missions will be “EFFECTIVE/INCOMPLETE” if the student meets mission

objectives but does not accomplish all asterisked mission tasks. Missions will only be
“EFFECTIVE/INCOMPLETE” if all unaccomplished tasks can be accomplished in a later mission with no
impact to training. The student will progress to the next sortie.

(3) Effective/Regression — Missions will be “EFFECTIVE/REGRESSION” if the student meets mission

objectives and accomplishes all asterisked mission tasks, but fails to maintain CTS (grade level “2” for Milestone
Task or Demonstrate Proficiency items). Reference paragraph 2-9b for amplification of regression.

EXAMPLE: The student receives a “1” for an SFO on BFM-6 when the CTS of “2” is required to be maintained
after TR-5.

(4) Non-Effective/Student Non-Progression (NE/SNP) — Missions will be “NE/SNP” if the student’s

performance on a phase-specific task does not allow progression to the next sortie in the phase or the student’s
performance on a non-phase task warrants additional training. Reference paragraph 2-9f for amplification of
student non-progression.

(5) Non-Effective/Other — Missions will be “NON-EFFECTIVE/OTHER” if mission objectives cannot be

met due to external factors (e.g., maintenance, weather, etc.). The exception is the first sortie terminated early for
G performance issues as outlined in Chapter 5, paragraph 5-1n. The student will refly the sortie and it will not be
an “X” sortie.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 7

f. SNP Sorties and “X” Sorties (for additional device information reference paragraph 2-9g)

(1) SNP is used to denote a failed sortie or device, including but not limited to:

(a) Any sortie / device that student’s performance does not allow progression to the next sortie / device.

(b) Any sortie / device with an overall grade of “0.”

(c) Any demonstrate proficiency sortie with an overall grade less than “2,” or specific mission type grade
of less than “2.”

(d) Failure to meet CTS for a milestone task on the milestone sortie.

(e) Back-to-back regression for the same milestone task.

(2) There are essentially two types of SNP sorties. The SNP is due to the student’s performance on a phase-
specific task, or due to the student’s performance on a non-phase task. These phase-specific and non-phase
specific tasks are listed in the Milestone Task Requirements tables (see Chapters 6 – 12, Section E).

(a) If the SNP was due to a phase-specific task the student will refly the failed sortie as an “X” sortie.

EXAMPLE: ACM-3 graded “1” when a “2” is required to Demonstrate Proficiency. The student will refly
ACM-3 as ACM-3X.

(b) If the SNP was due to a non-phase task, the IP of record has four options:

1) The deficiency warrants a dedicated sortie in the corresponding phase.

EXAMPLE: A “D” for a SFO on BFM-6 warrants a TR-X sortie as additional training. Following
successful completion of TR-X, the student progresses to BFM-7 (or the next syllabus sortie in
sequence).

2) The deficiency can be corrected on the following sortie.

EXAMPLE: A “0” for a SFO on BFM-6 that can be corrected on BFM-7 (or the next syllabus sortie
in sequence).

3) The deficiency can be corrected through ground instruction and/or device training.

EXAMPLE: A “0” for a SFO on BFM-5 that can be corrected in a device. Following successful
completion of the training device, the student progresses to BFM-6 (or the next syllabus sortie in
sequence).

4) The deficiency can be corrected while reflying the same sortie.

EXAMPLE: A “0” for tactical formation on BFM-5 that can be corrected while reflying BFM-5
instead of a TR-X sortie. The SNP will still count against the TR Phase, but the sortie flown will be
BFM-5X.

(3) For accounting purposes, SNP sorties will count against the phase in which the deficient task falls (e.g.,
SNP on BFM-6 for an unsafe SFO pattern would count against the TR Phase).

(4) “X” sorties are provided to allow for additional training required to bring a student’s performance up to
standards. Any sortie reflown due to SNP or any additional sortie flown to correct deficient tasks will be
designated as an “X” sortie, denoted by an “X” suffix after the sortie designation. If additional training is used to
help correct deficiencies before the “X” sortie (e.g., ground instruction and/or device training), that training must
be documented in GTIMS.
8 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

g. SNP Devices and “X” Devices

(1) Students who fail to progress or do not demonstrate proficiency in the device when required by this syllabus
will fly device “X” missions to correct the deficiency (reference paragraph 2-9f(1) for SNP guidance). The
student will either refly the failed device if the SNP was due to phase-specific deficiency or will fly an additional
device in the phase related to the deficient task.

(2) There is no course limit for SNP devices. Schedule any student who fails a device “XX” mission for a
device progress check (PC). See paragraph 2-10 for training device PC guidance.

(3) Any device used to correct deficient aircraft task(s) will be designated with an “X” (WST-X, NTC-X, etc.).
This device mission can be any device profile previously accomplished that is relevant to the deficient aircraft
task(s).

h. SNP Limits — Once a student has reached the maximum number of SNP sorties allowed in a phase (SNP Limits
tables are listed in Chapters 6 – 12, Section D), the student’s next sortie will be a PC IAW paragraph 2-10. OG/CC
or FG/CC may authorize additional SNP sorties up to the course limit. AETC/A3Z may authorize sorties beyond the
course limit or after a failed PC. For ANG students, AETC/A3Z will coordinate with NGB/A3O to authorize
additional sorties beyond the course limit or after a failed PC. For AFRC students, AETC/A3Z will coordinate with
AFRC/A3T to authorize additional sorties beyond the course limit or after a failed PC. In all cases, authorize
additional instructional sorties only if the FS/CC judges such sorties would result in the student meeting course
requirements.

i. Corrective Action Sorties — A FE may recommend additional training or a recheck sortie as a result of a failed I/Q
Evaluation. An additional training sortie, if approved by the FS/CC, is not considered an “X” sortie and will be identified
as a “C” sortie (e.g., TR-5C). For SNP accounting, count a failed I/Q Evaluation as a TR Phase SNP. The recheck is
designated as an “X” sortie.

2-10. Progress Checks

a. A PC is a FS/CC’s tool to assess a student’s overall flying skills and potential to meet syllabus and CAF
requirements. FS/CC may direct a PC at any time and should consider a PC for sustained substandard performance
or doubtful potential to complete formal training. Schedule any student for a flying PC if the student has reached the
maximum number of SNP sorties allowed in a phase. Example: The B course has a maximum SNP sortie limit in
the A-A Phase of 3 sorties. If a B course student is NE/SNP on ACM-3, ACM-3X, and ACM-3XX, then the next
sortie will be a PC and coded ACM-3XXXP.

b. The student must meet CTS on the PC for that mission in order to continue in training.

c. Designate PCs as “X” sorties using an “XP” suffix.

d. Squadron supervisors will fly PCs. Flying PCs are considered instructional sorties.

e. A PC can result in the student passing and continuing in training; passing with additional training recommended
before continuing with the normal syllabus flow; or elimination.

f. Designate any additional training sorties after a PC as “X” sorties.

g. OG/CC or FG/CC, AETC/A3Z, AFRC/A3T and NGB/A3O will review the student’s training at points specified
in AETCI 36-2205V6.

h. FS/CC may direct training device PCs any time student performance warrants consideration for elimination.
Device PCs will be conducted by an FE or contract instructor and observed by FS/DO or above who will decide
whether the student should continue training. The student must meet CTS to continue in training.

i. Commander’s Review Process — Reference AETCI 36-2205V6, paragraph 3-2.

Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 9

2-11. Causes for Elimination

a. Academics — Consider for elimination any student who fails two or more academic tests.

b. Training Device — Students who fail a training device PC will normally be eliminated from training.

c. Flying — A student who either fails a PC or exhausts the course or phase SNP sortie limit and fails to achieve
CTS will normally be eliminated. See paragraph 2-9h for options to authorize additional SNP sorties beyond the
course limit or after a failed PC.

d. G-Tolerance — For students experiencing difficulties with G-tolerance, commanders should reference
AFI 11-404, Centrifuge Training for High-G Aircrew, AETCI 36-2205V1, AETCI 36-2205V6, AETCI 11-406,
Fighter Aircrew Conditioning Program (FACP), AFP 11-419, G-Awareness for Aircrew, and local OIs.

2-12. Fighter Aircrew Conditioning Program (FACP) — The goal of the FACP is to improve the high-G fitness and
execution of the anti-G straining maneuver (AGSM) for fighter aircrew members and establish effective physical
conditioning habits for all aircrew. The FACP is outlined in AETCI 11-406 and is mandatory for all FTU students. FACP
consists of two phases: Education phase and Assessment phase. Experienced pilots who have flown within 36 months (as
counted from the last flight to course entry date) in a sustained high-G aircraft (SHGA as defined in AFI 11-406) will
receive the Education phase only. Students outside the 36 month currency window will participate in the Assessment phase.
The Assessment will be at the discretion of an Aerospace Physiologist (IAW guidance from AETCI 11-406). Flying
squadron commanders will be briefed on students with significant physical shortcomings that may adversely impact high-G
performance. Per AETCI 11-406, students will participate in at least 3 exercise sessions per week that include exercises to
improve high-G fitness.

Section C. Grading Procedures

2-13. Academic Training Standards — B, TX Track 1, and SOC Track 2 and 3 students must pass academic tests before
progression to the next phase. Reference paragraph 3-4e for minimum test requirements.

2-14. Grading Criteria — Use the following criteria to grade mission elements and overall performance on each flight
and graded training device.

Grade Description of Performance

Unknown Performance not observed or the element was not performed.
Dangerous Performance was unsafe (any element marked “Dangerous” will require an overall grade of “0”)
0 Performance indicates a lack of ability or knowledge.
1 Performance is safe, but indicates limited proficiency. Needs IP assistance to correct errors.
2 Performance is almost correct. Makes errors that impact mission / task effectiveness but recognizes and corrects them.
3 Performance is correct, efficient, and skillful. Makes only minor errors not impacting mission / task effectiveness.
4 Performance reflects an unusually high degree of ability.

a. Gradesheets — GTIMS will be used to document completion of syllabus sorties and training device missions.

b. Overall Grade — Should reflect student performance in relation to the mission objectives. See paragraph 2-9f
for guidance on overall grades that indicate SNP.

Section D. Course Training Standards (CTS) — Describe the minimum overall performance levels required to progress
through and graduate from the course. Students must achieve CTS for all required phase tasks by the sortie indicated on the
Milestone Task Requirements tables. For all mission tasks performed, but not listed in the Milestone Task Requirements
tables, performance to a grade of “1” must be achieved by the end of the corresponding phase. Refer to F1600CTSPL, for
specific grading criteria for each task.

2-15. Phase / Course Evaluations — Complete IAW AETCI 36-2205V6 as supplemented.

10 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

Section E. Course Flow

2-16. Course Maps — Reference appropriate course chapter.

a. Each page flows from bottom to top.

b. Do not accomplish a syllabus event without first doing all prerequisites shown on the map.

c. Workbooks are depicted the training day prior to the corresponding lesson. Workbooks should be read /
completed prior to the lesson they support. Some workbooks are independent of classroom lectures and should be
completed on the indicated training day.

d. Training specific to aircraft block (25/42) is indicated by the dashed line (shown below) and the lesson
designation (reference paragraph 3-2).

e. Bold font and an (S) designation denote classified courseware.

f. The following symbols represent blocks of instruction:

LECTURE
AND CI / DTE / INTERACTIVE
WST / NTC WORKBOOK
SUPPORTING EPT / UTD COURSEWARE
COURSEWARE

EVENT
AS REQUIRED
TD OR
TEST
BLOCK-SPECIFIC
FOLLOW-ON TRAINING
EVENT AND
TRAINING DAY

FLOW/PREREQ BFM-3 MISSION

C MODEL
ARROW
SUPPORT AIRCRAFT
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 11

Section F. Mission / Device Description

2-17. Mission / Device Example — The following is an example of the conventions used on the training device missions
listed in Chapter 4 and the syllabus sorties listed in Chapter 5.
If any course is identified in parentheses after a task, then
that task applies to these specific courses.
If a task says “TX 1,” that task applies to both TX 1A and
1B. If SOC 1 is listed the task applies to all SOC 1 tracks.

An “X” denotes which courses

TI-X accomplish this mission.
Tactical Intercepts Time: 1.5
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16C, F-16C, F-16C
Lineup: IP, P, IP, P or IP, P, MP, MP
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Fluid four formation (B, TX 1)
 BVR A-A element employment (B, TX 1) (SOC 1)
Practice:
A task applies to all courses if no courses are identified in parentheses after the task.
 Element tactical intercepts (B)
 AAMD (B)
 AIM-120 employment (B)
Execution Objectives:
Demonstrate proficiency: If an * occurs before the task number and no specific courses are
 Element tactical intercepts (TX 1) identified in parentheses after this task, it is required for all courses.

Milestone Tasks:
 Radar-assisted trail departure
 Radar-assisted trail recovery
 AAMD (TX 1)
 AIM-120 employment (TX 1)
 Training rule adherence (A-A) (TX 1)
Mission Tasks:
If specific courses are identified in parentheses on a task that has an * before
*1. Radar-assisted trail departure the task number, then only these courses listed will accomplish this task. No
*2. Fluid four formation (Note 1) other courses are allowed to accomplish this task because they are not opted for
*3. Element tactical intercepts the task.
*a. BVR employment (TX 1)
*3. AAMD If there is no * listed before a task number, it is an optional task.
4. Radar-assisted trail recovery
5. Precision approach (* for SOC 1)
Syllabus Notes:
1. Students should see a minimum of two turns in fluidcourses
If specific four prior to the first
are identified fight’s
with an “*on.
for” in parentheses after an optional
task, then it is a required task for the courses listed in the parentheses and an
optional task for all other courses.
12 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

Chapter 3

Ground and Academic Training

Section A. General Instructions

3-1. General Instructions

a. Academic training must precede associated device and flying training. Sequence academics according to the
course map.

b. Students will read the supporting material (workbook, phase guide, etc.) before attending academic sessions.

c. Academic lesson times listed in this syllabus are for planning purposes only. Actual times may vary.

d. Schedule tests after all testable material, as listed on the course map, is accomplished. Tests should be the first
academic event of the day.

e. The maximum student-to-IP ratio for S-186 (Aircraft Familiarization and Preflight) is 5:1.

f. For TX Track 2/3 and SOC Track 1 classes, the end-of-course engine differences lessons should be instructor-
taught, but may be scheduled for the learning center at the discretion of the TRS/DO or OS/DO.

3-2. Courseware Identification System — Academic designators contain a letter to denote medium, followed by a
sequence number. An “SV” following the sequence number indicates the short version of the lesson. Courseware designed
specifically for Block 25 aircraft contain SC, LC, WC, and IC prefixes. Courseware designed specifically for Block 42
aircraft contain SG, LG, WG, and IG prefixes. Courseware designed specifically for Block 50/52 aircraft contain LJ and
WJ prefixes. Courseware applicable to blocks 25 and 42 contain S, L, W, and I prefixes. Bold font and an (S) designation
denote classified courseware.

3-3. Course Critiques — B Course and TX Track 1 students will complete an end-of-phase critique (EOPC) at the end
of each phase. SOC Track 2 and 3 students will complete an EOPC for the Transition (TR) Phase at the completion of the
Emergency Procedures Test (TIC/TIG-005). All students will complete an end-of-course critique (EOCC) before course
completion.

3-4. Courseware Description

a. Specialized Training (S/SC/SG) — Specialized training consists of diverse training, phase briefings, the
instrument refresher course test, and initial qualification tests. These are ground training events and do not require
instructors that have attended the Academic Instructor Course.

b. Lecture (L/LC/LG/LJ) — Lectures present new or complex materials, as well as tie together all the material in
a module or phase of instruction.

c. Workbook (W/WC/WG) — Workbooks contain objectives, instruction, and practice questions. Workbook
content is testable if listed on the course map as a test prerequisite.

d. Interactive Courseware (I/IC/IG) — Interactive courseware provides supplemental or remedial training

associated with an academic event or training device and is available in the Learning Center.

e. Tests (TIC/TIG) — B, TX Track 1, and SOC Track 2 and 3 students must pass academic tests before
progression to the next phase. The minimum passing score is 85% (Critical Action Procedures (CAPs) must be
100%). Correct all tests to 100%. Tests are computer-based and administered in the Learning Center. Paper copies
are available as a backup.
 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 13

Section B. Ground Training Inventory

3-5. Specialized Training/Briefings (S/SC/SG)
TX TX TX TX SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC
Course Title Course Description B
1A 1B 2 3 1A 1B 1C 1D 1E 1F 2 3
S-101 Welcome 2.0 1.0 1.0 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
S-102 Course Overview 1.0 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
S-104 Physical Conditioning Program 2.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
S-105 NVG Fitting 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
S-107 Life Support Fitting 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
1
SG-107 HMCS Fitting 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
S-109 Instrument Refresher Course Test 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
S-136 PW220 Engine Orientation 1.0 1.0 1.0
S-186 Aircraft Familiarization and Preflight 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
S-187 Transition Training Device Briefing 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
S-188 ATC Orientation 1.5
2
S-189 Security Procedures (S) 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
S-191 Transition Phase Briefing 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
S-192 Flight Check Requirements Briefing 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
S-195 Initial Qualification Tests 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
S-202 Intel Training (A-A Threats) (S) 2.5 2.5
S-202-1 Intel Training (A-A Threats – I) (S) 3.0
S-202-2 Intel Training (A-A Threats – II) (S) 3.0
S-202-3 Intel Test (A-A Threats) (S) 1.0
S-244-1 Advanced Handling Phase Briefing 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
S-244-2 TI / ACM / ACT Module Briefing 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.0
S-303 Intel Training (S-A Threats) (S) 2.5 2.5
S-303-1 Intel Training (S-A Threats I) (S) 2.5
S-303-2 Intel Training (S-A Threats II) (S) 2.5
S-303-3 Intel Test (S-A Threats) (S) 1.0
S-304 CSAR (S) 1.0
S-311 Intel Training (GI & S/ISOPREP) (S) 1.0
S-326 LASDT / SA Module Briefing 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.0
S-329 Live Employment Briefing 1.0
S-341 NTR / NTI Module Briefing 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
S-360 SAT / CAS Module Briefing 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.5 0.5
S-385 Strike Control and Recon (SCAR) (S) 2.0 2.0 2.0
S-388 AOR Briefing (S) 1.5
S-830 SAN Phase Brief 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
S-900 TTP Refresher 2.0
AFRL NVG Refresher Academics (or equiv) 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
IFF Flight Commander’s IFF Feedback 1.0
OG/CC or FG/CC Mentoring 1.0
In-Processing (Non-syllabus) 8.0
WG/CC Mentoring 1.0
GTIMS 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
Specialized Training Totals (Block 25) 58.5 33.5 33.5 19.5 19.5 2.0 14.0 16.0 15.0 17.0 2.0 19.0 19.0
Specialized Training Totals (Block 42) 60.5 33.5 33.5 19.5 19.5 2.0 16.0 18.0 17.0 19.0 2.0 19.0 19.0
1
Schedule one student at a time. Must be completed 72 hours prior to TR-1 for SOC Track 1 and AHC for B course.
2
S-189 must be taught by squadron weapons officer. In extenuating circumstances (weapons officer on leave / TDY) lesson can be taught
by the senior flight commander.
 14 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

Section C. Academic Training Inventory

3-6. Lectures (L/LC/LG/LJ)

TX TX TX TX SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC

Course Title Course Description B
1A 1B 2 3 1A 1B 1C 1D 1E 1F 2 3
CRM-1 Cockpit Resource Management I 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
CRM-2 Cockpit Resource Management II 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
CRM-3 A-A Cockpit Resource Management 1.0 1.0 1.0
CRM-4 A-S Cockpit Resource Management 1.0 1.0 1.0
L-100B-11 Human Performance Enhancement I 1.0
L-100B-21 Human Performance Enhancement II 1.0
L-100-SV1 Human Performance Enhancement 1.0 1.0 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
L-109-1 IRC – Flight Planning 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
L-109-2 IRC – Departure and En Route Procedures 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
L-109-3 IRC – Arrival Procedures 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
L-109-4 IRC – Instrument Techniques 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
LC/LG-111 UFC / Communications, Navigation, IFF 3.0 3.0 3.0 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.5 2.5
LC/LG-112 Avionics Differences 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
LJ-112 Avionics Differences 3.0
LC/LG-113 HUD and CARA 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0
LC/LG-114 Multifunction Display Set 1.5 1.5 1.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0
LC/LG-115 Master Modes and SMS 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0
LC/LG-116 Embedded GPS / INS (EGI) 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
LC/LG-117 Lighting System 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
LC/LG-120 ARC-210 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
LC-128 SADL Introduction 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
LG-128 Link 16 Introduction 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
L-131 PW220 Engine I 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
L-132 PW220 Engine II 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
L-133 PW220 Engine Normal Ops and Limits 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
L-134 PW220 Engine Mals and Emergencies I 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
L-135 PW220 Engine Mals and Emergencies II 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
L-137-1 GE100/129 Engine I 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
L-137-2 GE100/129 Engine II 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
LJ-138 Engine Differences (PW220 to PW229) 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
L-140-1 Fuel System 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
L-140-2 Fuel System Mals and Emergencies 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
L-140-SV Fuel System 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
LC/LG-141-1 Hydraulic System 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
LC/LG-141-2 Hydraulic System Mal and Emer 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
LC/LG-141-SV Hydraulic System Mal and Emer 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
L-1421 Environmental Control System 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
LC/LG-143-1 Electrical System 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
LC/LG-143-2 Electrical System Mals and Emergencies 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
LC/LG-143-SV Electrical System 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
LC/LG-144-1 Aircraft Systems Differences 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
LC/LG-144-2 Normal Procedures Differences 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 15

TX TX TX TX SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC

Course Title Course Description B
1A 1B 2 3 1A 1B 1C 1D 1E 1F 2 3
LC/LG-144-3 Emergency Procedures Differences 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
LJ-144-1 Aircraft Systems Differences 1.0
LJ-144-2 Normal Procedures Differences 0.5
LJ-144-3 Emergency Procedures Differences 1.0
LC/LG-145 Have Quick 1.5 1.5 1.0
L-148 Flameout Patterns and Landings 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
LC/LG-150-1 PW220 Normal Checklist Procedures I 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
LC/LG-150-2 PW220 Normal Checklist Procedures II 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
LC/LG-150-3 PW220 Normal Checklist Procedures III 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
LC/LG-160-1 Flight Control System 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
LC/LG-160-2 FLCS Limitations and Normal Operations 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
LC/LG-160-SV Flight Control System 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
LC/LG-161 FLCS Malfunctions and Emergencies 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
LC/LG-165 Out-of-Control and Flight Characteristics 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
L-170 PW220 Emergency Procedures Review 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0
L-180 Instrument Recoveries 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0
L-181 Instrument Training 1.0 1.0 1.0
LC/LG-182 VFR Patterns and Landings 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0
L-200 A-A Human Performance Enhancement 1.0 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
L-208 Principles of Radar 1.0 1.0 1.0
LC/LG-210-1 A-A Radar I 2.0 2.0 2.0
LC/LG-210-2 A-A Radar II 2.0 2.0 2.0
LC/LG-210-SV A-A Radar 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
LJ-210 APG-68 Radar 1.0
LG-213 Helmet Mounted Cueing System 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
LG-213-SV Helmet Mounted Cueing System 0.5 0.5 0.5
L-220 Energy Maneuverability (S) 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
L-225 AIM-9 Missiles (S) 1.5 1.5 1.5
LC/LG-226 AIM-120 Intro & WVR Employ (S) 1.5 1.5 1.5
LC/LG-227 AMRAAM Capabilities & Employ (S) 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
LC-228 SADL A-A Operations (S) 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
LG-228 Link 16 A-A Operations (S) 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
LC/LG-230 AIM-9 Missile Employment (S) 2.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
L-232 Air Refueling 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
LC/LG-235-1 Basic Intercepts I 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
LC/LG-235-2 Basic Intercepts II 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.0
LC/LG-235-SV Basic Intercepts 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
L-239 Air-to-Air Threat Reactions (S) 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
L-240-1 TI – Contracts (S) 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
L-240-2 TI – Launch and Decide (S) 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
L-240-3 TI – Launch and Leave (S) 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
LC/LG-241 AIM-120 BVR Employment (S) 1.5 1.5 1.5
L-243 A-A Shot-Kill & ACMI Debrief (S) 1.5 1.5 1.5
LC-246 ALR-69 / ALQ-213 Integration (S) 1.5 1.5 1.5
LG-246 ALR-69 Threat Warning System (S) 1.5 1.0 1.0
 16 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

TX TX TX TX SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC

Course Title Course Description B
1A 1B 2 3 1A 1B 1C 1D 1E 1F 2 3
LG-247 Self-Protection Systems 1.0 1.0 1.0
LC/LG-248 Self-Protection Systems (S) 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
LC-249 Self-Protection Systems 1.0 1.0 1.0
L-250 A-A Gun 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
L-251 Enhanced Envelope Gunsight 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
L-255 Offensive Basic Fighter Maneuvers 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
L-260 Defensive Basic Fighter Maneuvers 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
L-265 High-Aspect Basic Fighter Maneuvers 2.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
L-268 Electronic Attack and Counterattack 1.0 1.0 1.0
LC/LG-270 Radar ECCM Capabilities (S) 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.0 1.0
L-275 Air Combat Maneuvering 2.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
L-300 A-S Human Performance Enhancement 1.0 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
LC/LG-301 A-S Avionics 1.5 1.5 1.5
LC/LG-302 SMS A-S Operations 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.5 0.5 1.0
L-303 JMPS Mission Planning 1.5 1.0 1.0 0.5 0.5
L-305 Tng Equipment and Ordnance Preflight 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
LC/LG-318 Navigation Systems 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.0
LC/LG-320 AGR Conventional Deliveries 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
LC/LG-320-SV AGR Conventional Deliveries 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0
LC/LG-323 A-S Radar 1.0 1.0 1.0
LC/LG-323-SV A-S Radar 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
LC/LG-324 Systems Deliveries 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0
LC/LG-327 Employment Avionics Failures 1.0 1.0 1.0
LC-328 SADL A-S Operations 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
LG-328 Link 16 A-S Operations 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
L-330 Pop-up Attacks 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
LC/LG-331 IAMs Description 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
LC/LG-332 IAMs Employment 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
L-333 IAMs Mission Planning (S) 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.5 0.5
L-334 Laser JDAM 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
L-336 Weapon Description (S) 1.0 1.0 1.0
L-337 Nuclear Weapons Deliveries 1.0 1.0 1.0
L-338 Weapons Surety 0.5 0.5 0.5
L-339 SDB Description & Employment (S) 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
L-343 A-S Shot-Kill (S) 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
L-350 Conventional Ordnance and Wpns Effects 1.0 1.0 1.0
LC/LG-350-1 Conventional Weapons & SMS Interface 1.0 1.0 1.0
L-351 Safe Escape and Min Release Altitude 1.0 1.0 1.0
L-355 Surface-to-Air Threat Reactions (S) 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
L-359 SAT Planning (S) 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.5 1.5
L-370 Close Air Support 2.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
L-386 Maverick Description 1.0 1.0 1.0
LC/LG-387 Maverick Employment 1.0 1.0 1.0
L-389 Laser Maverick 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
LJ-612 Advanced IFF 0.5
 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 17

TX TX TX TX SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC

Course Title Course Description B
1A 1B 2 3 1A 1B 1C 1D 1E 1F 2 3
L-800-2 NVG CRM 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
L-801 Human Visual Systems 1.0 1.0 1.0
L-802 Night Vision Devices 1.5 1.5 1.5
L-803 NVG Misperceptions and Illusions 1.0 1.0 1.0
L-804 NVG Hardware Description and Use 2.5 2.5 2.5
L-805 Aeromedical Effects of Night Operations 0.5 0.5 0.5
LC/LG-811 Targeting Pod Description and Operations 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
LC/LG-812-1 Paveway II LGB Description 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
LC/LG-812-2 Paveway III LGB Description 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
LG-814 Sniper Pod 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
L-824 NVG Contracts & A-A Employment (S) 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.5 1.5
L-825 TGP A-S Employment (S) 2.0 1.5 1.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
2
Lecture Totals (Block 25) 158.0 149.5 148.0 86.0 86.0 30.5 44.5 54.0 55.5 66.5 2.0 79.0 64.5
Lecture Totals (Block 42)2 161.5 153.0 151.5 90.0 90.0 30.5 45.0 54.5 56.5 67.5 4.0 79.0 64.5
1
B course and TX 1 students requiring Transition Physiological Training IAW AFI 11-403, paragraph 2.2.3, will receive credit after
completing L-100 and L-142 academics. Training will be documented on AF Form 1274 by the Aerospace Physiologist and submitted
to the HARM office.
2
Lecture times include all optional training.

3-7. Workbooks (W/WC/WG/WJ)

TX TX TX TX SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC

Course Title Course Description B
1A 1B 2 3 1A 1B 1C 1D 1E 1F 2 3
W-100 HPE / ORM 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
W-101 Fighter Pilot 101 1.0 1.0 1.0
W-104 Physical Conditioning Program 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
W-107 Escape Systems 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
W-109 Instrument Refresher Course 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
WC/WG-111 UFC / Communication, Navigation, IFF 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
WC/WG-112 Avionics Differences 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
WC/WG-113 HUD and CARA 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
WC/WG-114 Multifunction Display Set 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
WC/WG-115 Master Modes and SMS 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
W-116-1 Navigation System Theory 1.0 1.0 1.0
WC/WG-116 Embedded GPS / INS (EGI) 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
WC/WG-117 Lighting System 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
WC/WG-118 Flight Instruments 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
WC-128 SADL Introduction 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
WG-128 Link 16 Introduction 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
W-131 PW220 Engine 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
W-140 Fuel System 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
WC/WG-141 Hydraulic and Landing Systems 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
W-142 Environmental Control System 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
WC/WG-143 Electrical System 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
WC/WG-145 Have Quick 1.0 1.0 1.0
WC/WG-146 Data Transfer Equipment 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
WC/WG-150 Ground Operations 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
 18 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

TX TX TX TX SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC

Course Title Course Description B
1A 1B 2 3 1A 1B 1C 1D 1E 1F 2 3
WC/WG-160 Flight Control System 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
WC/WG-183 F-16 D-Model Differences 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
WC/WG-184 PW220 Performance Calculations 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
W-208 Principles of Radar 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
WC/WG-210 A-A Radar 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
WC/WG-211 A-A Weapons Employment 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
WG-213 Helmet Mounted Cueing System 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
WC-228 SADL A-A Operations 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
WG-228 Link 16 A-A Operations 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
WC/WG-231 Weapon Systems / FENCE Checks 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
W-232 Air Refueling 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
WC/WG-235 Basic Intercepts 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
WG-247 Self-Protection Systems 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
WC-249 Self-Protection Systems 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
W-250 A-A Gun 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
W-251 Enhanced Envelope Gunsight 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
W-300 A-S Human Performance Enhancement 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
WC/WG-301 A-S Avionics 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
WC/WG-302 SMS A-S Operations 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
W-310 Heavyweight Performance & Calculations 1.0
WC/WG-318 Navigation Systems 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
WC/WG-320 AGR Conventional Deliveries 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
WC/WG-321 Computed Delivery Error Analysis 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
WC/WG-323 A-S Radar 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
WC/WG-324 Systems Deliveries 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
WC/WG-327 Employment Avionics Failures 1.0 1.0 1.0
WC-328 SADL A-S Operations 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
WG-328 Link 16 A-S Operations 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
WC/WG-331 IAMs Description and Employment 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
W-335 Stores Management System 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
W-351 Safe Escape and Min Release Altitude 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
W-385 IR Theory and Mission Planning 1.0
W-386 Maverick Description 1.0 1.0 1.0
W-802 Night Vision Devices 1.0 1.0 1.0
W-804 NVG Hardware Description and Use 1.0 1.0 1.0
WC/WG-811 Targeting Pod Description and Operations 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
WC/WG-812 Paveway II and III LGB Description 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
Workbook Totals (Block 25) 56.0 54.0 54.0 41.0 41.0 20.0 26.0 28.0 36.0 40.0 0.0 39.0 31.0
Workbook Totals (Block 42) 57.0 55.0 55.0 42.0 42.0 20.0 27.0 29.0 37.0 41.0 0.0 39.0 31.0
 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 19

3-8. Interactive Courseware (I/IC/IG)

TX TX TX TX SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC

Course Title Course Description B
1A 1B 2 3 1A 1B 1C 1D 1E 1F 2 3
I-110 CBT Introduction 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
IC/IG-111-1 UFC / Comm, Nav, IFF I 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
IC/IG-111-2 UFC / Comm, Nav, IFF II 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
IC/IG-111-3 UFC / Comm, Nav, IFF III 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
IC/IG-111-P UFC / Comm, Nav, IFF Practice 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
IC/IG-113 HUD and CARA 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
IC/IG-114 Multifunction Display Set 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
IC/IG-115 Master Modes and SMS 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
IC/IG-116 Embedded GPS / INS (EGI) 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
IC/IG-117 Lighting System 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
IG-120 ARC-210 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
IC/IG-136-1 PW220 Engine I 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
IC/IG-136-2 PW220 Engine II 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
I-137-1 GE100/129 Engine I (as required) 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
I-137-2 GE100/129 Engine II (as required) 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
IC/IG-140-1 Fuel System 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
IC/IG-140-2 Fuel System Malfunctions and Emergencies 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
IC/IG-141-1 Hydraulic System 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
IC/IG-141-2 Hydraulic and Landing Sys Mals and Emers 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
I-142 Environmental Control System 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
IC/IG-143-1 Electrical System 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
IC/IG-143-2 Electrical System Mals and Emergencies 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
IC/IG-145 Have Quick 0.5 0.5 0.5
IC/IG-160-1 Flight Control System 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
IC/IG-160-2 FLCS Limitations and Normal Operations 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
IC/IG-161 FLCS Malfunctions and Emergencies 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
I-180 Instrument Recoveries 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
I-185 Cross Country Training 0.5 0.5
IC/IG-186 Exterior Inspection 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
IC/IG-210-1 A-A Radar I 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
IC/IG-210-2 A-A Radar II 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
IC/IG-230 AIM-9 Missile Employment 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
I-232 Air Refueling 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
IC/IG-235 Basic Intercepts 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
IG-246 ALR-69 Threat Warning System 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
IG-247 Self-Protection Systems 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
IC-249 Self-Protection Systems 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
IC/IG-301 Auto IFF 0.5 0.5 0.5
IC/IG-302 SMS A-S Operations 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
IC/IG-318 Navigation Systems 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
IC/IG-323 A-S Radar 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
I-351 Safe Escape and Min Release Altitude 0.5 0.5 0.5
I-385 IR Theory and Mission Planning 0.5
IC/IG-386 Maverick Description 0.5 0.5 0.5
 20 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

TX TX TX TX SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC

Course Title Course Description B
1A 1B 2 3 1A 1B 1C 1D 1E 1F 2 3
IC/IG-387 Maverick Employment 0.5 0.5 0.5
IC/IG-811 Targeting Pod Description and Operations 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
EOPC End-of-Phase Critique (TR) 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
EOPC End-of-Phase Critique (A-A) 0.5 0.5 0.5
EOPC End-of-Phase Critique (A-S) 0.5 0.5 0.5
EOCC End-of-Course Critique 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
Interactive Courseware Totals (Block 25) 23.5 22.5 22.5 17.5 17.5 13.0 14.0 15.5 16.0 16.5 0.5 18.0 17.0
Interactive Courseware Totals (Block 42) 24.5 23.5 23.5 18.5 18.5 13.0 14.0 16.0 16.5 17.0 0.5 18.5 17.5

3-9. Tests (TIC/TIG) — Testable material is as listed on the course map.

TX TX TX TX SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC

Course Title Course Description B
1A 1B 2 3 1A 1B 1C 1D 1E 1F 2 3
TIC/TIG-001 Avionics Test 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
TIC/TIG-002 Miscellaneous Aircraft Systems Test 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
TIC/TIG-003 PW220 Engine Test 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
TIC/TIG-004 Flight Control System Test 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
TIC/TIG-005 Emergency Procedures Test 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
TIC/TIG-006 A-A Test I 1.0 1.0 1.0
TIC/TIG-007 A-A Test II 1.0 1.0 1.0
TIC/TIG-008 A-S Test I 1.0 1.0 1.0
TIC/TIG-009 A-S Test II 1.0 1.0 1.0

Test Totals 9.0 9.0 9.0 5.0 5.0

Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 21

Chapter 4

Device Training
Section A. General Instructions

4-1. General Instructions for All Device Training

a. For the purposes of this syllabus, Networked Training Center (NTC) may be used interchangeably with Mission
Training Center (MTC), or another equally viable simulator as determined by TRS/CC or OS/CC.

b. Instructors may adjust training device mission tasks and profiles around individual student needs and equipment
constraints but must ensure students receive all training listed in the mission objectives. Explain deviations on the
GTIMS gradesheet.

c. Device configurations are at the discretion of the instructor to ensure mission completion, unless specifically stated
otherwise in the syllabus notes.

d. If training devices are not available, substitute a detailed discussion of procedures and techniques and document it
on the GTIMS gradesheet and the Training Summary (AETC Form 904). All efforts should be made to reschedule
before using this option.

e. GTIMS gradesheet and Training Record documentation is required when using alternate device options or
increasing student-to-IP ratios.

f. Students performing Situational Emergency Procedures Training (SEPT) events IAW AFI 11-2F-16V1 may
complete this training with a contract instructor.

g. Schedule students and instructors for both a 30-minute briefing and 30-minute debriefing for all WST missions.

h. Schedule students and instructors for both a 60-minute briefing and 60-minute debriefing for all NTC/MTC
missions.

i. WST-7 is an instrument / emergency procedures evaluation (EPE) IAW AFI 11-202V2 and AFI 11-2F-16V2.
For SOC Track 1A, WST-7 is an emergency procedures practice and not an EPE.

j. All WST missions after WST-7 will include at least one emergency procedure.

k. Graded devices will use the grading criteria in paragraph 2-14 and achieve CTS as required by each course
chapter (Chapters 6 – 12, Section E).

l. For training devices using NVGs, students will check out goggles at the flying squadron and focus them. They
will show up at the training device brief time with their helmet, goggles / kit, and mask.

4-2. Mission Accomplishment

a. CI (Computer Instruction) — Accomplished in the Learning Center. CIs (and their respective mission guides)
are also available on the CD distributed to all students. The CDs will run on any Windows PC.

b. EPT (Egress Procedures Trainer) — EPT must be accomplished in the EPT.

c. UTD (Unit Training Device) Missions — UTD missions should be accomplished in the UTD to the maximum
extent possible. If a UTD is not available, use the following options in order of preference:

(1) Accomplish the mission in the WST or NTC/MTC (provided all mission objectives can be met).

(2) Increase the student-to-IP ratio to 2:1 and split time between students.

(3) A detailed discussion / briefing of procedures and techniques with a contract instructor.
 22 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

d. WST (Weapon Systems Trainer) Missions — WST missions may be conducted in the NTC/MTC. If the WST
(or NTC/MTC) is not available, make every effort to reschedule in the WST (or NTC/MTC). If unable to reschedule,
use the following options in order of preference:

(1) Accomplish the mission in the UTD (provided all mission objectives can be met).

(2) Increase the student-to-IP ratio to 2:1 and split time between students (exception is WST-7).

(3) A detailed discussion / briefing of procedures and techniques with a contract instructor.

e. NTC (Networked Training Center) Missions — Do all NTC missions in the NTC/MTC. If the NTC/MTC is
not available, make every effort to reschedule in the NTC/MTC. NTC/MTC alternatives are:

(1) A linked WST, or comparable simulator, provided all mission objectives can be met.

(2) A detailed discussion / briefing of procedures and techniques with an IP or contract instructor.

Section B. Training Devices

4-3. Master Device Chart — Computer Instruction (CI) and Egress Procedure Trainer (EPT)

Training TX TX TX TX SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC

Description B
Device 1A 1B 2 3 1A 1B 1C 1D 1E 1F 2 3
CI-1 UFC / CNI X X X X X X X X X X X X
CI-2 MFD / SMS X X X X X X X X X X X X
CI-3 HUD X X X X X X X X X X X X
CI-4 INS X X X X X X X X X X X X
CI-5 Avionics Review X X X X X X X X X X X X
Total CIs 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 0 5 5
EPT-1 Egress Training X X X X X X X X X X X
EPT-2 Egress Training X X X
EPT-3 Egress Training X
EPT-4 Egress Training X
Total EPTs 4 2 2 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 1
 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 23

4-4. Master Device Chart — Unit Training Devices (UTDs) and Weapon Systems Trainers (WSTs)

Training TX TX TX TX SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC

Description B
Device 1A 1B 2 3 1A 1B 1C 1D 1E 1F 2 3
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
UTD-1 UTD Introduction X X X X X X X X X X X X
UTD-2 Checklist Procedures X X X X X X X X X X X X
UTD-3 Engine Emergencies Procedures X X X X X X X X X X X X
UTD-4 Aircraft Systems Emergency Procedures X X X X X X X X X X X X
UTD-5 Not Used
UTD-6 Air-to-Air (A-A) Modes and Employment X X X X1 X1 X X
UTD-7 Intercept Basics X X X
UTD-8 Tactical Intercepts to a VID X X X
UTD-9 BVR Employment X X X
UTD-10 Single and Multiple Target Intercepts X X X X
UTD-11 Conventional Deliveries X X X X X X X X
UTD-12 Systems and IAMs Deliveries X X X
UTD-13 Not Used
1
UTD-14 Introduction to Strike Operations X1 X1 X1
1 1 1 1 1
UTD-15 Block Differences X X X X X1
Total UTDs 102 92 92 52 52 32 32 42 42 52 0 7 6
WST-1 Normal Checklist Procedures (VMC) X X X X X X X X X X X X
WST-2 Normal Instrument Procedures (IMC) X X X X X
WST-3 Engine Emergency Procedures X X X X X
WST-4 Aircraft Systems Emergency Procedures X X X X X
WST-5 Emer Procedures & Instrument Practice X X X X X
WST-6 Engine & Aircraft Systems Emers Proc X X X X X X X
WST-7 Emergency Procedures Evaluation (EPE) X X X X X X X X X X X X
WST-8 Intercepts I X X X
WST-9 Tactical Intercepts to a VID I X X X
WST-10 Tactical Intercepts to a VID II X X X
WST-11 BVR Employment X X X
WST-12 BVR Employment vs Multiple Groups X
WST-13 Not used
WST-14 Intercepts and BVR Employment X X X X
WST-15 Intercepts II X X
WST-16 Surface Attack / IAMs X X X X
WST-17 Emer Proc Review / Night Instruments X
WST-18 NVG Introduction X X X
WST-19 Unguided Weapons Employment / Box X X X X
WST-20 Unguided Weapons Employment / Pop X X X X
WST-21 TGP Introduction X X X X X X X
WST-22 Level GP / System / IAMs Deliveries X X X
WST-23 Night Medium-Altitude Tactics X X X
WST-24 Tactical Mission Emergency Practice X X X
Total WSTs 19 16 16 6 6 3 3 4 5 6 0 10 8
1
As required
2
Total does not include “as required” training
 24 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

4-5. Master Device Chart — Networked Training Centers (NTCs)

Training TX TX TX TX SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC

Description B
Device 1A 1B 2 3 1A 1B 1C 1D 1E 1F 2 3
NTC-1 Offensive BFM X X X X X
NTC-2 Defensive BFM X X
NTC-3 High-Aspect BFM X X
NTC-4 ACM & Element TI X X X
NTC-5 Element TI & AAMD X X X
NTC-6 Element TI X X X X X X X
NTC-7 BVR Launch and Leave X X X
NTC-8 4 v X TI X X X X X
NTC-9 4 v X ACT X X X
NTC-10 Element Low-Altitude SAT X X X X X
1
NTC-11 CAS Procedures X X X X X X
NTC-12 Four-Ship Opposed SAT X
NTC-13 4 v X TI (Refresh) X
NTC-14 4 v X ACT (Topoff) X
NTC-15 Four-Ship AI LFE X
NTC-16 Element Sniper / GBU-54 X
NTC-171 Data Link Operations X1 X1 X1 X1 X1
Total NTCs2 162 112 72 62 42 0 0 1 0 1 02 1 1
1
As required
2
Total does not include “as required” training
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 25

4-6. Computer Instruction (CI) — Students conduct CI with no dedicated instructors.

CI-1
UFC / CNI Time: 0.5
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X X X X X X X X X X
Mission Objectives
Introduce:
 Use of communications, navigation, and identification (CNI) systems
 Upfront controls
Mission Tasks:
1. Change CNI/C&I control to / from BACKUP and UFC
2. Use DCS and INC/DEC switch
3. Change UHF and VHF frequencies and options
4. Change IFF modes and codes
5. Change TACAN and ILS channels / frequencies and options
6. Review PFLs
7. Set BINGO fuel
8. Use override and priority pushbuttons
9. Use master mode pushbuttons
Syllabus Notes: None.

CI-2
MFD / SMS Time: 0.5
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X X X X X X X X X X
Mission Objectives:
Introduce: Practice:
 MFD and FCR use for the Transition (TR) Phase  Using the UFC
 SMS programming
 Emergency and selective jettison
 Reviewing / clearing MFLs
Mission Tasks:
1. Review UFC procedures
2. Set MFD displays for use in TR Phase
3. Use TEST page to review and clear MFLs
4. Use TEST page to accomplish system built-in-tests (BITs)
5. Use DTE page to load DTC
6. Set FCR for use in TR Phase
7. Lock on to targets using cursors, ACM 30 × 20, and boresight modes
8. Check SMS inventory and manually load stores
9. Program SMS for SEL JETT of external stores
10. Perform EMER and SEL JETT of external stores
11. Swap display formats and declutter MFDs
12. Adjust MFD symbology / contrast / brightness / gain
13. Perform day / night SBC RST
Syllabus Notes: None.
26 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

CI-3
HUD Time: 0.5
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X X X X X X X X X X
Mission Objectives:
Introduce: Practice:
 HUD BIT and displays  Using the MFD / SMS
 CRUS functions
 Radar altimeter
 Canopy coefficients
 Camera corrections
Mission Tasks:
1. Review MFD and SMS procedures
2. Perform HUD BIT
3. Determine when at HUD design eye
4. Use all HUD control panel switches to view selectable displays
5. Mode select all CRUS functions and view HUD indications
6. Determine when radar altimeter is on / off referencing the HUD
7. Review the three different HUD radar altimeter scales
8. Set ALOW and observe HUD ALOW warning indications
9. Enter canopy and camera coefficients
Syllabus Notes: None.

CI-4
INS Time: 0.5
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X X X X X X X X X X
Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 INS operations to include alignments
 Entering and changing steerpoints
 TOS operation
 Setting magnetic variation
 Retrieving INSM data
Mission Tasks:
1. Review HUD switchology
2. Perform normal INS alignment
3. Perform stored heading alignment
4. Perform in-flight alignment
5. Review INS steering / distance information on HUD
6. Enter steerpoint data using STPT and DEST pages
7. Change selected steerpoint via INC/DEC switch and STPT button
8. Set time / note HUD symbology with and without TOS mode selected
9. Set manual magnetic variation / review AUTO magnetic variation
10. Retrieve INS terminal coordinates and INSM data
Syllabus Notes: None.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 27

CI-5
Avionics Review Time: 0.5
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X X X X X X X X X X
Mission Objectives:
Practice:
 Avionics operation for transition missions to include CNI, UFC, MFD, SMS, HUD, FCR, and INS procedures
Mission Tasks:
1. Review and practice basic avionics operation.
2. Set avionics for a typical TR-1 mission.
Syllabus Notes: None.
28 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

4-7. Egress Procedures Trainer (EPT) — Student to instructor ratio for EPT is 1 class:1 instructor.

EPT-1
Egress Training Time: 2.0
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X X X X X X X X X
Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Ejection seat and egress training
 Hanging harness training
 Survival equipment
 Local area survival training
Mission Tasks:
*1. ACES II seat preflight
*2. Ejection procedures
*3. Hanging harness training
*4. Survival equipment briefing
*5. Local survival conditions briefing
Syllabus Notes:
1. Each student will review applicable portions of Dash One sections I, II, III, and W-107 before attending this training.
2. Discuss NVG and HMCS-specific actions required during egress (as required).
3. Refresher training is required every 60 days. Training is valid until the end of the month of expiration.

EPT-2
Egress Training Time: 1.5
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X
Mission Objectives:
Practice:
 Ejection seat and egress training
 Hanging harness training
 Survival equipment
 Local area survival training
Mission Tasks:
*1. ACES II seat preflight
*2. Ejection procedures
*3. Hanging harness training
*4. Survival equipment briefing
*5. Local survival conditions briefing
Syllabus Notes:
1. Each student will review applicable portions of Dash One sections I, II, III, and W-107 before attending this training.
2. Discuss NVG and HMCS-specific actions required during egress (as required).
3. Refresher training is required every 60 days. Training is valid until the end of the month of expiration.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 29

EPT-3
Egress Training Time: 1.5
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 2 SOC 3

X
Mission Objectives:
Practice:
 Ejection seat and egress training
 Hanging harness training
 Survival equipment
 Local area survival training
Mission Tasks:
*1. ACES II seat preflight
*2. Ejection procedures
*3. Hanging harness training
*4. Survival equipment briefing
*5. Local survival conditions briefing
Syllabus Notes:
1. Each student will review applicable portions of Dash One sections I, II, III, and W-107 before attending this training.
2. Discuss NVG and HMCS-specific actions required during egress (as required).
3. Refresher training is required every 60 days. Training is valid until the end of the month of expiration.

EPT-4
Egress Training Time: 1.5
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 2 SOC 3

X
Mission Objectives:
Practice:
 Ejection seat and egress training
 Hanging harness training
 Survival equipment
 Local area survival training
Mission Tasks:
*1. ACES II seat preflight
*2. Ejection procedures
*3. Hanging harness training
*4. Survival equipment briefing
*5. Local survival conditions briefing
Syllabus Notes:
1. Each student will review applicable portions of Dash One sections I, II, III, and W-107 before attending this training.
2. Discuss NVG and HMCS-specific actions required during egress (as required).
3. Refresher training is required every 60 days. Training is valid until the end of the month of expiration.
30 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

4-8. Unit Training Device (UTD) — Student to instructor ratio for UTD-1 is 1 class:1 instructor. Student to instructor
ratio for all other UTDs is 1 student:1 instructor.

UTD-1
UTD Introduction Time: 0.5
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X A/R A/R A/R A/R A/R A/R A/R X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 UTD operations
Mission Tasks:
*1. Instructor demonstration of UTD operations
Syllabus Notes:
1. Students will gain a complete understanding of UTD operating procedures for completion of missions.
2. Schedule at the discretion of the academic course manager based on experience of students and devices to be used
for instruction. (TX 2/3, SOC 1)

UTD-2
Checklist Procedures Time: 1.5
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X X X X X X X X X X
Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Normal checklist procedures
 Basic avionics for transition (UFC, CNI, HUD, MFD, and SMS)
Mission Tasks:
1. Cockpit interior check
*2. Verify check
*3. Before start check
*4. Engine start procedure and check
*5. After engine start check
*6. Before taxi check
*7. Taxi check
*8. Before takeoff check
*9. Takeoff
*10. Climb / in-flight / operational check
*11. Descent / before landing check
*12. Landing
*13. After landing check
*14. Prior to engine shutdown check
*15. Engine shutdown
*16. Before leaving cockpit procedure
*17. Normal cockpit egress
Syllabus Notes:
1. Configuration – C-model with centerline tank.
2. Discuss local procedures and restrictions as appropriate.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 31

UTD-3
Engine Emergency Procedures Time: 1.5
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Ground emergencies
 Engine emergencies
 Engine critical action procedures (CAPs)
 Flameout pattern
Mission Tasks:
*1. Ground emergencies
*a. Hot start
*b. Hung / no start
*c. Fire / overheat / fuel leak (ground)
*d. Emergency ground egress
*2. Takeoff emergencies
*a. Abort
*b. AB malfunction on takeoff (takeoff continued)
*c. Engine failure on takeoff (takeoff continued)
*d. Engine fire on takeoff (takeoff continued)
*e. Low thrust on takeoff or low-altitude (non-AB)
*3. In-flight emergencies
a. Engine fire
*b. Overheat caution light
*c. Oil system malfunction
d. Engine fault caution light
e. SEC caution light
f. FTIT indicator failure
g. Zero rpm
*h. Abnormal engine response / nozzle separation
i. Stuck throttle
j. AB blowout / failure to light
*k. Engine stalls
*l. Engine stagnation
*m. Flameout / airstarts (PRI / SEC and JFS no-start)
*n. Low-altitude engine failure / airstart
*4. Landing emergencies
a. Thrust too high for landing
*b. Flameout pattern
Syllabus Notes:
1. Emphasize engine CAPs and current special interest items.
2. Discuss local considerations and emergency airfields.
32 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

UTD-4
Aircraft Systems Emergency Procedures Time: 1.5
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Aircraft systems emergencies
 Out-of-control recovery
Mission Tasks:
*1. Electrical system failures
a. Main generator failure (ground / in-flight)
b. Main and standby generator failure (ground / in-flight)
c. Main, standby, and EPU generator failure
d. EPU malfunctions
e. FLCS RLY / battery light
f. FLCS PMG failure
g. Aircraft battery failure
*2. Flight control malfunctions (FLCS)
a. Air data malfunctions
b. AOA malfunctions
c. CADC malfunctions
d. P, R, Y malfunctions (Block 25 only)
e. FLCS single / dual electronic failures (Block 42 only)
f. LEF malfunctions
g. Servo malfunctions
*3. Fuel system malfunctions
a. Fuel leak / fuel low
b. Fuel imbalance / trapped fuel
*4. Hydraulic failures
a. Single / dual hydraulic failure
b. PTO shaft failure
*5. Other emergencies
*a. Out-of-control recovery
b. ECS malfunction
*6. Landing gear malfunctions / other Dash One checklist emergencies
a. LG fails to extend / alternate landing gear extension
Syllabus Notes: Accomplish a representative sample of all Dash One emergencies with emphasis on current special
interest items.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 33

UTD-6
Air-to-Air Modes and Employment Time: 1.5
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X A/R A/R X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 A-A radar modes / switchology
 Datalink Opeations (A-A setup & procedures)
 A-A switchology drill
 FENCE check
 A-A weapons employment
Mission Tasks:
*1. Use FCR primary and control pages to select / change all FCR options
*2. Program the dogfight master mode
a. Select / verify ACM radar mode
b. Select / verify AIM-9 missiles
c. Cool / warm AIM-9; select bore / slave and spot / scan
d. Change SCORE ON / OFF
*3. Program the A-A and missile override master modes
a. Select both the gun and A-A missiles in the A-A master mode
b. Select / verify AIM-120 missiles
c. Set RCS, size, missile ID
d. BIT each AIM-120
*4. Set / verify target wingspan
*5. Datalink Operations (A-A setup & procedures)
*6. Mode select bullseye information
*7. A-A switchology drill from both trail and line abreast formation (Note 2)
*8. FENCE check
*9. Operate FCR in RWS
*10. Operate FCR in TWS mode
a. Select / step bugged target in AUTO / MAN
b. Switch between MTT / STT and NORM / EXP FOV
*11. Command expanded data
*12. Operate FCR in ACM
a. Select 30 × 20
b. Select 10 × 60
c. Select boresight
d. Select slewable
*13. Step / select missiles using the MFD OSBs and the missile step button
*14. A-A weapons employment
*a. Select and fire AIM-9 missiles
*b. Select and fire AIM-120 missiles
*c. In DGFT, fire gun using EEGS sighting option with and without a target lock
Syllabus Notes:
1. Identify all symbology on the MFDs and HUD while accomplishing each task.
2. Clarify differences between the A-A switchology drill and a combat A-A weapon systems check.
3. This device as required for SOC 1C/1E based on currency / experience.
34 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

UTD-7
Intercept Basics Time: 1.5
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 OBCM setup and BITs
 Radar mechanics
 Baseline intercepts (vs non-maneuvering groups)
 IMC intercepts
 3-1 comm
Mission Tasks:
*1. On board counter measure (OBCM) setup and BITs
*2. FCR employment
a. Review RWS, TWS, and ACM modes
*b. Initial FCR setup (mode, range, azimuth, bar scan, antenna elevation, and cursor placement)
*c. Target detection (use of ±30 degree, antenna elevation control, and cursor placement)
*d. Target lock-on (spotlight use, cursor placement)
*e. Expanded data
*f. Scope range management
g. Datalink Operations (A-A setup & procedures)
*3. A-A switchology drill
*4. FENCE check
*5. Baseline intercept (from various aspects vs non-maneuvering single group)
a. Single contact
b. Sortable group
*c. IMC intercepts
*6. 3-1 comm
*a. BRAA and bullseye format
*b. Typical comm sequence (group declaration, targeted, engaged, and egress comm)
7. A-A weapons employment / weapon selection (AIM-120 / AIM-9 / gun)
Syllabus Notes: None.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 35

UTD-8
Tactical Intercepts to a VID Time: 1.5
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Datalink Operations (A-A setup & procedures) (TX 2/3)
 IMC intercepts (TX 2/3)
 A-A weapons employment (TX 2/3)
 Radar-assisted trail departure (TX 2/3)
 Single-ship tactical intercepts vs:
 Non-maneuvering group
 Maneuvering group
 2-ship sortable group
 Single-ship AAMD (B)
Mission Tasks:
*1. Radar-assisted trail departure (TX 2/3)
*2. IMC intercepts (vs a non-maneuvering group) (TX 2/3)
*3. Single-ship tactical intercepts (to a VID vs a non-maneuvering group)
a. Head aspect setups
b. Flank aspect setups
*4. Single-ship tactical intercepts (to a VID vs a maneuvering group)
a. Head aspect setups that maneuver to flank
b. Flank aspect setups that maneuver to head aspect
c. Head aspect group that stays head aspect
*5. Single-ship tactical intercepts (to a VID vs a 2-ship sortable group)
*6. Single-ship AAMD (B) (Note 3)
*7. Datalink Operations (A-A setup & procedures) (TX 2/3)
Syllabus Notes:
1. Emphasize current brevity terms, proper comm, tactical intercept geometry to a VID range and aspect, radar mech
and pacing, missile selection, and AFI 11-214 training rules.
2. Limit adversaries to all aspect IR missiles in VID scenarios.
3. Introduce both notch and grease execution.
36 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

UTD-9
BVR Employment Time: 1.5
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X
Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 BVR employment
Practice:
 Single-ship AAMD
Mission Tasks:
1. Review RWS and TWS modes and submodes
*2. BVR employment
a. AIM-120 shot mechanics vs single and multiple groups (Note 1)
*3. Single-ship AAMD (Note 2)
Syllabus Notes:
1. Emphasize AIM-120 shot / kill criteria and basic AIM-120 shot mechanics.
2. Practice both notch and grease execution.

UTD-10
Single and Multiple Target Intercepts Time: 1.5
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Baseline intercepts / single-ship tactical intercepts vs:
 Non-maneuvering group
 Maneuvering group
 BVR employment
Mission Tasks:
*1. FCR employment
a. Review RWS, TWS, and ACM modes
*2. Baseline intercepts / single-ship tactical intercepts (vs a non-maneuvering / maneuvering group) (Note)
a. Head aspect setups
b. Flank aspect setups
c. Head aspect setups that maneuver to flank
d. Flank aspect setups that maneuver to head aspect
e. Head aspect group that stays head aspect
3. A-A weapons employment (WVR) / weapon selection (AIM-120 / AIM-9 / gun)
*4. BVR employment
*a. AIM-120 shot mechanics vs single and multiple groups
Syllabus Notes: Base intercept profiles on previous experience.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 37

UTD-11
Conventional Deliveries Time: 1.5
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X X X X X X
Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 DTS GCAS / PGCAS use
 Air-to-surface (A-S) AGR delivery modes
 Switchology (A-S)
 A-S weapon systems check
 Weapons employment
 Hung stores
 Emergency / selective jettison
Practice:
 Low-altitude engine failure and airstart
Mission Tasks:
*1. Program the A-G master mode
a. Set / verify the control page data
b. Using MFD, select delivery modes
c. Using MSL step button, select delivery modes
d. Select fuzing options (Note)
e. Change release pulses, impact spacing and single / pair options
f. Program PROF 1 and PROF 2
g. Program the GUN page
*2. Set ALOW to 500 ft
*3. Program SEL JETT
4. Manually load steerpoints with target elevation and TOS
*5. Set current time; add 5 minutes to delta TOS; mode select TOS
*6. Review DTS and GCAS / PGCAS setup and procedures
*7. Select the primary and secondary reticle in the HUD and set 145 mils
*8. A-S weapon systems check
*9. Perform RALT and HUD ACALs
*10. Perform OFLY and HUD fixes
*11. Perform OFLY and HUD marks
*12. Release weapons using CCIP to include a visual level delivery (VLD)
*13. Release weapons using DTOS
*14. Release weapons using MAN mode
*15. Fire the gun using STRF mode
*16. Hung stores
*17. Emergency / selective jettison
*18. Perform low-altitude engine failure and airstart
*19. Manually program IFF for operation in AUTO mode (TX 2/3)
*20. On FCR, select GM mode; adjust gain using MFD and hands-on gain knob; select OA1 and OA2; select EXP,
DBS1, DBS2; select SP and ground stabilize cursors; slew cursors; select CZ; enter FTT and break lock; select /
deselect FZ (TX 2/3, SOC 1D/1E)
*21. On FCR, select GMT mode and enter GMTT (TX 2/3, SOC 1D/1E)
*22. Perform FCR ACAL, fix, and mark (TX 2/3)
*23. Program A-G SMS page with JDAMs selected (TX 3)
*24. Program A-G SMS page with WCMDs selected (TX 3)
Syllabus Notes: Discuss / review fuze categories. Load / setup at least one CAT I, II, and III weapon.
38 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

UTD-12
Systems and IAMs Deliveries Time: 1.5
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 System level deliveries
 A-S radar switchology
 IAMs employment
 AUTO IFF
Practice:
 DTS GCAS / PGCAS procedures
 A-S weapon systems check
Mission Tasks:
1. Review conventional delivery tasks as desired
2. Manually verify / load OAPs
3. Manually program UTM / MGRS data
*4. Enter delta ballistics (DRNG / DBAL)
*5. AUTO IFF programming
*6. DTS and GCAS / PGCAS procedures
*7. Program A-G SMS page with JDAMs selected
*8. Program A-G SMS page with WCMDs selected
9. Review SEL JETT procedures
*10. Operate FCR in the GM mode
a. Adjust gain using MFD and hands-on gain
b. Select OA1 and OA2
c. Select EXP, DBS1, DBS2
d. Select SP and ground stabilize cursors, slew cursors and select CZ
e. Enter FTT and break lock
f. Select / deselect FZ
11. On FCR, select GMT mode and enter GMTT
*12. Perform FCR ACAL, fix, and mark
*13. A-S weapon systems check
*14. Accomplish a system level delivery (SLD) using the radar (CCRP)
*15. Release JDAMs
*16. Release WCMDs
*17. Data Link setup and A-G procedures
*a. Ground PPLI – friendly vs non-friendly
*b. C2 messages
Syllabus Notes: None.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 39

UTD-14
Introduction to Strike Operations Time: 1.5
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 2 SOC 3

A/R A/R A/R

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Strike operations
Mission Tasks:
1. SMS setup
2. PAL enable
3. Holding / push procedures
4. Ingress
5. System deliveries
6. Safe escape maneuvers
7. Egress
8. In-flight report
Syllabus Notes: None.
40 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

UTD-15
Block 40/42 Differences Time: 1.5
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 2 SOC 3

A/R A/R A/R A/R A/R

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Cockpit layout differences
 Ground operations
 In-flight operations
 Air-to-air operations
 Air-to-surface operations
 Landing
Mission Tasks:
*1. Cockpit layout *5. Air-to-air employment
a. FLCS panel a. HUD symbology differences (DGFT)
b. Aux Comm panel b. PDLT selection, expanded data
c. Autopilot switches c. CRM/TWS mechanization
d. IFF ident button d. CRM/RWS / DTT
e. ALE-47 control panel e. AMRAAM employment
f. Avionics power panel *6. Air-to-surface employment
*2. Engine start / ground operations a. SMS mechanization
a. MIDs power-up b. CMS mechanization / use
b. FLCS BIT (FLCS relays, DBU) c. Ground PPLI – friendly vs non-friendly
c. DTC and NDL loading d. C2 messages
d. SMS programming e. LAS / HAS differences
e. UFC differences (NET entry) f. DTS GCAS / PGCAS differences
f. Fault acknowledge 7. Landing (AOA indications)
*3. Radar-assisted trail departure a. Landing declutter
*4. In-flight operations b. EHSI – ILS
a. Autopilot operation 8. Abnormal operations
b. FLCS malfunctions a. Link entry
c. Navigation EHSI and HSD operation b. MMC operations
d. HUD mark c. MIDs lockup
Syllabus Notes: None.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 41

UTD-15
Block 25/30/32 Differences Time: 1.5
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 2 SOC 3

A/R A/R A/R A/R A/R

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Block 25/30/32 cockpit layout
 Ground operations
 In-flight operations
 Air-to-air operations
 Air-to-surface operations
 Landing
Mission Tasks:
*1. Cockpit layout
*a. FLCS panel
b. Autopilot switches
c. IFF ident button
*d. ALQ-213 control panel
*2. Engine start / ground operations
*a. Engine malfunctions
*b. FLCS checks (FLCS batteries)
c. SMS programming
d. UFC differences (EGI pages)
e. Fault acknowledge
*3. SADL ops
*4. Radar-assisted trail departure
*5. In-flight operations
a. Autopilot operation
*b. FLCS malfunctions
c. EGI database operation
d. Emergency airfields
e. HUD mark
*6. Air-to-air employment
a. HUD symbology differences
b. FCR symbology / mechanization
c. AMRAAM employment
*7. Air-to-surface employment
a. CCRP loft
b. CCRP DMS mechanization
c. Strafe symbology
d. DTS GCAS / PGCAS differences
*8. Airstart procedures (as required)
9. Landing (AOA indications)
Syllabus Notes: None.
42 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

4-9. Weapon Systems Trainer (WST) — Student to instructor ratio is 1 student:1 instructor.

WST-1
Normal Checklist Procedures (VMC) Time: 1.5
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X X X X X X X X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 INS / TCN navigation
 Airwork
 Instrument procedures
 VFR patterns and landings
Practice:
 Normal checklist procedures
 Basic avionics for transition (UFC, CNI, HUD, MFDs, and SMS)
Mission Tasks:
*1. Ground operations (pre-flight)
*a. Verify check
*b. Before start check
*c. Engine start procedure and check (normal)
*d. After engine start check
*e. Before taxi check
*f. Taxi check
*g. Instrument cockpit check
h. AGCAS setup
*2. Takeoff (VMC)
*a. Before takeoff check
*b. Run-up check
*3. Instrument departure
*a. Climb / in-flight / operational checks
*4. Airwork
a. Steep turns
b. Unusual attitude recoveries (VMC)
*c. Avionics for transition
d. Cruise data display demonstration (range, home, endurance modes)
*e. INS / TACAN navigation
*5. Recovery
*a. Descent / before landing check
*6. Instrument procedures
a. Penetration
*b. Instrument approach (fly at least one approach)
*7. VFR patterns and landing
*8. Ground operations (post-flight)
*a. After landing check
*b. Prior to engine shutdown check
*c. Engine shutdown
Syllabus Notes:
1. Weather – VMC.
2. Use local departure and recovery.
3. Configuration – C-model with centerline tank and 2 × AIM-9s.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 43

WST-2
Normal Instrument Procedures (IMC) Time: 1.5
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Instrument unusual attitude recoveries
 Crosswind approach
 HUD-out instrument approach
Practice:
 INS / TACAN navigation
 Instrument procedures
Mission Tasks:
*1. Ground operations
*a. Instrument cockpit check
*b. Radio procedures
*2. Takeoff (VMC) departure to working area (layered IMC)
*3. Instrument
*4. Airwork (IMC)
a. Steep turns
*b. Instrument unusual attitude recoveries
*c. INS / TACAN navigation
*5. Recovery
*6. Instrument procedures
a. Fix-to-fix
*b. Holding (one turn in TACAN holding)
*c. TACAN approach (to a missed approach / weather at 500-2)
*d. Precision approach (to a low approach / weather at 500-2)
*e. ILS approach (weather at 500-2 and crosswinds)
*f. HUD-out instrument approach
*7. Full stop landing (turnoff at end of runway)
Syllabus Notes: Configuration – C-model with centerline tank and 2 × AIM-9s.
44 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

WST-3
Engine Emergency Procedures Time: 1.5
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X X X

Mission Objectives:
Practice:
 Ground emergencies
 Engine emergencies
 Engine CAPs
 Flameout patterns
Mission Tasks:
*1. Ground emergencies
*a. Fire / overheat / fuel leak (ground)
*b. Emergency ground egress
*2. Takeoff emergencies
*a. Abort
*b. AB malfunction on takeoff (takeoff continued)
*c. Engine failure on takeoff (takeoff continued)
*d. Engine fire on takeoff (takeoff continued)
*e. Low thrust on takeoff / at low altitude (non-AB)
*3. In-flight emergencies
a. Engine fire and overheat
b. Oil system malfunction
c. Engine fault caution light
d. Zero RPM / SEC caution light
e. FTIT indicator failure
*f. Abnormal engine response / nozzle separation
g. AB blowout / failure to light
*h. Engine stalls (audible and inaudible) and stagnation
*i. Flameout / airstarts (PRI / SEC and JFS no-start, low-altitude)
j. Hot airstart
*4. Landing emergencies
a. Thrust too high for landing
*b. Flameout patterns
Syllabus Notes:
1. Weather – VMC.
2. Emphasize knowledge of SFO concept and procedures.
3. Fly at least one emergency procedure all the way to a logical conclusion.
4. Configuration – C-model with centerline tank and 2 × AIM-9s.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 45

WST-4
Aircraft Systems Emergency Procedures Time: 1.5
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Divert procedures
Practice:
 Aircraft systems emergency procedures
 Out-of-control recovery
 HUD-out instrument approach
Mission Tasks:
*1. Electrical system failures
a. Single and multiple generator failures (ground and/or in-flight)
b. EPU malfunctions
c. FLCS RLY light (Block 42 only)
d. FLCS PMG failure / aircraft battery failure
*2. Flight control malfunctions (FLCS)
a. Air data malfunctions
b. AOA and CADC malfunctions
c. P, R, Y malfunctions / servo malfunctions (Block 25 only)
d. FLCS single / dual electronic failures (Block 42 only)
e. LEF / servo malfunctions
*3. Fuel system malfunctions
a. Fuel leak / fuel low
b. Fuel imbalance / trapped fuel
*4. Hydraulic failures
a. Single / dual hydraulic failure
b. PTO shaft failure
*5. Other emergencies
*a. Out-of-control recovery (upright and inverted)
b. ECS malfunctions
*6. Landing gear malfunctions / other Dash One checklist emergencies
*a. LG fails to extend / alternate landing gear extension
*b. Cable arrestment
*c. Brake / anti-skid malfunction
*7. Divert procedures
*a. Strange field approach
*b. HUD-out instrument approach
c. Short field / low RCR landing
Syllabus Notes: Configuration – C-model with centerline tank and 2 × AIM-9s.
46 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

WST-5
Emergency Procedures and Instrument Practice Time: 1.5
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X X X

Mission Objectives:
Practice:
 Ground emergencies  Aircraft systems emergencies
 Engine emergencies  Out-of-control recovery
 Instrument approaches (in preparation for EPE)  Flameout patterns
Execution Objectives:
Milestone Tasks:
 Critical action procedures
 Emergency procedures
 Instrument unusual attitude recoveries
Mission Tasks:
*1. Ground emergencies (engine start malfunctions)
*2. Takeoff emergencies
a. Engine failure on takeoff
b. AB malfunction on takeoff
*c. Abort / cable arrestment
*d. Tire failure on takeoff
e. Engine fire on takeoff
f. Low thrust on takeoff or at low altitude (non-AB)
*3. Instrument departure
*4. Airwork
a. INS / TACAN en route navigation
b. Instrument unusual attitude recovery
*5. In-flight emergencies
*a. Engine emergencies
b. Flight control malfunctions
c. Electrical system failures
d. Fuel system malfunctions
e. Hydraulic failures
f. Landing gear malfunctions
*g. Out-of-control recovery (upright and inverted)
*6. Recovery
a. Divert
*b. Low-altitude engine failure and airstart
*7. Instrument procedures
*a. Penetration
*b. TACAN approach (weather at 500-2)
*c. ILS approach (to a missed approach / weather at 300-1)
*8. Landing emergencies
*a. Flameout patterns
*b. Brake / anti-skid malfunction
Syllabus Notes:
1. Fly at least one emergency procedure to a logical conclusion. Emphasis will be on proper EP execution, including
channel changes and communications / coordination with all appropriate agencies (SOF, ATC, etc.).
2. At least one instrument approach must be flown HUD-out.
3. Configuration – C-model with centerline tank and 2 × AIM-9s.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 47

WST-6
Engine and Aircraft Systems Emergency Procedures Time: 1.5
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X X X X X

Mission Objectives:
Practice:
 Ground emergencies
 Engine emergencies
 Aircraft systems emergencies
 Out-of-control recovery
 Flameout patterns
Execution Objectives:
Milestone Tasks:
 Critical action procedures
 Emergency procedures
 Instrument unusual attitude recoveries
Mission Tasks:
*1. Ground emergencies (engine start malfunctions)
*2. Takeoff emergencies
*a. Engine malfunctions
*b. Tire failure on takeoff
*3. In-flight emergencies
*a. Engine emergencies (including airstarts and JFS no-start)
*b. Flight control malfunctions
*c. Electrical system failures
*d. Fuel system malfunctions
*e. Hydraulic failures
*f. Landing gear malfunctions / other Dash One checklist emergencies
*g. Out-of-control recovery (upright and inverted)
*4. Instrument unusual attitude recoveries
*5. Landing emergencies
a. Thrust too high for landing
*b. Flameout pattern (overhead)
c. Flameout pattern (straight-in)
Syllabus Notes:
1. Accomplish a representative sampling of Dash One checklist emergencies with emphasis on current special interest
items and CAPs.
2. Fly at least one emergency procedure to a logical conclusion. Emphasis will be on proper emergency procedure
execution, including channel changes and communications / coordination with all appropriate agencies (SOF, ATC,
etc.).
3. Configuration – C-model with centerline tank and 2 × AIM-9s.
48 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

WST-7
Emergency Procedures Evaluation (EPE) Time: 1.5
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X X X X X X X X X X
Mission Objectives:
 EPE to satisfy AFI 11-202V2 and AFI 11-2F-16V2 requirements.
Mission Tasks: Identify and respond to selected ground and in-flight emergencies using the checklist.
Syllabus Notes:
1. Administered by Stan Eval as a prerequisite to the initial I/Q Evaluation. (except SOC 1A)
2. Contract instructors should be scheduled to assist with console operations. (B, TX 1, SOC 2/3)
3. All other notes are provided during S-192 (I/Q Evaluation requirements brief).
4. For SOC 1A, this is emergency procedures practice and not an EPE. Fly a profile consistent with WST-1 & WST-6.
5. Configuration – C-model with centerline tank and 2 × AIM-9s.

WST-8
Intercepts I Time: 1.5
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X
Mission Objectives:
Introduce: Practice:
 Radar-assisted trail departure  A-A switchology drill / FENCE check
 Baseline intercepts (vs maneuvering groups)  Radar mechanics
 Radar-assisted trail recovery  Baseline intercepts (vs non-maneuvering groups)
 3-1 comm
 A-A weapons employment
 Out-of-control recovery
Mission Tasks:
1. Ground operations (normal)
*2. Departure
*a. Radar-assisted trail departure
*b. A-A switchology drill
*c. FENCE check
*3. Baseline intercepts (vs a single group)
*a. Head aspect setups
*b. Flank aspect setups
*c. Head aspect setups that maneuver to flank
*d. Flank aspect setups that maneuver to head aspect
*e. Vertical conversions
*4. A-A weapons employment (AIM-120 / AIM-9 / gun)
*5. 3-1 comm
*6. Out-of-control recovery (upright and inverted)
*7. Radar-assisted trail recovery
8. Precision approach (weather at 700-2)
Syllabus Notes:
1. Emphasize current brevity terms, proper comm, baseline intercept procedures IAW AFTTP 3-3.F-16, utilizing
proper offset, radar mech and pacing, and AFI 11-214 intercept training rules.
2. Discuss VID procedures and techniques.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 49

WST-9
Tactical Intercepts to a VID I Time: 1.5
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Radar-assisted trail departure (TX 1)
 Single-ship tactical intercepts vs:
 Non-maneuvering group (TX 1)
 Maneuvering group (TX 1)
 2-ship sortable group (TX 1)
 Radar-assisted trail recovery (TX 1)
 IMC flameout approach (B)
Practice:
 IMC intercepts (TX 1)
 Single-ship tactical intercepts vs:
 Non-maneuvering group (B)
 Maneuvering group (B)
 2-ship sortable group (B)
Mission Tasks:
1. Radar-assisted trail departure (* for TX 1)
*2. Baseline intercepts (vs a non-maneuvering group) (TX 1)
*3. Single-ship tactical intercepts (to a VID vs a non-maneuvering group)
a. Head aspect setups
b. Flank aspect setups
*4. Single-ship tactical intercepts (to a VID vs a maneuvering group)
a. Head aspect setups that maneuver to flank
b. Flank aspect setups that maneuver to head aspect
c. Head aspect group that stays head aspect
*5. Single-ship tactical intercepts (to a VID vs a 2-ship sortable non-maneuvering group) (Note 3)
6. Radar-assisted trail recovery (* for TX 1)
7. IMC flameout approach (multiple) (* for B)
Syllabus Notes:
1. Emphasize current brevity terms, proper comm, tactical intercept geometry to a VID range and aspect, radar mech
and pacing, missile selection, and AFI 11-214 intercept training rules.
2. Limit adversaries to all aspect IR missiles.
3. Detect, target, sort, intercept, and gain tally 2 on a sortable group using RWS and/or TWS.
50 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

WST-10
Tactical Intercepts to a VID II Time: 1.5
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Single-ship tactical intercepts (low-altitude)
 Single-ship AAMD (TX 1)
Practice:
 Radar-assisted trail departure
 Single-ship tactical intercepts vs:
 Non-maneuvering group
 Maneuvering group
 Single-ship AAMD (B)
 Radar-assisted trail recovery
Mission Tasks:
*1. Radar-assisted trail departure
*2. Single-ship tactical intercepts (to a VID vs a non-maneuvering group)
*a. Head aspect setups
b. Flank aspect setups
*c. Low-altitude setups
*3. Single-ship tactical intercepts (to a VID vs a maneuvering group)
a. Head aspect setups that maneuver to flank
b. Flank aspect setups that maneuver to head aspect
c. Head aspect group that stays head aspect
*4. Single-ship AAMD (Note 3)
*5. Radar-assisted trail recovery
6. Instrument approach
Syllabus Notes:
1. Emphasize current brevity terms, proper comm, tactical intercept geometry to a VID range and aspect, radar mech
and pacing, missile selection, and AFI 11-214 training rules.
2. The adversary is limited to all aspect IR missiles until AAMD.
3. Introduce / practice both notch and grease execution.
4. This device should be accomplished as close to TI-1 as possible.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 51

WST-11
BVR Employment Time: 1.5
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 BVR employment (vs single and multiple groups)
Practice:
 Radar-assisted trail departure
 Single-ship AAMD
Mission Tasks:
*1. Radar-assisted trail departure
*2. BVR employment
*a. Single unaware group
*b. Sortable unaware groups > FR
*c. Sortable unaware groups < FR
*d. Sortable maneuvering groups
*3. Single-ship AAMD
*a. RWR awareness / OBCM employment
*b. Exit / attack or grease / attack (as defensive fighter)
Syllabus Notes:
1. Emphasize current brevity terms, proper comm, and AFI 11-214 intercept training rules.
2. Discuss PID requirements and appropriate procedures for group declaration.
3. Emphasize completion of an ID matrix prior to BVR employment.
4. Emphasize proper post AIM-120 launch maneuvering.
5. Practice launch and leave and launch and decide tactics.
6. Emphasize directive targeting and Short Skate flow.
7. Introduce ECM / jamming threats if the WST is capable (include a no-lock intercept). (TX 1)
52 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

WST-12
BVR Employment vs Multiple Groups Time: 1.5
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 2 SOC 3

Mission Objectives:
Practice:
 Radar-assisted trail departure
 BVR employment (vs multiple groups)
 Single-ship AAMD
Mission Tasks:
*1. Radar-assisted trail departure
*2. BVR employment
*a. Multiple groups
*3. Single-ship AAMD
*a. RWR awareness / OBCM employment
*b. Exit / attack or grease / attack (as defensive fighter)
4. Radar-assisted trail recovery
Syllabus Notes:
1. Emphasize current brevity terms, proper comm, and AFI 11-214 intercept training rules.
2. Discuss PID requirements and appropriate procedures for group declaration.
3. Emphasize picture targeting and Skate flow with recommits.
4. Introduce ECM / jamming threats if the WST is capable (include a no-lock intercept).
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 53

WST-14
Intercepts and BVR Employment Time: 1.5
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Radar-assisted trail departure
 A-A switchology drill
 BVR employment (vs single and multiple groups) (TX 2/3)
 Single-ship AAMD
Practice:
 Datalink Operations (A-A setup & employment)
 Single-ship tactical intercepts
 BVR employment (vs single and multiple groups) (SOC 1)
Mission Tasks:
1. A-A ground ops
*2. Datalink Operations (A-A setup & employment)
*3. Radar-assisted trail departure
*4. A-A switchology drill
5. FENCE check
*6. Single-ship tactical intercepts (to a VID vs a non-maneuvering / maneuvering group) (Note 3)
a. Head aspect setups
b. Flank aspect setups
c. Head aspect setups that maneuver to flank
d. Flank aspect setups that maneuver to head aspect
e. Head aspect group that stays head aspect
*7. BVR employment (vs single and multiple groups) (Note 4)
*8. Single-ship AAMD (Note 5)
Syllabus Notes:
1. Detect, target, sort, and intercept a maneuvering group using RWS and/or TWS.
2. Emphasize current brevity terms, proper comm, tactical intercept geometry to a VID range and aspect, radar mech
and pacing, missile selection, and AFI 11-214 training rules.
3. If student proficiency permits, introduce a maneuvering target and/or two sortable contacts.
4. Discuss VID and PID requirements and appropriate procedures to employ weapons vs a bogey group. Emphasize
declaration of “hostile” as clearance to engage.
5. Introduce both notch and grease execution.
6. This mission can be EFFECTIVE if Link 16 / SADL capability is not available.
54 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

WST-15
Intercepts II Time: 1.5
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 2 SOC 3

X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 IMC intercepts
 Single-ship AAMD
Practice:
 Radar-assisted trail departure
 Single-ship tactical intercepts (vs a non-maneuvering group)
Mission Tasks:
*1. Radar-assisted trail departure
*2. IMC intercepts (vs a non-maneuvering group)
*3. Single-ship tactical intercepts (to a VID vs a non-maneuvering / maneuvering group) (Note 3)
a. Head aspect setups
b. Flank aspect setups
c. Head aspect setups that maneuver to flank
d. Flank aspect setups that maneuver to head aspect
e. Head aspect group that stays head aspect
*4. BVR employment (vs single and multiple groups) (Note 4)
*5. Single-ship AAMD (Note 5)
6. Instrument approach
Syllabus Notes:
1. Detect, target, sort, and intercept a maneuvering group using RWS and TWS.
2. Emphasize current brevity terms, proper comm, tactical intercept geometry to a VID range and aspect, radar mech
and pacing, missile selection, and AFI 11-214 training rules.
3. If student proficiency permits, introduce a maneuvering target and/or two sortable contacts.
4. Discuss VID and PID requirements and appropriate procedures to employ weapons vs a bogey group. Emphasize
declaration of “hostile” as clearance to engage.
5. Introduce both notch and grease execution.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 55

WST-16
Surface Attack / IAMs Time: 1.5
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 SMS air-to-ground (A-G) setup
 Datalink Operations (A-S setup & employment)
 Visual LATN to a TOT
 Weapons employment (GP, IAMs, and tactical strafe)
 Emergency / selective jettison
Practice:
 Low-altitude engine failure / airstart
 Flameout pattern
Mission Tasks:
*1. Before takeoff procedures
*a. SMS A-G setup (Note 2)
*b. Datalink Operations (A-S setup & employment)
*2. LATN (Note 3)
*a. Timing procedures / airspeed control / updates and marks
*b. Fix
*c. Mark
d. GM / EXP / DBS1 / DBS2 / GMT
e. Avionics (GCAS / PGCAS)
*3. Unguided weapons employment
a. CCIP / LAT (DTOS) (switchology / ordnance arming)
*4. Conventional range procedures
*a. Box and pop pattern procedures
*b. Tactical strafe
*(1) LAS
*(2) HAS
*c. SLD (using CCRP)
*5. Guided weapons employment
*a. IAMs
*6. Emergency / selective jettison
*7. Low-altitude engine failure and restart
*8. Flameout pattern (random entry SFO / FO landing)
9. HUD-out instrument approach (* for SOC 1D/1E)
Syllabus Notes:
1. Emphasize LATN procedures, switchology, and symbology.
2. Program SMS A-S load, change SMS profiles, select various A-S weapons delivery modes.
3. Visual and radar LATN to a TOT.
4. This mission can be EFFECTIVE if Link 16 capability is not available in the training device.
56 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

WST-17
Emergency Procedures Review / Night Instruments Time: 1.5
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 2 SOC 3

Mission Objectives:
Practice:
 Emergency procedures
 Night instruments
Mission Tasks:
*1. Engine start malfunctions
*2. Takeoff emergencies
a. Engine failure on takeoff
b. AB malfunction on takeoff
*c. Abort / cable arrestment
d. Engine fire on takeoff
e. Low thrust on takeoff or low altitude (non-AB)
*3. Instrument departure
4. Airwork
a. Instrument unusual attitude recovery
*5. In-flight emergencies
*a. Engine emergencies
b. Flight control malfunctions
c. Electrical system failures
d. Fuel system malfunctions
e. Hydraulic failures
f. Landing gear malfunctions
*g. Out-of-control recoveries (upright and inverted)
*6. Recovery
*a. Low-altitude engine failure and airstart
*b. Flameout patterns (night straight-in flame-out approach)
*7. Instrument approaches (night)
a. TACAN penetration and approach (weather at 500-2)
*b. ILS approach (to a missed approach / weather at 300-1)
c. Full stop landing (night)
Syllabus Notes: Emphasize EPs at night.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 57

WST-18
NVG Introduction Time: 1.5
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 NVG cockpit setup
 NVG operations
 NVG emergencies
 Unusual attitude recoveries (NVG)
 Single-ship tactical intercepts (NVG)
Mission Tasks:
*1. Ground operations
a. NVG cockpit setup / modes
*b. NVG cockpit lighting (compatible / hostile lighting situations)
*c. NVG stowing (for takeoff)
*2. Radar-assisted trail departure
*a. NVG donning
*3. NVG operations
a. NVG crosscheck
b. NVG illusions / misperceptions (compare high vs low illumination)
*c. Unusual attitude recoveries (NVG)
*4. Single-ship tactical intercepts (NVG) (Note 2, 3)
*a. Baseline on a non-maneuvering target
*b. BVR employment (launch and leave)
*c. Low-to-high
*d. High-to-low (Note 4)
*5. Single-ship AAMD
*6. NVG emergencies
*a. NVG battery fail / swap procedures
*b. NVG ejection (time permitting)
*7. NVG de-goggle / stowing procedures
8. Instrument approach
Syllabus Notes:
1. Discuss emergency procedures that affect NVG use, an active instrument crosscheck, NVG sector scanning
techniques, importance of a discernable horizon, and night spatial orientation at different illumination levels.
2. Item 4 asterisked mission tasks must be flown in order.
3. Discuss and emphasize NVG training rules during intercepts.
4. Use a low speed target (250-300 knots) on item 4d.
58 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

WST-19
Unguided Weapons Employment / Box Patterns Time: 1.5
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Heavyweight high-speed abort
 Visual LATN using INS
 Surface-to-air threat reactions (low-altitude)
 A-G weapon systems check
 TMLT
Practice:
 SMS A-G setup
 DTS and GCAS / PGCAS procedures
 TOS / TOT procedures
 Visual avionics updates
 Unguided weapons employment
 LAS from the box pattern
 Safe escape maneuvers
 Low-altitude engine failure
 Emergency / selective jettison
 Straight-in / random entry SFO
Mission Tasks:
*1. SMS A-G setup (GP ordnance)
*2. Heavyweight / high-speed abort
*3. Departure
a. VFR departure
b. Low-level entry
*c. A-S weapon systems check
*d. FENCE check
*e. DTS (GCAS / PGCAS procedures)
*4. LATN
*a. Avionics / system updates (one required)
*b. Timing procedures / airspeed control (TOS / TOT)
*c. Surface-to-air threat reactions (low-altitude)
*5. Unguided weapons employment (from conventional box patterns)
*a. CCIP (HARB / DB / LD / HD)
*b. LAT (DTOS)
*c. LAS
*d. TMLT
*6. Engine failure / airstart (low-altitude)
*7. Emergency / selective jettison
*8. Straight-in / random entry SFO
Syllabus Notes:
1. LATN should emphasize procedures, switchology, and symbology.
2. Basic attacks can vary as long as the student accomplishes each safe escape maneuver (CSEM / TMLT / C-LVL).
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 59

WST-20
Unguided Weapons Employment / Pop Patterns Time: 1.5
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Pop-up patterns
 First-run attacks
 HAS
 Weapon systems failures
Practice:
 LATN
 Visual avionics updates
 HUD-out instrument approach
 Surface-to-air threat reactions
Mission Tasks:
1. Departure
a. VFR departure
b. Low-level entry
c. A-S weapon systems check
d. FENCE check
*2. LATN
*a. Avionics / systems updates
*b. Avionics system failures (FCC / MMC / UFC / CADC)
*3. Unguided weapons employment (from pop patterns)
*a. CCIP (first run pop-up attack)
*b. LALD (CSEM)
*c. LAHD (TMLT)
*d. LAT (DTOS)
*4. HAS
*5. Surface-to-air threat reactions
*6. Hung stores (hung ordnance recovery)
*7. HUD-out instrument approach (ILS 300-1 minimums)
Syllabus Notes: None.
60 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

WST-21
TGP Introduction Time: 1.5
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X X X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 TGP operations
 Baseline intercepts (to a TGP ID)
 Paveway II attacks
 IMC flameout approach (TX 1/2/3)
Practice:
 Surface-to-air threat reactions (medium-altitude)
 Unusual attitude recoveries
 IMC flameout approach (B)
Mission Tasks:
*1. Ground operations
*a. TGP power-on / BIT
*b. TGP tuning / focus
*2. Takeoff
*3. Target area ingress (medium-altitude)
*a. A-S weapon systems check
*b. FENCE check
*c. TGP airborne tune / focus
*d. TGP ACAL / mark
*e. Surface-to-air threat reactions (medium-altitude)
*4. Baseline intercept (non-maneuvering target)
*a. Stern conversion (to a TGP ID)
*5. Guided weapons employment
*a. Paveway II level / dive-glide attacks
*b. Paveway II LOWAT attacks
*6. Unusual attitude recoveries (Note 3)
*7. IMC flameout approach
Syllabus Notes:
1. Discuss how to incorporate TGP for A-A use.
2. Discuss how to maintain fundamental LGB attack pacing.
3. Accomplish unusual attitude recoveries during Paveway II dive-glide attacks.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 61

WST-22
Level GP / System / IAMs Deliveries Time: 1.5
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X

Mission Objectives:
Practice:
 Auto IFF
 FCR avionics updates
 A-S radar switchology
 System level delivery (SLD)
 IAMs attacks
 Strange field approach
 Surface-to-air threat reactions
Mission Tasks:
*1. Auto IFF
2. VFR departure
a. A-S weapon systems check
*3. Target area ingress (medium-altitude)
*a. Avionics / systems updates
(1) FCR ACAL
(2) FCR fix
(3) FCR mark
*b. A-S radar mech (GM / GMT / EXP / DBS-1 / DBS-2)
*4. Unguided weapons employment
*a. SLD
*5. Guided weapons employment
*a. JDAM
*b. WCMD
*c. IAMS LOWAT attack (below 10,000’ AGL)
*6. Surface-to-air threat reactions
*7. Strange field instrument approach (Note)
Syllabus Notes: Accomplish the approach at a local divert base at night with weather to minimums.
62 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

WST-23
Night Medium-Altitude Tactics Time: 1.5
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X

Mission Objectives:
Practice:
 NVG operations
 TGP operations
 Paveway II attacks
 Single-ship tactical intercepts (NVG)
 Unusual attitude recoveries
 Surface-to-air threat reactions
Mission Tasks:
*1. Ground operations
*a. TGP power-on / BIT
*b. TGP tuning / focus
*c. NVG cockpit setup
*2. Takeoff
*3. Departure
a. A-S weapon systems check
b. FENCE check
*c. TGP fix / ACAL
*4. Guided weapons employment
*a. Paveway II attacks
*b. IAMs attacks
*5. Unusual attitude recoveries (Note 2)
*6. Surface-to-air threat reactions
*7. Single-ship tactical intercepts (NVGs)
Syllabus Notes:
1. Fly this device with a mixed loadout, IAMs and LGBs. Emphasis is on TGP pacing and LGB deliveries.
2. Input an unusual attitude during the Paveway II attacks.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 63

WST-24
Tactical Mission Emergency Practice Time: 1.5
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Emergency procedures in a tactical mission scenario (A-A or A-G)
Mission Tasks:
1. Ground emergencies (engine start malfunctions)
*2. Takeoff emergencies
a. Heavyweight / high-speed abort
b. Engine malfunctions (failure, fire, low thrust)
*3. Tactical departure
*4. Target area ingress (malfunctions – pre / post-FEBA)
a. Fuel system malfunction
b. Electrical system failures
c. Flight control malfunction
d. Hydraulic failures
5. Threat reactions
a. A-A threat reactions
b. Surface-to-air threat reactions
6. Guided / unguided weapons employment (IAMs, LGB, systems, conventional, or A-A)
*7. Target area egress (malfunctions)
a. Battle damage / controllability check
b. Oil system malfunction
c. Hydraulic failures
d. Flameout / airstarts
e. LG fails to extend / alternate landing gear extension
f. Cable arrestment
g. Emergency / selective jettison
h. Short field / low RCR landing (wet)
Syllabus Notes:
1. Discuss how loss of various systems (main / standby generator, EPU, MFDs, SMS, FCC / MMC, INS, RWR,
ALE-47) affect tactical ingress / egress and weapons delivery capabilities.
2. Emphasis should be on CAPs review and systems emergencies.
64 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

4-10. Networked Training Center (NTC) — Student to instructor ratio is listed in the lineup for each mission. CI and IP
can be used interchangeably. If an IP is used, an IP is not required on the console.

NTC-1
Offensive BFM Time: 1.0
Lineup: CI, P with CI on console
B TX 1 TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Offensive radar heat-to-guns exercise
 Offensive BFM
 AIM-120 employment (WVR)
 Defensive BFM (TX 1B)
 High-aspect BFM (TX 1B)
 HMCS operations (Block 42)
Practice:
 A-A switchology drill
 FENCE check
Mission Tasks:
1. Simulator orientation
2. HMCS operations (* for B)
*3. A-A switchology drill (Note 2)
*4. FENCE check
*5. Offensive radar heat-to-guns exercise
*6. Offensive BFM
a. 9,000 ft
b. 6,000 ft
c. 3,000 ft
7. Defensive BFM (* for TX 1B)
a. 9,000 ft
b. 6,000 ft
c. 3,000 ft
8. High-aspect BFM (* for TX 1B)
Syllabus Notes:
1. Ensure time for NTC orientation (entry, exit, security procedures, etc.).
2. Clarify differences between the A-A switchology drill and a combat A-A weapon systems check.
3. Emphasize proper setup parameters / procedures and basic missile / gun employment.
4. Discuss HMCS use and employment.
5. Instructors will strictly enforce A-A training rules.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 65

NTC-2
Defensive BFM Time: 1.0
Lineup: CI, P with CI on console
B TX 1A TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce: Practice:
 Defensive heat-to-guns exercise  Floor awareness
 Defensive BFM  FENCE check
 HMCS operations (Block 42)
Mission Tasks:
*1. FENCE check
2. HMCS operations (* for B)
*3. Defensive heat-to-guns exercise
*4. Defensive BFM
a. 9,000 ft
b. 6,000 ft
c. 3,000 ft
Syllabus Notes:
1. Emphasize proper setup parameters / turn circle entry cues (on-time, early, late) / adversary WEZ / IRMD / floor
transition / 3D jink mechanics.
2. Discuss body positioning to maintain sight, to include HMCS limitations.
3. Instructors will strictly enforce A-A training rules.

NTC-3
High-Aspect BFM Time: 1.0
Lineup: CI, P with CI on console
B TX 1A TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 High-aspect BFM
Practice:
 HMCS operations (Block 42)
Mission Tasks:
*1. High-aspect BFM
*a. From butterfly setup
*b. From beam setup
2. HMCS operations (* for B)
Syllabus Notes:
1. Emphasize proper setup parameters / lead turn cues / energy management / adversary WEZ denial / 1-circle vs
2-circle recognition / ownship off boresight missile employment.
2. Discuss body positioning to maintain sight, to include HMCS limitations.
3. Instructors will strictly enforce A-A training rules.
66 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

NTC-4
ACM & Element TI Time: 1.0
Lineup: CI, P with CI on console
B TX 1 TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X
Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 ACM roles and responsibilities
 ACM (from defensive perch setups)
 Element tactical intercepts (to high-aspect ACM)
Mission Tasks:
*1. ACM (from defensive perch setups)
*2. Element tactical intercepts (to high-aspect ACM)
*a. Fan entry / WID
*b. Visual bracket
Syllabus Notes:
1. Emphasize proper ID procedures.
2. Primarily emphasize defensive ACM and basic contract adherence. This is, however, the student’s introduction to
element intercepts.
3. For intercepts emphasize WID for aware and unaware adversaries, proper ID, and follow on ACM contacts.
4. Adversary presentations will be all-aspect IR.
5. Fly at least one engagement with no training floor.

NTC-5
Element TI & AAMD Time: 1.0
Lineup: CI, P with CI on console
B TX 1 TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X
Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Element tactical intercepts
 Element AAMD
Mission Tasks:
*1. Element tactical intercepts (to high-aspect ACM)
*a. Fan entry / WID
*b. Visual bracket
*c. Element AAMD
Syllabus Notes: None.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 67

NTC-6
Element Tactical Intercepts Time: 1.0
Lineup: CI, P with CI on console
B TX 1 TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Element launch and decide employment
 Element AAMD (TX 2/3)
Mission Tasks:
*1. Element tactical intercepts
*a. Element AAMD
Syllabus Notes: None.

NTC-7
BVR Launch and Leave Time: 1.0
Lineup: CI, P with CI on console
B TX 1A TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Element BVR (launch and leave) employment (vs multiple groups)
Mission Tasks:
*1. Element tactical intercepts (vs single and multiple groups)
*a. BVR employment (launch and leave)
*b. Cold operations
Syllabus Notes:
1. Fly at least one engagement with no training floor.
2. Weapons director support is encouraged.
68 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

NTC-8
4 v X TI Time: 1.0
Lineup: CI, P, CI, P or CI, P, CI, CI with CI on console
B TX 1 TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Four-ship A-A employment
Mission Tasks:
*1. Four-ship A-A employment
*a. BVR employment
*b. Cold operations (4-ship)
Syllabus Notes:
1. Weapons director support is encouraged.
2. See Wing Syllabus SPINS for mission detail.

NTC-9
4 v X ACT Time: 1.0
Lineup: CI, P, CI, P or CI, P, CI, CI
B TX 1A TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Four-ship A-A employment in a DCA scenario
Mission Tasks:
*1. Four-ship A-A employment (Note 3)
*a. BVR employment
*b. Cold operations (4-ship)
Syllabus Notes:
1. Plan this mission with two 20-minute VULs. Include a short debrief / discussion between VULs.
2. Weapons director support is encouraged.
3. This mission is a 4 v X DCA scenario.
4. This mission should be flown with a transition altitude and all normal A-A training rules.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 69

NTC-10
Element Low-Altitude SAT Time: 1.0
Lineup: CI, P with CI on console
B TX 1 TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce: Practice:
 Element pop-up attacks  Surface-to-air threat reactions (low-altitude)
 HAS
Mission Tasks:
1. CWDS / JAWS / JMEM attack planning
*2. LATF
*3. Surface-to-air threat reactions (low-altitude)
*4. Low-altitude weapons delivery (element pop-up attacks)
*a. Element pop-up attacks using altitude deconfliction
*b. Element pop-up attacks using lateral deconfliction
*5. HAS
*6. Target area egress (low-altitude)
Syllabus Notes:
1. The emphasis of this device is formation position and deconfliction during attacks / egress and pop-up attack
parameters.
2. Mission planning for this device is accomplished in classroom academics.

NTC-11
CAS Procedures Time: 1.0
Lineup: CI, P with CI on console
B TX 1 TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X X A/R
Mission Objectives:
Introduce: Practice:
 TACS / AAGS communication  Employment vs moving targets
 Killbox operations
 Paveway II attacks in a CAS scenario
 HAS in a CAS scenario
Mission Tasks:
*1. TACS / AAGS communication
*2. Killbox operations
*3. Guided weapons employment
*a. Paveway II attacks
b. IAMs attacks
*c. Moving target employment
*4. HAS
*a. Moving target employment
Syllabus Notes:
1. Utilize the console operator to the maximum extent to simulate support agencies.
2. Use both voice and data link messaging (if available) for 9-line passage.
3. Prioritize successful Paveway II attacks before moving to IAMs attacks.
70 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

NTC-12
Four-Ship Opposed SAT Time: 1.0
Lineup: CI, P, CI, P or CI, P, CI, CI with CI on console
B TX 1 TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X
Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Four-ship opposed employment at medium-altitude
Mission Tasks:
*1. Four-ship target area ingress (medium-altitude)
*2. Surface-to-air threat reactions (medium-altitude)
*3. Guided weapons employment
*4. Target area egress (medium-altitude)
Syllabus Notes:
1. Fly this device with a robust air-to-air and surface-to-air threat.
2. Weapons director support is encouraged.
3. Plan two separate ingresses / TOTs with the same target sets, but different A-A presentations. Utilize different
ordnance for the second TOT at IP discretion.

NTC-13
4 v X TI (Refresh) Time: 1.0
Lineup: CI, P, CI, P or CI, P, CI, CI with CI on console
B TX 1 TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

Mission Objectives:
Practice:
 Four-ship A-A employment
Mission Tasks:
*1. Four-ship A-A employment
*a. BVR employment
*b. Cold operations (4-ship)
Syllabus Notes: This device is to refresh the student’s A-A skills prior to opposed SAT sorties.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 71

NTC-14
4 v X ACT (Topoff) Time: 1.0
Lineup: CI, P, CI, P or CI, P, CI, CI with CI on console
B TX 1 TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

Mission Objectives:
Practice:
 Four-ship A-A employment
Mission Tasks:
*1. Four-ship A-A employment (Note 3)
*a. BVR employment
*b. Cold operations (4-ship)
Syllabus Notes:
1. Plan this mission with two 20-minute VULs. Include a short debrief / discussion between VULs.
2. Weapons director support is encouraged.
3. See Wing Syllabus SPINS for mission detail.
4. This mission should be flown with no training floor.

NTC-15
Four-Ship AI LFE Time: 1.0
Lineup: CI, P, CI, P or CI, P, CI, CI with CI on console
B TX 1 TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

Mission Objectives:
Practice:
 Four-ship A-A / A-S employment
Mission Tasks:
*1. Four-ship A-A / A-S employment
*a. BVR employment
*b. Cold operations (4-ship)
Syllabus Notes:
1. Fly this device in a large force scenario, with a robust surface-to-air threat.
2. Include as many support assets / agencies as the simulator will allow.
3. Weapons director support is encouraged.
4. There is no limit to the number of adversaries in the scenario. Present a realistic scenario with shields up to allow
student to reach the target.
5. Plan two separate ingresses / TOTs with the same target sets, but different A-A presentations. Utilize different
ordnance for the second TOT at IP discretion.
72 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

NTC-16
Element Sniper / GBU-54 Time: 1.0
Lineup: CI, P, CI, P or CI, P, CI, CI with CI on console
B TX 1 TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Sniper TGP employment
 GBU-54 employment
Practice:
 Element tactical intercepts
 Element SAT
Mission Tasks:
*1. Element tactical intercepts
*2. Element SAT
*a. Sniper TGP employment
*b. GBU-54 employment
Syllabus Notes: See Wing Syllabus SPINS for mission detail.

NTC-17
Data Link Ops Time: 1.0
Lineup: CI, P with CI on console
B TX 1 TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1A SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

A/R A/R A/R A/R

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Data Link A-A / A-S ops
 Sensor formation
Mission Tasks:
*1. Sensor LAB / wedge
*2. Element tactical intercepts
*a. BVR launch and leave
*b. Single side offset to VID
*c. Element AAMD
*3. Send / receive steerpoints / SPI
Syllabus Notes: None.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 73

Chapter 5

Flying Training
Section A. General Instructions

5-1. General Instructions for All Flying Training — See course chapters (Chapters 6 – 12, Section I) for any course-
specific flying training instructions.

a. Following successful completion of the AFI 11-202V2 Instrument / Qualification (I/Q) Evaluation (TR-5),
CAT 3 weather minimums (700-2) apply until graduation. The FS/CC may assign student pilots previously qualified
in the F-16 to PWC 2, depending on experience and after a PWC 1 IP has evaluated their instrument proficiency.

b. Pilot line-ups reflect the minimum level of supervision required for each mission. FS/DO may change line-ups
due to weather, aircraft availability, or local constraints but the student-to-IP ratio may not exceed 1:1 (except 2:1 for
SA-1 – 4 or IAW paragraph 5-1c), unless otherwise noted.

c. Mission pilot (MP) and upgrade instructor pilot (UIP) integration:

(1) Student-to-IP ratio may be exceeded when I-course syllabus training is combined with this syllabus. IAW
AETC Syllabus F16C0I00PL (Luke), UIP/IP or IP/UIP equals the IP for student-to-IP ratio.

(2) Qualified “MPs” may fly direct support, provided all mission tasks can be accomplished. Do not exceed
maximum student-to-IP ratio. MPs may also fly as flight members three and four on any 4-ship sortie when two
students are not available.

(3) A “UIP” can serve as an MP.

(4) If MPs are leading sorties (where indicated in sortie lineups), an IP must conduct the brief and debrief. The
exception is when the UIP is acting as the MP leading the sortie, and is conducting a syllabus upgrade requiring
the UIP to lead the brief and debrief.

(5) UIP students can lead students in the combined wingman syllabus on all mission tasks if a qualified IP is in
the element at all times. UIP students can lead from an F-16C or F-16D (UIP, P/IP or UIP/IP, P). Combined
wingman students will fly solo on designated solo missions and the UIP will fly an F-16D with the IP in the
RCP.

d. Designated solo missions may be flown dual without counting as “X” sorties at FS/DO discretion. This option
should normally be used due to weather, a solo clearance task, an anti-G straining maneuver (AGSM) problem, or a
dissimilar mission. It should not be used when an “X” sortie is warranted due to student proficiency.

e. If a mandated D-model mission is graded “Effective/Incomplete,” FS/DO will determine if a D-model is required
to complete the sortie.

f. Formations may contain students on different syllabus missions if events are compatible.

g. Sorties may be flown with students in different syllabi provided all mission tasks can be accomplished and the
maximum student-to-IP ratio is not exceeded (e.g., CAS missions flown as part of an Air Strike Control upgrade).

h. On any mission, a student may perform any task previously introduced.

i. Alternate mission profiles are limited to maneuvers, mission tasks, and profiles previously flown on syllabus
training missions. Alternate missions will not satisfy syllabus requirements, except when instrument (INST)
missions can be safely accomplished.
74 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

j. Flight briefings / IP responsibilities:

(1) Instructors should reference unit phase guides / syllabus SPINs for expanded mission element instructions.

(2) Students will not brief or lead syllabus sorties except where specifically directed / allowed by this syllabus.
Students may brief mission responsibilities on any sortie.

(3) A student does not become the designated flight lead when the syllabus requires an IP chase or the student
to fly in the lead position. The IP always retains overall flight leadership responsibility.

(4) During close formation flying, an IP will be in each element at all times. An IP or qualified flight lead will
lead all close formation work and formation approaches.

k. Students previously qualified in TGP operations may operate the TGP on any mission. If aircraft equipped,
advanced avionics capabilities may be introduced based on student proficiency in syllabus events.

l. Both the student and IP will wear NVGs on all night upgrade sorties. Do not accomplish NVG mission tasks in
the event of NVG failure in either cockpit / aircraft. Annotate any NVG failures on the specific mission GTIMS
gradesheet and accomplish unaccomplished events on subsequent missions.

m. Students previously NVG qualified in F-16 may regain NVG currency on any night sortie IAW AFI 11-2F-16V1
and AFI 11-202V1.

n. Monitor and grade student AGSM on all syllabus sorties when 5 or more Gs are experienced. Alert squadron
supervisors of any substandard performance. The following provides guidance for G-performance issues for syllabus
grading and general courses of action. Reference LAFBI 11-100, G-Risk Indicator Management (GRIM), for
additional procedures and protocols relating to poor G-performance.

(1) Air combat tactics (ACBT) solo clearance:

(a) AGSM is a milestone task requiring a grade of “2” on BFM-1 (BFM-10 for TX 3). This grade is also
required for ACBT solo clearance in the B, TX 1, and SOC courses. If the student does not achieve CTS for
AGSM during BFM-1 (BFM-10 for TX 3), he will refly this mission. Refer to paragraph 5-1n(3)(b) for
further guidance.

(b) Students graded less than a “2” on AGSM on any sortie after BFM-1 will lose solo flight clearance,
regardless of sortie type. Students must achieve a “2” on AGSM on the subsequent sortie to regain ACBT
solo clearance.

(2) In-flight actions for G-performance issues:

(a) Students who experience GLOC or blackout (as defined by LAFB 11-100) will terminate the sortie
and RTB IAW local IFG guidance.

(b) Solo students who experience peripheral or general light loss under G such that they must knock off
maneuvering will RTB IAW IFG guidance. Students with an IP in the rear cockpit may continue the sortie
at IP discretion.

(3) Sortie grading clarification and follow-on sortie courses of action for G-performance issues:

(a) On any sortie where a student experiences a GLOC, AGSM will be graded “D” and will result in an
overall mission grade of “NE/SNP.” Refer the student for physiological review and follow the guidance in
LAFBI 11-100, AFI 11-404, and AETCI 36-2205V6. Following physiological review, if the FS/CC accepts
the risk to continue training, the next mission will be an “X” sortie (reference paragraph 2-9f).
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 75

(b) The first sortie terminated early for G-performance issues (to include blackout, KIO due to peripheral,
or general light loss) and/or failure to attain a “2” on AGSM on BFM-1 will result in an overall grade of
“NE/OTHER” and the mission will be reflown dual (e.g., if there were G-performance issues on BFM-2,
then BFM-2 will be reflown dual). Refer to LAFBI 11-100 for intermediary courses of action before this
mission will be reflown.

(c) Any subsequent sortie terminated early or significantly impacted by student G-performance issues (to
include blackout, KIO due to peripheral, or general light loss) will result in an overall mission grade of
“NE/SNP.” Refer the student for physiological review and follow the guidance in LAFBI 11-100,
AFI 11-404, and AETCI 36-2205V6. Following physiological review, if the FS/CC accepts the risk to
continue training, the next mission will be an “X” sortie (reference paragraph 2-9f for guidance if one or
more “X” sorties have already occurred in the phase).

o. Formation takeoffs, formations landings, and sensor formation may be introduced and accomplished on any
sortie after TR-5.

p. Random entry / straight-in SFOs may be introduced and accomplished on any sortie.

q. Rolling takeoffs will not be considered “introduced” if the student is flying in the number one position.

r. Radar-assisted trail departure and recovery will not be considered “introduced” if the student is flying in the
number one position.

s. FENCE checks, A-A switchology drill, A-S weapon systems checks, on-board countermeasures (OBCM)
employment, and G-awareness exercises (IAW AFI 11-2F-16V3) will be accomplished on all sorties, as applicable,
after TR-5. As such, these are not listed in the mission tasks unless they are being introduced or are milestone tasks.

t. If the flying squadron’s aircraft are not data link / HMCS equipped, no data link or HMCS mission tasks apply.

(1) Non-data link aircraft will only fly sensor trail formation. No other sensor formation mission tasks apply.

u. Air refueling:

(1) May be introduced and accomplished on any sortie after TR-5.

(2) The student’s first air refueling must be day for B and TX 1 courses. TX 2/3 and SOC may be day or night.

(3) Students must accomplish a minimum of two hook-ups (may be dry) prior to being cleared solo day air
refueling or night air refueling.

(4) Students will not be refueled by KC-135 student boom operators. Students may be refueled by KC-10
student boom operators.

(5) B course students are encouraged to lead to the tanker on any sortie after TI-1. This may be accomplished at
any time in all other courses.

(6) Schedule night ARCTs no earlier than 30 minutes after sunset.

v. Live, virtual, constructive (LVC) training may be incorporated when practical.

 76 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

5-2. Master Sortie Chart

TX TX TX TX SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC

Mission Description B
1A 1B 2 3 1B 1C 1D 1E 1F 2 3
TR Phase
TR-1 Single-Ship Operations X X X X X X X X X X X
TR-2 Single-Ship Operations X
TR-3 Element Operations / Clear Solo X X X X X X X X X X
TR-4 Element Operations / Initial Solo / Evaluation Preparation X X X X X X X X X X X
TR-5 Instrument/Qualification (I/Q) Evaluation X X X X X X X X X X X
INST-1 Instruments X X
INST-2 Instruments / Strange Field X
INST-3 Instruments / ACBT X
NTR-1 Element Night Operations / NVG Intro X X X
NTR-2 Element Night Operations X X
AH Phase
AHC Advanced Handling Characteristics X X X X
BFM-1 Offensive BFM X X X X X X X X
BFM-2 Offensive BFM X
BFM-3 Offensive BFM X X
BFM-4 Defensive BFM X X X X X X
BFM-5 Defensive BFM X
BFM-6 Defensive BFM X X
BFM-7 High-Aspect BFM X X X
BFM-8 High-Aspect BFM X X X X
BFM-9 High-Aspect BFM X
BFM-10 Low-Aspect BFM X X
A-A Phase
ACM-1 Defensive ACM X X
ACM-2 Tap-the-CAP ACM X
ACM-3 ACM X X X X X
TI-1 Single-Ship Tactical Intercepts X X X
TI-2 Element Tactical Intercepts X X
TI-3 Element Tactical Intercepts X X X X
TI-4 Element Tactical Intercepts X X X X
TI-5 Four-Ship Tactical Intercepts X
ACT Four-Ship ACT X X X
AA-1 BFM, ACM, or Element Tactical Intercepts X X X5
3 3
NTI-1 Single-Ship Tactical Intercepts (Night) X X X
NTI-2 Element Tactical Intercepts (Night) X X X
1
As required
2
Total does not include “as required” events
3
Only required if not previously NVG qualified
4
Total does not include additional NVG sorties if not previously NVG qualified
5
Sortie performed twice (once as a wingman and once as a flight lead)
 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 77

TX TX TX TX SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC

Mission Description B
1A 1B 2 3 1B 1C 1D 1E 1F 2 3
A-S Phase
LASDT-1 Low Altitude Step Down Training X X X
LASDT-2 Element Low Altitude Step Down Training X X X
SA-1 BSA X X X X X X
SA-2 BSA X X
SA-3 BSA X X X X X X
SA-4 BSA X X
SA-5 Live GP X
SA-6 LGB Employment X X
SA-7 IAM Employment X X
SA-8 Inert LGB / IAM Employment X X X X
1 1 1
SA-9 Air-to-Surface Employment / Strike X X X1
1 1 1
SA-10 Air-to-Surface Employment / Strike X X X1
SA-11 BSA X X
SA-12 LGB / IAM Employment X X X5
SAT-1 Element Low-Altitude SAT X
SAT-2 Element SAT / Preplanned Targeting X X X
Element SAT / Preplanned Targeting / Dynamic
SAT-3 X X X
Targeting
SAT-4 Four-Ship SAT / Preplanned Targeting X
SAT-5 Four-Ship Opposed SAT X X X X X
SAT-6 Four-Ship Opposed LFE SAT X X
SAT-7 Element SAT X
CAS-1 Close Air Support X X X
CAS-2 Close Air Support X X X X
SAN-1 Night Element SAT / Preplanned Targeting X X X
Night Element SAT / Preplanned Targeting /
SAN-2 X
Dynamic Targeting
SAN-3 Night Close Air Support X X X
3 3
SAN-4 Night Four-Ship SAT X X X
SAN-5 Night Four-Ship Opposed SAT X X3 X3
SAN-6 NVG Operations X X

Total Missions 532 294 284 172 122 4 6 6 8 8 12 8

1
As required
2
Total does not include “as required” events
3
Only required if not previously NVG qualified
4
Total does not include additional NVG sorties if not previously NVG qualified
5
Sortie performed twice (once as a wingman and once as a flight lead)
78 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

Section B. Transition (TR) Phase

5-3. General TR Phase Special Instructions — See course chapters (Chapters 6 – 12, Section I) for course specific TR
Phase special instructions.

a. NTR-1, NTR-2, and INST-3 are exempt from the TR Phase 10-day rule (reference paragraph 2-8b(1)).

b. Prior to successful completion of TR-5, the following restrictions apply to solo students:

(1) Departure and recovery weather must be VFR.

(2) Solo students will remain in VMC for the entire flight.

c. Students may not perform horn awareness and recovery training series (HARTS) maneuvers solo except nose
high recovery (HARTS 2).
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 79

5-4. Transition (TR) Module Sorties

TR-1
Single-Ship Operations Time: 1.5
Aircraft: F-16D
Lineup: P/IP
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X X X X X X X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Departure  HARTS
 G-awareness exercise  Instrument procedures
 AGSM  Precision approach
 ARTS  Non-precision approach
 Airwork  VFR patterns and landings (day)
 SFO
Mission Tasks:
1. HMCS alignment (SOC 1) (Note 1) *4. Instrument procedures
*2. Instrument departure a. Holding
*3. Airwork b. Penetration
*a. High / low speed dive recoveries *c. Non-precision approach
*b. Instrument unusual attitude recoveries *d. Precision approach
*c. HARTS *5. VFR patterns and landings
*(1) Nose high recovery (HARTS 2) *a. Visual straight-in
*(2) Horn demonstration maneuver (HARTS 3) *b. Overhead / closed patterns
*d. Advanced handling maneuvers *c. Touch and go landing
(1) Vertical recovery demonstration *d. SFO
(2) AOA limiter demonstration e. Full stop landing
(3) 30 degree climb limiter demonstration
(4) G-command demonstration
(5) Slow flight demonstration
*e. In-flight demonstrations
*(1) G-awareness exercise / high G profile (Note 2)
*(2) Autopilot orientation
*f. ARTS
*(1) ARTS 1 – 5
*(2) HARTS 3 with PARS
Syllabus Notes:
1. This task may be introduced for SOC 1 as equipment availability allows. B / TX not opted from academics.
2. Fly the G-awareness exercise / high G profile as follows:
a. G warm-up to 4 Gs, followed by a 6 – 8 Gs 180 degree turn and an 8 – 9 Gs 180 degree turn.
b. Each turn must include at least two cycles of the AGSM.
80 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

TR-2
Single-Ship Operations Time: 1.5
Aircraft: F-16D
Lineup: P/IP
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

Mission Objectives:
Practice:
 Departure
 AGSM
 G-awareness exercise
 Airwork
 HARTS
 Instrument procedures
 Precision approach
 Non-precision approach
 VFR patterns and landings
 SFO
Mission Tasks:
*1. Instrument departure
*2. G-awareness exercise
*3. Airwork
a. Instrument unusual attitude recoveries
*b. HARTS
*(1) Nose high recovery (HARTS 2)
*(2) Horn demonstration maneuver (HARTS 3)
*c. Aerobatics
(1) Loop
(2) Split S
(3) Immelmann
*4. Instrument procedures
a. Holding
b. Penetration
*c. Non-precision approach
*d. Precision approach
*5. VFR patterns and landings
a. Overhead / closed patterns
b. Touch and go landing
*c. SFO
d. Full stop landing
Syllabus Notes: None.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 81

TR-3
Element Operations / Clear Solo Time: 1.5
Aircraft: F-16D, F-16D
Lineup: P/IP, P/IP
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X X X X X X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce: Practice:
 Single-ship takeoff (AB)  G-awareness exercise
 Basic formation  AGSM
 Tactical formation  Airwork
 Rejoins  HARTS
 Lost wingman exercise / procedures  Instrument procedures
 Straight-in / random entry SFO (TX 1/2, SOC 1/2/3)  Precision approach
 Non-precision approach
 VFR patterns and landings
 SFO
Mission Tasks:
*1. Single-ship takeoff (AB) 6. Recovery
*2. G-awareness exercise *a. Cruise data display demonstration (Note 4)
*3. Basic formation *7. Instrument procedures
*a. Close, route, crossunder, echelon, fighting wing a. Holding (* for B, TX 1/2)
*b. Rejoin / overshoot (Note 3) b. Penetration (* for B, TX 1)
*c. Avionics changes in formation *c. Non-precision approach
*d. Lost wingman exercise / procedures *d. Precision approach (HUD-off)
*4. Tactical formation *8. VFR patterns and landings (Note 5)
*5. Airwork a. Straight-in / random entry SFO (* for TX 1/2,
*a. HARTS SOC 1/2/3)
(1) Nose high recovery (HARTS 2) b. SFO (* for B, TX 1)
*(2) Horn demonstration maneuver (HARTS 3) *c. HUD-off VFR pattern
b. Aerobatics *d. HUD-off landing
(1) Loop e. Full stop landing
(2) Split S
(3) Immelmann
Syllabus Notes:
1. Brief considerations for handling emergencies as an element.
2. IPs will lead tasks 3a-d and 4. Change lead and repeat tasks 3a-d and 4 for No. 1 if two students are in the flight.
3. Brief overshoot procedures for turning and straight ahead rejoins.
4. Demonstrate range and endurance modes and emergency airfield divert page (as equipped).
5. F-16 solo clearance mission. Solo clearance requires VFR patterns, landings and SFOs to be graded “1.”
6. All dual-only requirements must be met on this sortie in preparation for TR-5.
82 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

TR-4
Element Operations / Initial Solo / Evaluation Preparation Time: 1.5
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16C (B, TX 1/2, SOC 1/2/3); F-16C/D, F-16D (TX 3)
Lineup: P, IP (B, TX 1/2, SOC 1/2/3); P/IP, P/IP or IP, P/IP (TX 3)
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X X X X X X X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce: Practice:
 Single-ship takeoff (AB) (TX 3)  AGSM
 Basic formation (TX 3)  HARTS (B, TX 1, SOC 1/2/3)
 Rejoins (TX 3)  Recovery
 Lost wingman exercise / procedures (TX 3)
 Tactical formation (TX 3)
Execution Objectives:
Milestone Tasks:
 Normal checklist procedures  Airwork
 Ground operations  HARTS (TX 2/3, SOC 1/3)
 Single-ship takeoff and departure  Instrument procedures
 G-awareness exercise  Precision approach
 Basic formation  Non-precision approach
 Rejoins  VFR patterns and landings
 Lost wingman exercise / procedures  SFO
 Tactical formation  AGSM (SOC 1B)
Mission Tasks:
*1. Single-ship takeoff (AB for TX 3) (Note 1) *7. Recovery
*2. Instrument departure *8. Instrument procedures
*3. G-awareness exercise a. Holding (* for TX 3)
*4. Basic formation *b. Penetration
*a. Close, route, crossunder, echelon, fighting wing *c. Non-precision approach
*b. Rejoin / overshoot (Note 2) *d. Precision approach (Note 6)
*c. Lost wingman exercise / procedures *9. VFR patterns and landings (Note 7)
*5. Tactical formation a. Overhead / closed patterns
*6. Airwork b. Touch and go landing (Note 8)
*a. HARTS *c. SFO
(1) Nose high recovery (HARTS 2) d. Straight-in / random entry SFO
(2) HARTS 3, 4 and 5 (Note 3) e. HUD-off VFR pattern (* for TX 3)
*b. Advanced handling maneuvers f. HUD-off landing (* for TX 3)
(1) Pitchback / sliceback g. Full stop landing
Syllabus Notes:
1. Student will takeoff first and IP will rejoin to chase on departure. IP leads formation work and chases the departure,
area work, recovery, patterns, and landing.
2. Brief overshoot procedures for turning and straight ahead rejoins. Practice overshoot not required if done previously.
3. Solo students cannot accomplish HARTS 3, 4 and 5.
4. IPs will ensure all evaluation prerequisites are accomplished prior to TR-5 (reference Chapters 6 – 12, Section I).
5. The student may brief all or portions of this mission.
6. Check special syllabus requirements to ensure student has accomplished required number of this event.
7. TX 3 F-16 solo clearance mission. Solo clearance requires VFR patterns, landings and SFOs to be graded “1.”
8. IAW AFI 11-2F-16V3, touch and go only dual with qualified RCP IP in the back of a D-model.
9. Ensure all pre-TR-5 prerequisites are complete prior to grading this mission effective and sending them to TR-5.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 83

TR-5
Instrument / Qualification (I/Q) Evaluation Time: 1.2
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16C or F-16D
Lineup: P, FE or P/FE
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X X X X X X X X X

Mission Objectives:
 Accomplish I/Q Evaluation IAW AFI 11-202V2 and AFI 11-2F-16V2.
Execution Objectives:
Milestone Tasks:
 Situational awareness (SOC 1B)
 Communication (SOC 1B)
 Risk management / decision making (SOC 1B)
 Task management (SOC 1B)
 Mission preparation / planning (SOC 1B)
 Flight integrity (SOC 1B)
Mission Tasks:
1. Single-ship takeoff
2. Instrument departure
*3. Airwork
*4. Recovery
*5. Instrument procedures
a. Penetration
b. Non-precision approach
c. Precision approach
*6. VFR patterns and landings
a. Overhead / closed patterns
*b. SFO
c. Full stop landing
Syllabus Notes:
1. Review AFI 11-202V2 and AFI 11-2F-16V2 for evaluation criteria and requirements.
2. FE will lead the area formation work and rejoin, and chase the departure, airwork, recovery, patterns, and full stop
landing.
3. The student may brief all or portions of this mission.
84 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

5-5. Instrument (INST) Module Sorties

INST-1
Instruments Time: 1.5
Aircraft: F-16D
Lineup: P/IP
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X

Mission Objectives:
Practice:
 Single-ship takeoff
 Insturment departure
 G-awareness exercise
 Airwork
 Instrument unusual attitude recoveries
 Instrument procedures
 Precision approach
 Non-precision approach
 VFR patterns and landings
Mission Tasks:
*1. Single-ship takeoff
*2. Instrument departure
*3. G-awareness exercise
*4. Airwork
a. Steep turns
*b. Instrument unusual attitude recoveries
*5. Instrument procedures
a. Navigation
b. Holding
c. Penetration
*d. Non-precision approach
*e. Precision approach
*6. VFR patterns and landings
a. Overhead / closed patterns
Syllabus Notes: Review the instrument cockpit check.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 85

INST-2
Instruments / Strange Field Time: 1.7
Aircraft: F-16D
Lineup: P/IP
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Straight-in / random entry SFO
Practice:
 Instrument procedures
 Non-precision approach
 Precision approach
 VFR patterns and landings
Mission Tasks:
*1. Instrument procedures
a. Navigation
b. Cruise
c. Holding
d. Penetration
*e. Non-precision approach
*f. Precision approach
*g. Strange field approach
*2. VFR patterns and landings
a. Overhead / closed patterns
*b. Straight-in / random entry SFO
Syllabus Notes: None.
86 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

INST-3
Instruments / ACBT Time: 1.2
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16C
Lineup: P, IP
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

Mission Objectives:
Practice:
 Low-aspect BFM
 Instrument procedures
Mission Tasks:
*1. HUD-off departure
*2. In-flight demonstrations
*a. G-awareness exercise / high G profile (Note 3)
*b. HARTS
*3. Low-aspect BFM
*4. Instrument procedures
a. Penetration
b. Non-precision approach
c. Precision approach
*d. HUD-off precision approach
e. Strange field approach
Syllabus Notes:
1. This mission is exempt from the Transition Phase 10-day rule.
2. Fly this mission as close to the end of the course as possible.
3. Fly the G-awareness exercise / high G profile as follows:
a. G warm-up to 4 Gs, followed by a 6 – 8 Gs 180 degree turn and an 8 – 9 Gs 180 degree turn.
b. Each turn must include at least two cycles of the AGSM.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 87

5-6. Night Transition (NTR) Module Sorties

NTR-1
Element Night Operations / NVG Introduction Time: 2.0
Aircraft: F-16D, F-16D
Lineup: P/IP, P/IP
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 NVG operations
 Basic night operations
 Basic formation (NVG and non-NVG)
 Night air refueling
 Tactical formation (NVG)
 Single-ship tactical intercepts (TX 1)
 AAMD (NVG) (TX 1)
 VFR patterns and landings (night)
 Full stop landing (night)
Mission Tasks:
*1. NVG operations *8. In-flight demonstrations
a. NVG fitting / adjustment a. Night visual signals demonstration (* for B)
b. NVG ground procedures *b. Aircraft lighting demonstration
*2. Radar-assisted trail departure c. Afterburner demonstration (* for B)
a. NVG donning d. Chaff / flare demonstration (* for B)
*3. Basic formation (NVG and non-NVG) e. Lost wingman exercise / procedures (* for B)
a. Rejoin, close, crossunder, route *f. Battle damage check
*4. Night air refueling (Note 6) *9. Single-ship tactical intercepts (TX 1)
*5. G-awareness exercise a. Single side offset
6. Airwork b. BVR employment
a. Horizon check *c. AAMD (TX 1)
*7. Tactical formation (NVG) *10. Recovery (single-ship)
*a. Sensor trail formation *a. NVG de-goggle / stowing procedures
*b. Rejoins 11. Instrument approach
*12. VFR patterns and landings (night) (Note 4, 5, 7)
*a. Touch and go landing
*b. Full stop landing (night)
Syllabus Notes:
1. This mission is exempt from the Transition Phase 10-day rule.
2. If flown with two students, lead / wing positions should be swapped as required to enable both to achieve the
necessary training on the wing.
3. If not previously NVG qualified, TX 1 students will perform this mission IAW B course tasks only.
4. Touch and go and full stop landings may be accomplished from VFR patterns and/or instrument approaches.
5. Students should get three night landings. If unable, the sortie may be completed with a minimum of one night
landing. Students must achieve a “2” in night landings before graduation.
6. Night air refueling solo clearance mission.
7. Basic night operations solo clearance mission. Basic night operations solo clearance requires night landings and
basic formation (night) to be graded “1.”
88 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

NTR-2
Element Night Operations Time: 2.0
Aircraft: F-16D, F-16D
Lineup: P/IP, P/IP
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Basic night operations
 Basic formation
 Night air refueling
 Single-ship tactical intercepts
 VFR patterns and landings (night)
Practice:
 Recovery
 Instrument approach
Execution Objectives:
Milestone Tasks:
 Basic night operations
 Full stop landing (night)
 Night air refueling
Mission Tasks:
*1. Radar-assisted trail departure
*2. Basic formation
*a. Rejoin, close, crossunder, route
b. Night visual signals demonstration
*3. Night air refueling (Note 5)
*4. Single-ship tactical intercepts (against a non-maneuvering target)
a. Beam / stern conversion (against an all-aspect IR threat)
b. BVR employment
*5. Recovery (single-ship)
*6. Instrument approach
*7. VFR patterns and landings (night) (Note 3, 4)
*a. Touch and go landing
*b. Full stop landing (night)
Syllabus Notes:
1. This mission is exempt from the Transition Phase 10-day rule.
2. If flown with two students, lead / wing positions should be swapped as required to enable both to achieve the
necessary training on the wing. Students may accomplish rejoins after an intercept.
3. Touch and go and full stop landings may be accomplished from VFR patterns and/or instrument approaches.
4. Students should get three night landings. If unable, the sortie may be completed with a minimum of one night
landing. Students must achieve a “2” in night landings before graduation.
5. Night air refueling solo clearance mission.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 89

Section C. Advanced Handling (AH) Phase

5-7. General AH Phase Special Instructions — See course chapters (Chapters 6 – 12, Section I) for course specific
AH Phase special instructions.

a. For training purposes, fly air-to-air (A-A) weapon systems checks IAW the A-A switchology drill, as noted in
AFTTP 3-3.F-16.

b. Use of dissimilar adversaries is allowed on BFM-7 – 9. These missions will be D-model sorties with IPs in the
backseat if dissimilar adversaries are used. Document dissimilar training on GTIMS gradesheets.

c. B and TX Track 1 students should achieve the following A-A weapons employment qualifications prior to
graduation:

Weapons Employment Qualification

A-A Weapons Events
AIM-9 QUAL
AIM-120 QUAL
A-A GUN QUAL

(1) Criteria for weapons employment “Initial Qualification” will be IAW AFI 11-2F-16V1.

(2) Post merge employment on all high-aspect BFM setups counts toward qualification. Do not count
employment at the “fight’s on” for offensive BFM setups or employment on missile / gun exercises toward
qualification.

(3) Do not fly additional sorties to achieve qualification. Identify students not qualified in required events to the
gaining unit on the Training Record.

d. Minimum airspeed for unlimited maneuvering above 5,000 ft AGL is the low speed warning tone. Terminate the
fight at the low speed warning tone.
90 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

5-8. Advanced Handling Characteristics (AHC) Module Sorties

AHC
Advanced Handling Characteristics Time: 1.7
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16D
Lineup: IP, P/IP
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce: Practice:
 HMCS operations (B)  AGSM
 Formation takeoff
 Day air refueling
 A-A switchology drill
 FENCE check
 Offensive radar heat-to-guns exercise
 AIM-120 employment
 AIM-9 employment
 Formation landing
 Have Quick (B, TX 1)
Execution Objectives:
Milestone Tasks:
 HARTS
 Day air refueling (TX 1, SOC 2)
Mission Tasks:
1. HMCS operations (* for B)
2. Have Quick (* for B, TX 1)
*3. Formation takeoff (Note 1)
*4. Air refueling (Note 1)
*5. A-A switchology drill (Note 2)
*6. FENCE check
*7. Single-ship airwork
*a. HARTS 3, 4, & 5 (Note 3)
*8. Element airwork
*a. Offensive radar heat-to-guns exercise (Note 4)
*b. Turn circle entry exercise (Note 5)
9. Simulated emergency chase (* for B) (Note 6)
*10. Formation landing (Note 1)
Syllabus Notes:
1. Formation takeoff, formation landing, and day air refueling solo clearance mission.
2. Clarify differences between the A-A switchology drill and a combat A-A weapon systems check. Reference
paragraph 5-7a.
3. Block 42 squadrons must comply with configuration restrictions in AFI 11-2F-16V3 regarding HARTS 4 and 5.
4. Two offensive radar heat-to-guns exercises are desired. The second exercise should end in a reversal to a slow
speed stack. Emphasize slow speed handling characteristics and horn awareness.
5. Use 9K and 6K BFM setups and go from fight’s on through turn circle entry. DLO is for the student to achieve
correct starting parameters and enter the turn circle on time.
6. Provide a simulated emergency on recovery in which the student must fly in the chase position and read checklist
procedures for the flight lead. Emphasize proper chase position, local procedures, and wingman priorities.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 91

5-9. Basic Fighter Maneuvers (BFM) Module Sorties

BFM-1
Offensive BFM Time: 1.0 (B, TX 1, SOC 2); 1.5 (TX 2, SOC 1C/1E/3)
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16D (B, TX 1, SOC 1C/1E/2/3); F-16C, F-16C (TX 2)
Lineup: IP, P/IP (B, TX 1, SOC 1C/1E/2/3); IP, P (TX 2)
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X X X X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Formation takeoff (TX 2, SOC 1C/1E/3)
 Air refueling (if available) (TX 2, SOC 1C/1E/3)
 A-A switchology drill (TX 2, SOC 1C/1E/3)
 FENCE check (TX 2, SOC 1C/1E/3)
 Offensive radar heat-to-guns exercise (TX 2, SOC 1C/1E/3)
 Offensive BFM
 AIM-120 employment (TX 2, SOC 1C/1E/3)
 AIM-9 employment (TX 2, SOC 1C/1E/3)
 Floor awareness
 Formation landing (TX 2, SOC 1C/1E/3)
Practice:
 Formation takeoff (B, TX 1)
 FENCE check (B, TX 1, SOC 2)
 AIM-120 employment (B, TX 1, SOC 2)
 AIM-9 employment (B, TX 1, SOC 2)
 Formation landing (B, TX 1)
Execution Objectives:
Milestone Tasks:
 Formation takeoff (SOC 1C/1E/2/3)
 AGSM (Note 2)
 FENCE check (TX 1B, SOC 1C/1E/2/3)
 Air refueling (if available) (TX 2, SOC 1C/1E/3)
 Formation landing (SOC 1C/1E/2/3)
Mission Tasks:
*1. Formation takeoff (Note 3)
2. Air refueling (* for TX 2, SOC 1C/1E/3) (Note 1)
3. A-A switchology drill (* for TX 2, SOC 1C/1E/3)
*4. FENCE check
5. Offensive radar heat-to-guns exercise (* for TX 2, SOC 1C/1E/3)
*6. Offensive BFM
a. 9,000 ft
b. 6,000 ft
c. 3,000 ft
*7. Formation landing (Note 3)
Syllabus Notes:
1. Day air refueling solo clearance mission. (SOC 1C/1E/3)
2. ACBT solo clearance mission. ACBT solo clearance requires AGSM be graded “2.” (B, TX 1, SOC 1C/1E/2/3)
3. Formation takeoff and formation landing solo clearance mission. (SOC 1C/1E)
92 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

BFM-2
Offensive BFM Time: 1.5
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16C
Lineup: IP, P
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

Mission Objectives:
Practice:
 Air refueling
 FENCE check
 Offensive BFM
 AIM-120 employment
 AIM-9 employment
 Floor awareness
Mission Tasks:
*1. Air refueling
*2. FENCE Check
3. Offensive radar heat-to-guns exercise
*4. Offensive BFM
a. 9,000 ft
b. 6,000 ft
c. 3,000 ft
Syllabus Notes: None.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 93

BFM-3
Offensive BFM Time: 1.0
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16C
Lineup: IP, P
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X

Mission Objectives:
Practice:
 Offensive BFM (TX 1A)
 AIM-120 employment
 AIM-9 employment
 Floor awareness
Execution Objectives:
Demonstrate Proficiency:
 Offensive BFM (B)
Milestone Tasks:
 FENCE check
Mission Tasks:
*1. FENCE Check
*2. Offensive BFM
a. 9,000 ft
b. 6,000 ft
c. 3,000 ft
Syllabus Notes: None.
94 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

BFM-4
Defensive BFM Time: 1.0
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16D (B, TX 1A); F-16C, F-16C (TX 1B/2, SOC 2/3)
Lineup: IP, P/IP (B, TX 1A); IP, P (TX 1B/2, SOC 2/3)
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Rolling takeoff
 Radar-assisted trail departure (TX 1B/2, SOC 2/3)
 Defensive ranging exercise
 Defensive heat-to-guns exercise
 Defensive BFM
 Radar-assisted trail recovery (TX 1B/2, SOC 2/3)
Practice:
 Floor awareness (B, TX 1A)
Execution Objectives:
Milestone Tasks:
 FENCE check (TX 2)
 Floor awareness (TX 1B/2, SOC 2/3)
Mission Tasks:
*1. Rolling takeoff (Note)
*2. Radar-assisted trail departure (TX 1B/2, SOC 2/3)
*3. FENCE check
*4. Defensive range exercise
*5. Defensive heat-to-guns exercise
*6. Defensive BFM
a. 9,000 ft
b. 6,000 ft
c. 3,000 ft
*7. Radar-assisted trail recovery (TX 1B/2, SOC 2/3)
8. Precision approach (* for TX 1B/2, SOC 2/3)
Syllabus Notes: Rolling takeoff solo clearance mission. (B)
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 95

BFM-5
Defensive BFM Time: 1.0
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16C
Lineup: IP, P
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X
Mission Objectives:
Practice:
 Defensive BFM
 Floor awareness
Execution Objectives:
Milestone Tasks:
 Formation takeoff
 Formation landing
Mission Tasks:
*1. Formation takeoff
2. Defensive range exercise
3. Defensive heat-to-guns exercise
*4. Defensive BFM
a. 9,000 ft
b. 6,000 ft
c. 3,000 ft
*5. Formation landing
Syllabus Notes: None.
96 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

BFM-6
Defensive BFM Time: 1.0
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16C
Lineup: IP, P
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X
Mission Objectives:
Practice:
 Defensive BFM
Execution Objectives:
Demonstrate Proficiency: Milestone Tasks:
 Defensive BFM (B)  Floor awareness
Mission Tasks:
1. Defensive range exercise
2. Defensive heat-to-guns exercise
*3. Defensive BFM
a. 9,000 ft
b. 6,000 ft
c. 3,000 ft
4. SFO (* for TX 1A)
Syllabus Notes: None.

BFM-7
High-Aspect BFM Time: 1.0
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16C
Lineup: IP, P
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce: Practice:
 High-aspect BFM  AIM-120 employment
 AIM-9 employment
Execution Objectives:
Milestone Tasks:
 Radar-assisted trail departure (SOC 2)
 Radar-assisted trail recovery (SOC 2)
Mission Tasks:
*1. Radar-assisted trail departure (SOC 2)
*2. High-aspect BFM
*3. Radar-assisted trail recovery (SOC 2)
4. Precision approach (* for SOC 2)
Syllabus Notes: None.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 97

BFM-8
High-Aspect BFM Time: 1.0
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16C
Lineup: IP, P
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce: Practice:
 High-aspect BFM (TX 1B/2)  High-aspect BFM (B, TX 1A)
 AIM-120 employment
 AIM-9 employment
Execution Objectives:
Milestone Tasks:
 Formation takeoff (TX 1/2)
 Formation landing (TX 1/2)
Mission Tasks:
1. Formation takeoff (* for TX 1/2)
*2. High-aspect BFM
3. Formation landing (* for TX 1/2)
Syllabus Notes: None.

BFM-9
High-Aspect BFM Time: 1.0
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16C
Lineup: IP, P
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

Mission Objectives:
Practice:
 AIM-120 employment
 AIM-9 employment
Execution Objectives:
Demonstrate Proficiency:
 High-aspect BFM
Mission Tasks:
*1. High-aspect BFM
Syllabus Notes: None.
98 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

BFM-10
Low-Aspect BFM Time: 1.5
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16C
Lineup: IP, P (TX 3); P, IP (SOC 1F)
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Formation takeoff
 Air refueling
 A-A switchology drill
 FENCE check
 AGSM
 Offensive radar heat-to-guns exercise
 Defensive heat-to-guns exercise
 Offensive BFM
 Defensive BFM
 Floor awareness
 AIM-120 employment
 AIM-9 employment
 Formation landing
Execution Objectives:
Milestone Tasks:
 Formation takeoff (TX 3)
 Air refueling (TX 3)
 FENCE check (TX 3)
 AGSM (TX 3)
 Floor awareness (TX 3)
 Formation landing (TX 3)
Mission Tasks:
*1. Formation takeoff
*2. Air refueling
3. A-A switchology drill
*4. FENCE check
*5. Offensive and/or defensive (radar) heat-to-guns exercise
*6. Offensive BFM
a. 9,000 ft
b. 6,000 ft
c. 3,000 ft
*7. Defensive BFM
a. 9,000 ft
b. 6,000 ft
c. 3,000 ft
*8. Formation landing
Syllabus Notes:
1. At IP discretion, this mission may be flown entirely offensive, defensive, or a combination of both.
2. This mission is not effective / incomplete if only offensive or defensive BFM was flown.
3. This mission will be flown as a flight lead upgrade sortie for SOC 1F.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 99

Section D. Air-to-Air (A-A) Phase

5-10. General A-A Phase Special Instructions — See course chapters (Chapters 6 – 12, Section I) for course specific
A-A Phase special instructions.

a. Use a Weapons Director (GCI or AWACS) for intercept training (TI, ACT and NTI missions) whenever
possible. Adversary aircraft may provide reverse GCI as a substitute when weapons directors are unavailable.

b. Unsupervised student versus student visual maneuvering is prohibited.

c. Direct support all TI sorties to the max extent possible.

d. NTI-1, NTI-2, and ACT are exempt from the A-A Phase 10-day rule (reference paragraph 2-8b(1)).

e. Use dissimilar adversaries to the maximum extent possible in the A-A Phase. Document dissimilar training on
GTIMS gradesheets. Use of dissimilar adversaries is allowed on ACM-1 – 3, however; these missions will be
D-model sorties with IPs in the backseat if dissimilar adversaries are used.

f. Use ACMI / PCDS on all A-A Phase missions whenever possible.

g. Minimum airspeed for unlimited maneuvering above 5,000 ft AGL is the low speed warning tone. Terminate the
fight at the low speed warning tone.
100 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

5-11. Air Combat Maneuvers (ACM) Module Sorties

ACM-1
Defensive ACM Time: 1.0
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16C, F-16C
Lineup: IP, P, IP
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 ACM (from defensive perch setups)
Practice:
 AIM-120 employment
 AIM-9 employment
Mission Tasks:
*1. ACM (from defensive perch setups)
Syllabus Notes: None.

ACM-2
Tap-the-CAP ACM Time: 1.0
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16C, F-16C
Lineup: IP, P, IP
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 ACM (tap-the-CAP)
Practice:
 ACM (from defensive perch setups)
 Day AAMD
 AIM-120 employment
 AIM-9 employment
Mission Tasks:
*1. ACM (from defensive perch setups)
*2. ACM (tap-the-CAP)
*3. AAMD
Syllabus Notes: None.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 101

ACM-3
ACM Time: 1.0
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16C, F-16C
Lineup: IP, P, IP
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Day AAMD (TX 1B/2)
 ACM (from defensive perch setups) (TX 1B/2/3)
 ACM (tap-the-CAP) (TX 1B/2/3)
Practice:
 AIM-120 employment
 Day AAMD (B, TX 1A)
Execution Objectives:
Demonstrate Proficiency:
 ACM (B, TX 1A)
Milestone Tasks:
 AIM-9 employment
Mission Tasks:
*1. ACM (from defensive perch setups)
*2. ACM (tap-the-CAP)
*3. AAMD
Syllabus Notes: None.
102 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

5-12. Tactical Intercept (TI) Module Sorties

TI-1
Single-Ship Tactical Intercepts Time: 1.3
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16D (B, TX 1A); F-16C, F-16C (SOC 3)
Lineup: MP, P/IP (B, TX 1A); IP, P (SOC 3)
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Single-ship tactical intercepts
 Day AAMD (if not previously introduced)
 Radar-assisted trail departure (B, TX 1A)
 Radar-assisted trail recovery (B, TX 1A)
Practice:
 AIM-120 employment
 AIM-9 employment
Execution Objectives:
Milestone Tasks:
 Radar-assisted trail departure (SOC 3)
 Radar-assisted trail recovery (SOC 3)
 Situational awareness (SOC 3)
 Communication (SOC 3)
 Risk management / decision making (SOC 3)
 Task management (SOC 3)
 Mission preparation / planning (SOC 3)
 Flight integrity (SOC 3)
Mission Tasks:
*1. Radar-assisted trail departure
*2. Single-ship tactical intercepts
*3. AAMD
*4. Radar-assisted trail recovery
*5. Precision approach
Syllabus Notes: Radar-assisted trail departure / radar-assisted trail recovery solo clearance mission. (B, TX 1A)
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 103

TI-2
Element Tactical Intercepts Time: 1.3
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16C, F-16C
Lineup: IP, P, MP
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce: Practice:
 Day element tactical intercepts  Day AAMD
 AIM-120 employment
 AIM-9 employment
Mission Tasks:
*1. Element tactical intercepts
*a. SSO to fan entry
*b. SSO to bracket
*c. AAMD
Syllabus Notes: None.

TI-3
Element Tactical Intercepts Time: 1.5
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16C, F-16C, F-16C (B, TX 1); F-16C, F-16C, F-16C (TX 2)
Lineup: IP, P, MP, MP (B, TX 1) IP, P, MP (TX 2)
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce: Practice:
 Day element tactical intercepts (TX 1B/2)  Day element tactical intercepts (B, TX 1A)
 AIM-120 employment
 Day AAMD (B, TX 1)
 Radar-assisted trail departure (TX 2)
 Radar-assisted trail recovery (TX 2)
Execution Objectives:
Demonstrate Proficiency: Milestone Tasks:
 Day element tactical intercepts (TX 1B)  Day AAMD (TX 2)
 Radar-assisted trail departure (TX 1B)
 Radar-assisted trail recovery (TX 1B)
Mission Tasks:
1. Radar-assisted trail departure (* for TX 1B/2)
*2. Element tactical intercepts
a. VID from fan / bracket vs two contacts (* for B, TX 1)
*b. AAMD
3. Radar-assisted trail recovery (* for TX 1B/2)
*4. Precision approach (HUD-off)
Syllabus Notes: Students should go to a merge to practice gaining tally 2 contacts.
104 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

TI-4
Element Tactical Intercepts Time: 1.5
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16C, F-16C, F-16C
Lineup: IP, P, IP, P or IP, P, MP, MP (B, TX 1A/2); IP, P, MP, MP (TX 3)
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Day element tactical intercepts (TX 3)
 Day AAMD (TX 3)
 Radar-assisted trail departure (TX 3)
 Radar-assisted trail recovery (TX 3)
Practice:
 Day element tactical intercepts (B, TX 1A/2)
 Radar-assisted trail departure (B, TX 1A)
 Radar-assisted trail recovery (B, TX 1A)
 Day AAMD (B, TX 1A)
 AIM-120 employment (B, TX 1A)
Execution Objectives:
Demonstrate Proficiency:
 Day element tactical intercepts (TX 1A)
Milestone Tasks:
 Day AAMD (TX 1A/3)
 AIM-120 employment (TX 1A/2/3)
 Training rule adherence (A-A) (TX 2/3)
 Radar-assisted trail departure (TX 2)
 Radar-assisted trail recovery (TX 2)
Mission Tasks:
*1. Radar-assisted trail departure
*2. Day element tactical intercepts
*a. BVR employment
*b. Cold ops
*3. AAMD
*4. Radar-assisted trail recovery
*5. Precision approach
Syllabus Notes: None.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 105

TI-5
Four-Ship Tactical Intercepts Time: 1.5
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16C, F-16C, F-16C, F-16C, F-16C, F-16C, F-16C
Lineup: IP, P, IP, P, MP, MP, MP, MP
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Four-ship A-A employment
Practice:
 Radar-assisted trail departure
 Radar-assisted trail recovery
Execution Objectives:
Demonstrate Proficiency:
 Day element tactical intercepts
Milestone Tasks:
 AIM-120 employment
 Training rule adherence (A-A)
 Day AAMD
Mission Tasks:
*1. Radar-assisted trail departure
*2. Four-ship A-A employment
*3. AIM-120 employment
*4. AAMD
*5. Radar-assisted trail recovery
*6. Non-precision approach
Syllabus Notes:
1. This mission may be effective as a 3-ship Blue Air due to fallout. Do not exceed 1:1 student to IP ratio.
2. This mission may be effective with three adversaries due to fallout.
106 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

5-13. Air Combat Tactics (ACT) Module Sorties

ACT
Four-Ship ACT Time: 1.5
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16C, F-16C, F-16C, F-16C, F-16C, F-16C, F-16C
Lineup: IP, P, IP, P, MP, MP, MP, MP
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 A-A employment in an all-altitude missionized setting
Practice:
 Four-ship A-A employment
Execution Objectives:
Milestone Tasks:
 Day AAMD (TX 1B)
 AIM-120 employment (TX 1B)
 Training rule adherence (A-A) (TX 1)
Mission Tasks:
*1. Four-ship A-A employment (Note 1)
2. AIM-120 employment (* for TX 1B)
3. AAMD (* for TX 1B)
Syllabus Notes:
1. This mission is a missionized A-A scenario and may be flown as part of a large force exercise.
2. This mission is exempt from the A-A Phase 10-day rule.
3. This mission may be effective as a 3-ship Blue Air due to fallout. Do not exceed 1:1 student to IP ratio.
4. This mission may be effective with three adversaries due to fallout.
5. This mission may be flown as an “all-altitude” war if LASDT certified.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 107

5-14. Aditional A-A Module Sorties

AA-1
BFM, ACM, or Element Tactical Intercepts Time: 1.0
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16C or F-16C, F-16D
Lineup: IP, P or IP, P/IP (as required for mission complexity) (SOC 1C/1E); P, IP (SOC 1F)
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Radar-assisted trail departure (SOC 1C/1E)
 Radar-assisted trail recovery (SOC 1C/1E)
Practice:
 Proficiency exercises
 A-A maneuvering
 AIM-120 employment (SOC 1C/1E)
 AIM-9 employment (SOC 1C/1E)
 Floor awareness (SOC 1C/1E)
Execution Objectives:
Milestone Tasks:
 Situational awareness (SOC 1C)
 Communication (SOC 1C)
 Risk management / decision making (SOC 1C)
 Task management (SOC 1C)
 Mission preparation / planning (SOC 1C)
 Flight integrity (SOC 1C)
Mission Tasks:
1. Radar-assisted trail departure (* for SOC 1C/1E)
2. A-A switchology drill
3. FENCE check
4. Proficiency exercises
5. A-A maneuvering
6. Radar-assisted trail recovery (* for SOC 1C/1E)
7. Precision approach (* for SOC 1C/1E)
Syllabus Notes:
1. Instructors will develop a profile consistent with AH or A-A Phase missions. Additionally, tailor the profiles as
necessary to control complexity based on student experience.
2. If the student was previously NVG qualified in the F-16, this sortie may be used to regain NVG currency. Reference
paragraph 5-1m.
3. Profile requirements are optional and based on desired qualification.
108 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

5-15. Night Tactical Intercept (NTI) Module Sorties

NTI-1
Single-Ship Tactical Intercepts (Night) Time: 1.4
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16D
Lineup: IP, P/IP
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X Note 4 Note 4

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Night AAMD (B)
 Night element tactical intercepts
Practice:
 Basic night operations
 Basic formation (NVG)
 Tactical formation (NVG)
 Night AAMD (TX 1)
 Full stop landing (night)
 Radar-assisted trail departure (B)
 Radar-assisted trail recovery (B)
 NVG operations (B)
Mission Tasks:
*1. Radar-assisted trail departure
*2. Basic formation (NVG)
*3. Tactical formation (NVG)
*4. G-awareness exercise
5. Airwork
a. Horizon check
*6. Single-ship tactical intercepts (NVG) (Note 2)
*a. BVR launch and leave
*b. Low-to-high conversion
*c. High-to-low conversion (Note 3)
*d. Night AAMD
*e. BVR launch and leave with short range recommit
*7. Radar-assisted trail recovery
*8. Precision approach
Syllabus Notes:
1. This mission is exempt from the A-A Phase 10-day rule.
2. Item 6 asterisked mission tasks are required IAW AFI 11-2F-16V1.
3. Use a low speed target (250 – 300 knots) on item 6c.
4. NTI-1 is only required for TX 1 students who are not previously NVG qualified.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 109

NTI-2
Element Tactical Intercepts (Night) Time: 1.6 (B); 1.3 (TX 1)
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16D, F-16C, F-16D or F-16C, F-16D, F-16C
Lineup: MP, P/IP, MP, P/IP or MP, P/IP, MP
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Night element tactical intercepts
Practice:
 Night air refueling (B)
 NVG operations
Execution Objectives:
Demonstrate Proficiency:
 Night element tactical intercepts
Milestone Tasks:
 Basic night operations
 Basic formation (NVG)
 Tactical formation (NVG)
 Radar-assisted trail departure (B, TX 1A)
 Radar-assisted trail recovery (B, TX 1A)
 Night AAMD
 Full stop landing (night)
Mission Tasks:
*1. Radar-assisted trail departure
2. Night air refueling (* for B) (Note 2)
*3. Basic formation (NVG)
*4. Tactical formation (NVG)
*5. Night element tactical intercepts (Note 3)
*a. Sorting pass
*b. BVR launch and leave
*c. Single side offset
*d. Night AAMD
*6. Radar-assisted trail recovery
*7. Precision approach
*8. Full stop landing (night)
Syllabus Notes:
1. This mission is exempt from the A-A Phase 10-day rule. (TX 1)
2. Mission need not be incomplete for night air refueling if previously introduced and night air refueling solo
clearance received. (B)
3. Item 5 asterisked mission tasks are required IAW AFI 11-2F-16V1.
110 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

Section E. Air-to-Surface (A-S) Phase

5-16. General A-S Phase Special Instructions — See course chapters (Chapters 6 – 12, Section I) for course specific
A-S Phase special instructions.

a. Use a Weapons Director (GCI or AWACS) for opposed sorties whenever possible. Adversary aircraft may
provide reverse GCI as a substitute when weapons directors are unavailable

b. Maximize employment of live / inert ordnance on any A-S Phase sortie (except if flown as part of an LFE).

c. Tactical strafe and any diving delivery may be accomplished on any A-S Phase mission on a controlled or
tactical range.

d. On 4-ship SA missions, number 3 may be a D-model with a student in the FCP and an IP in the RCP. Do not
exceed maximum student-to-IP ratios.

e. Any SA / SAT mission may be scheduled / effective as a 2-, 3- or 4-ship, unless stated otherwise in the Syllabus
Notes for that sortie.

f. Low-level training:

(1) Minimum altitude for visual low-level navigation and maneuvering is 500 ft AGL.

(2) Student is certified LOWAT CAT I, IAW AFI 11-2F-16V1, following successful completion of LASDT-2.

(3) B course students must fly a minimum of three low-altitude tactical formation (LATF) events in the wing
position. TX track 1 students must fly a minimum of two LATF events in the wing position.

(4) When more than one student aircraft per flight is scheduled for LATN, fly the low level with enough
spacing to preclude interference. Each student will plan and fly their low level.

g. Dissimilar adversaries are authorized on any opposed mission. Document dissimilar training on GTIMS
gradesheets.

h. On SA-5 – 8, SAT, CAS, and SAN sorties, weapons delivery, to include HAS, may be VTR assessed (i.e., no
actual weapons release is required).

i. Fly CAS sorties with FAC(A) or JTAC support to the maximum extent possible. If unavailable, squadrons should
launch a dedicated F-16 FAC(A) or put an additional IP/MP in a RCP to act as the FAC(A).

j. Use ACMI / PCDS on opposed SAT / SAN sorties whenever possible.

k. Class A range required on SA-1 through SA-4.

Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 111

5-17. Low-Altitude Step Down Training (LASDT) Module Sorties

LASDT-1
Low Altitude Step Down Training Time: 1.2
Aircraft: F-16D, F-16D
Lineup: P/IP, P/IP
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Single-ship low-altitude maneuvering (500 ft AGL)
 Element low-altitude maneuvering (500 ft AGL)
 Low-altitude tactical formation (LATF)
 Low-altitude AAMD
 Low-altitude tactical navigation (LATN)
 Low-altitude awareness training (LAAT)
 Single-ship tactical intercepts (low-altitude)
Execution Objectives:
Milestone Tasks:
 Single-ship low-altitude maneuvering (500 ft AGL)
Mission Tasks:
*1. G-awareness exercise
*2. LATN (single-ship) (Note 1)
*3. LAAT (Note 1, 2, 4)
*a. Level turn exercise
*b. Turning room demonstration
*c. Acceleration / deceleration exercise
*d. Descent awareness training
*e. CAT III maneuvering (Note 3)
*f. Vertical jinks
*g. Orthogonal SAM break
*h. Reversals
*4. LATF (Note 5)
*5. Single-ship tactical intercepts (low-altitude)
a. High-to-low conversion (vs non-maneuvering adversary)
b. Low-to-high conversion (vs non-maneuvering adversary)
c. Low-altitude AAMD (single-ship)
*d. Visual lookout exercise
*6. SFO
Syllabus Notes:
1. The LATN / LAAT portion will be flown single-ship.
2. Tasks are required IAW AFI 11-2F-16V1.
3. A CAT III configuration is desired for this sortie; however, CAT III maneuvering may be accomplished in a high
gross weight CAT I configuration (wing tanks as a minimum).
4. Include a discussion of the 1 percent rule (AFI 11-214), 50 percent rule, and 10 degree rule, IAW AFTTP 3-3.F-16.
5. Plan to fly the LATF in the airspace to ensure the student receives sufficient LATN training. A minimum of two
tactical turns are required from the wing position.
6. LOWAT solo clearance mission.
112 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

LASDT-2
Element Low Altitude Step Down Training Time: 1.2
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16C, F-16C, F-16C or F-16C, F-16C, F-16C
Lineup: IP, P, IP, P or IP, P, MP
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Element tactical intercepts (low-altitude)
 Low altitude surface-to-air threat reactions (TX 1A)
Execution Objectives:
Milestone Tasks:
 LATF
 Element low-altitude maneuvering (500 ft AGL)
 Low-altitude AAMD
Mission Tasks:
*1. LATF
*2. Element tactical intercepts (low-altitude)
*a. High-to-low conversion (vs unaware adversary)
b. Low-to-high conversion (vs unaware adversary)
*c. Low-to-high conversion (vs aware adversary)
*d. Low-altitude AAMD
*3. Low-altitude surface-to-air threat reactions (TX 1A)
Syllabus Notes:
1. Limit presentations to single groups when a student is in the target element and is below 5,000 ft AGL. If the target
element puts the student above 5,000 ft AGL, two group presentations are authorized.
2. If required, this mission may be scheduled / flown versus a single adversary (may not be a student).
3. Completion of this mission certifies the student to LOWAT CAT I (1,000 to 500 ft AGL) IAW AFI 11-2F-16V1.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 113

5-18. Surface Attack (SA) Module Sorties

SA-1
BSA Time: 1.2
Aircraft: F-16D, F-16D or F-16C, F-16D
Lineup : P/IP, P/IP or MP, P/IP
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Basic surface attack
 Single-ship low-altitude maneuvering (500 ft AGL) (TX 2/3, SOC 2)
 LAAT (TX 2/3, SOC 2)
 LATN (TX 2/3, SOC 2)
 LATF (TX 2/3, SOC 2)
 Surface-to-air threat reactions (low-altitude) (TX 2/3)
 TMLT
 LAS
Execution Objectives:
Milestone Tasks:
 Single-ship low-altitude maneuvering (500 ft AGL) (TX 2/3, SOC 2)
Mission Tasks:
*1. ARTS 1 and 2
*2. A-S weapon systems check
*3. LAAT (TX 2/3, SOC 2)
*a. Descent awareness training (TX 2/3, SOC 2)
*b. Vertical jinks (TX 2/3, SOC 2)
*c. Level turn exercise (TX 2/3, SOC 2)
*d. Turning room demonstration (TX 2/3, SOC 2)
*e. CAT III maneuvering (TX 2/3, SOC 2)
*4. LATN (TX 2/3, SOC 2)
*5. LATF (TX 2/3, SOC 2) (Note 3, 4)
*6. Surface-to-air threat reactions (low-altitude) (TX 2/3)
*7. BSA (pop patterns) (TX 2/3)
*8. BSA (box patterns) (Note 5)
a. HARB
b. HADB
c. LAHD
*9. TMLT (Note 6)
*10. LAS
11. Simulated hung ordnance procedures (* for B, TX) (Note 7)
12. Straight-in / random entry SFO (* for SOC 2)
Syllabus Notes:
1. Do not schedule a low level with this mission. Fly direct to the range. (B, TX 1)
2. This mission may be effective as a single-ship due to fallout.
3. This mission must be at least a 2-ship to complete the LOWAT Category I certification. (TX 2/3, SOC 2)
4. Each student must fly at least one LATF from the wing position (either LAB or wedge formation). (TX 2/3, SOC 2)
5. Change leads in the box pattern so both students fly the No. 2 position.
6. TMLT safe escape solo clearance mission. (B, TX 1)
7. Student must review/discuss hung ordnance recovery procedures during recovery IAW the IFG and local guidance.
114 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

SA-2
BSA Time: 1.3
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16C, F-16C, F-16C
Lineup: IP, P, IP, P
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Surface-to-air threat reactions (low-altitude) (B)
Practice:
 Basic surface attack
 LAS
 Straight-in / random entry SFO
 Surface-to-air threat reactions (low-altitude) (TX 1B)
Mission Tasks:
*1. LATF
*2. Surface-to-air threat reactions (low-altitude)
*3. Avionics / system updates
a. RALT ACAL
b. Overfly mark
*4. BSA (box patterns)
a. HARB
b. MARB
c. DB
d. LALD
*5. LAS
*6. Straight-in / random entry SFO
Syllabus Notes:
1. This mission may be scheduled and effective as a 2- or 3-ship.
2. Either SA-2 or SA-4 must be a 4-ship.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 115

SA-3
BSA Time: 1.3
Aircraft: F-16D, F-16D or F-16C, F-16D (B, TX 1, SOC 2); F-16C, F-16C (TX 2/3)
Lineup: P/IP, P/IP or MP, P/IP (B, TX 1, SOC 2); IP, P (TX 2/3)
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 HAS
 BSA (pop patterns) (B, TX 1)
Practice:
 Basic surface attack
 LATF (TX 2)
 Surface-to-air threat reactions (low-altitude) (TX 2)
 Straight-in / random entry SFO (TX 3)
Milestone Tasks:
 LATF (TX 3, SOC 2)
 Surface-to-air threat reactions (low-altitude) (TX 3)
 Straight-in / random entry SFO (SOC 2)
 Situational awareness (SOC 2)
 Communication (SOC 2)
 Risk management / decision making (SOC 2)
 Task management (SOC 2)
 Mission preparation / planning (SOC 2)
 Flight integrity (SOC 2)
Mission Tasks:
1. LATF (* for TX 2/3, SOC 2) (Note 1)
2. Surface-to-air threat reactions (low-altitude) (* for TX 2/3)
*3. BSA (pop patterns) (Note 2)
a. LALD
b. LAHD
c. LAT
4. HAS (* for B, TX 2/3)
5. Straight-in / random entry SFO (* for TX 3)
Syllabus Notes:
1. Fly direct to the range for B course.
2. If flying this sortie with two students, change leads in the pop pattern so both students fly the No. 2 position.
3. This sortie may be scheduled / effective as a 2-, 3-, or 4-ship for TX 2/3.
116 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

SA-4
BSA Time: 1.3
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16C, F-16C, F-16C
Lineup: IP, P, IP, P
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X

Mission Objectives:
Practice:
 Surface-to-air threat reactions (low-altitude)
Execution Objectives:
Demonstrate Proficiency:
 Basic surface attack
Milestone Tasks:
 Training rule adherence (A-S)
 LAS
Mission Tasks:
*1. Low-altitude tactical formation (LATF)
*2. Surface-to-air threat reactions (low-altitude)
*3. Avionics / system updates
a. HMCS mark
*4. BSA (box / pop patterns) (Note 1)
*5. LAS
6. Precision approach (* for TX 1B)
Syllabus Notes:
1. Unguided weapons events as required for QUAL / FAM. Ensure student achieves appropriate QUAL / FAM in all
events.
2. This mission may be scheduled and effective as a 2- or 3-ship if SA-2 was flown as a 4-ship.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 117

SA-5
Live GP Time: 1.4
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16C
Lineup: IP, P
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Unguided weapons employment (tactical)
 Full-scale weapons delivery (FSWD)
 Wheel attacks
 Surface-to-air threat reactions (medium-altitude)
Practice:
 HAS
Mission Tasks:
*1. Tactical formation (heavyweight)
*2. Unguided weapons employment (tactical)
*a. Full-scale weapons delivery (live GP)
*b. Wheel attacks
*3. Surface-to-air threat reactions (medium-altitude)
*4. HAS
Syllabus Notes: This mission may be flown as a 4-ship at FS/DO discretion.
118 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

SA-6
LGB Employment Time: 1.4
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16D
Lineup: MP, P/IP
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 LGB employment
 Surface-to-air threat reactions (medium-altitude) (TX 1B)
 Single-ship tactical intercept to TGP ID
 Full-scale weapons delivery (FSWD) (TX 1B)
Practice:
 Surface-to-air threat reactions (medium-altitude) (B)
Execution Objectives:
Milestone Tasks:
 Straight-in / random entry SFO
Mission Tasks:
*1. TGP preflight / tuning
*2. TGP airborne tune / focus
*3. Avionics / system updates
a. TGP mark / fix / ACAL
*4. LGB employment
a. FSWD (inert LGB) (* for TX 1B)
*b. Paveway II dive-glide attacks
*c. Paveway II simultaneous attacks
*d. Paveway II buddy lase attacks
e. Paveway II LOWAT attack
*5. Surface-to-air threat reactions (medium-altitude)
*6. Single-ship tactical intercept to TGP ID
*7. Straight-in / random entry SFO
Syllabus Notes: None.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 119

SA-7
IAM Employment Time: 1.4
Aircraft: F-16D, F-16D
Lineup: P/IP, P/IP
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 IAM employment
Practice:
 FSWD (TX 1B)
 Surface-to-air threat reactions (medium-altitude)
 HAS
Mission Tasks:
*1. Surface-to-air threat reactions (medium-altitude)
*2. IAM employment
a. FSWD (inert IAM) (* for TX 1B)
*b. BOC
*c. SPI slew
*d. LOWAT delivery
*3. HAS
Syllabus Notes: This mission may be effective single-ship due to fallout.
120 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

SA-8
Inert LGB / IAM Employment Time: 1.4
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16C (B); F-16C, F-16D (TX 1A/2) (Note 1); F-16D, F-16D (TX 3) (Note 2)
Lineup: IP, P (B); MP, P/IP (TX 1A/2); P/IP, P/IP (TX 3)
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 LGB employment (TX 1A/2/3)
 IAM employment (TX 1A/2/3)
 Surface-to-air threat reactions (medium-altitude) (TX 1A/2/3)
Practice:
 FSWD (B)
 Surface-to-air threat reactions (medium-altitude) (B)
 LGB employment (B)
 IAM employment (B)
 HAS (B, TX 1A)
Execution Objectives:
Milestone Tasks:
 Straight-in / random entry SFO (TX 2/3)
 IAM employment (B, TX 1A/3)
 LGB employment (B, TX 1A/3)
 FSWD (TX 1A/3)
 HAS (TX 3)
Mission Tasks:
*1. Surface-to-air threat reactions (medium-altitude)
*2. IAM employment
*a. Full scale weapons delivery (inert IAM)
*b. BOC IAM
*c. SPI slew
d. IAM – LOWAT delivery
*3. LGB employment
*a. Full scale weapons delivery (inert Paveway II)
*b. Paveway II level attacks
*c. Paveway II dive-glide attacks
d. Paveway II simultaneous attacks
e. Paveway II buddy lase attacks
*4. HAS
*5. Straight-in / random entry SFO
Syllabus Notes:
1. This sortie may be flown solo if the student was previously TGP qualified. If the student was not previously TGP
qualified, the sortie will be flown dual. (TX 2)
2. This sortie may be flown solo, when direct supported, if the student was previously TGP qualified. If the student
was not previously TGP qualified, the sortie will be flown dual. (TX 3)
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 121

SA-9 (As Required)

Air-to-Surface Employment / Strike Time: 1.3
Aircraft: F-16D
Lineup: P/IP
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

A/R A/R A/R

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Air-to-surface (A-S) AGR delivery modes
 Switchology (A-S)
Practice:
 Unguided weapons employment (tactical)
Mission Tasks:
1. Auto IFF
2. VFR departure
*3. LATN
*a. Avionics / system updates
(1) FCR / TGP / OVERFLY ACAL
(2) FCR / TGP /OVERFLY fix
(3) FCR mark
*b. A-S radar mech
*4. Unguided weapons employment (tactical)
*a. FRA to TOT
*b. VRP
*c. System loft
*d. SLD
Syllabus Notes:
1. System delivery solo clearance mission. (B)
2. Objective of SA-9 and SA-10 is to achieve a minimum of 10 total bomb deliveries on a scored range, 5 of which are
qual bombs and 5 of which are LOFT deliveries. Mission profile should be modified to ensure delivery of all
required bombs.
3. IP will discuss degraded system operations in the brief and may practice in flight (e.g., GPS off).
122 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

SA-10 (As Required)

Air-to-Surface Employment / Strike Time: 1.3
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16C or F-16D
Lineup: P, IP or P/IP
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

A/R A/R A/R

Mission Objectives:
Practice:
 Air-to-surface (A-S) AGR delivery modes
 Switchology (A-S)
 Unguided weapons employment (tactical)
Mission Tasks:
1. Auto IFF
2. VFR departure
*3. LATN
*a. Avionics / system updates
(1) FCR / TGP / OVERFLY ACAL
(2) FCR / TGP / OVERFLY fix
(3) FCR mark
*b. A-S radar mech
*4. Unguided weapons employment (tactical)
*a. FRA to TOT
*b. VRP
*c. System loft
*d. SLD
Syllabus Notes:
1. Objective of SA-9 and SA-10 is to achieve a minimum of 10 total bomb deliveries on a scored range, 5 of which are
qual bombs and 5 of which are LOFT deliveries. Mission profile should be modified to ensure delivery of all
required bombs.
2. IP will discuss degraded system operations in the brief and may practice in-flight (e.g., GPS off).
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 123

SA-11
BSA Time: 1.7 (SOC 1D); 1.3 (SOC 1E)
Aircraft: F-16D, F-16D or F-16C, F-16D
Lineup: P/IP, P/IP or MP, P/IP
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Air refueling (SOC 1D)
 Low-altitude tactical formation (LATF)
 Basic surface attack
 Low-altitude awareness training (LAAT)
 Surface-to-air threat reactions (low-altitude)
 Single-ship low-altitude maneuvering (500 ft AGL)
 Single-ship tactical intercepts (low-altitude)
 Low-altitude AAMD
 TMLT
 LAS
Execution Objectives:
Milestone Tasks:
 Air refueling (SOC 1D)
 Low-altitude tactical formation (LATF)
Mission Tasks:
1. Air refueling (* for SOC 1D) (Note 1)
*2. Low-altitude tactical navigation (LATN)
*3. Surface-to-air threat reactions (low-altitude)
*4. Low-altitude tactical formation (LATF)
5. Avionics / system updates
a. Overfly ACAL
b. HMCS mark
*6. Low-altitude awareness training (LAAT)
*a. Descent awareness training
*b. Vertical jinks
*c. Level turn exercise
*7. Single-ship tactical intercepts (low-altitude)
a. High-to-low conversion (vs unaware adversary)
b. Low-to-high conversion (vs unaware adversary)
c. Low-to-high conversion (vs aware adversary)
*d. Low-altitude AAMD
*8. BSA (box / pop patterns)
*9. LAS
*10. Simulated hung ordnance procedures (Note 2)
Syllabus Notes:
1. Day air refueling solo clearance mission. (SOC 1D)
2. Student must review / discuss hung ordnance recovery procedures during recovery IAW the IFG and local
guidance.
3. TMLT safe escape solo clearance mission.
124 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

SA-12
LGB / IAM Employment Time: 1.4
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16C
Crew: IP, P (SOC 1D/1E); P, IP (SOC 1F) (Note 7)
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 TGP operations  Surface-to-air threat reactions (medium-altitude)
 LGB employment (SOC 1D/1E) (SOC 1D/1E)
 IAM employment (SOC 1D/1E)  Radar-assisted trail departure (SOC 1D/1E)
 HAS (SOC 1D/1E)  Radar-assisted trail recovery (SOC 1D/1E)
Execution Objectives:
Milestone Tasks:
 LGB employment (SOC 1D/1E)
 IAM employment (SOC 1D/1E)
 Surface-to-air threat reactions (medium-altitude) (SOC 1D/1E)
 Situational awareness (SOC 1D/1E)
 Communication (SOC 1D/1E)
 Risk management / decision making (SOC 1D/1E)
 Task management (SOC 1D/1E)
 Mission preparation / planning (SOC 1D/1E)
 Flight integrity (SOC 1D/1E)
Mission Tasks:
1. TGP preflight / tuning
2. TGP airborne tune / focus
3. Radar-assisted trail departure
4. Avionics / system updates
a. TGP mark / fix / ACAL
*5. Surface-to-air threat reactions (medium-altitude)
6. Basic surface attack (box / pop patterns) (Note 4)
*7. LGB employment
*8. IAM employment
9. HAS
10. Radar-assisted trail recovery
Syllabus Notes:
1. Instructors may vary profile as desired for requested training.
2. This sortie may be flown as a 4-ship.
3. Student will not fly LATN / LATF solo unless LAAT was accomplished dual on SA-11.
4. Student will not fly TMLT recoveries solo unless cleared solo on SA-11.
5. If the student was previously NVG qualified in the F-16, this sortie may be used to regain NVG currency with a NVG
qualified IP. Reference paragraph 5-1m.
6. Profile requirements are optional and based on desired qualification. The theater optional sorties are desired to
complete qualification. Additional theater optional sorties should be coordinated through the 56 OG/CC or
54 FG/CC and HQ AETC.
7. Based on syllabus flow SOC 1F may accomplish this sortie twice (once from the wing position and once from the
flight lead position).
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 125

5-19. Surface Attack Tactics (SAT) Module Sorties

SAT-1
Element Low-Altitude SAT Time: 1.3
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16D
Lineup: IP, P/IP
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Day element SAT (low-altitude)
 Auto IFF
 Target area ingress (low-altitude)
 Target area egress (low-altitude)
Practice:
 Unguided weapons employment (tactical)
 FSWD
Execution Objectives:
Milestone Tasks:
 Surface-to-air threat reactions (low-altitude)
Mission Tasks:
*1. Auto IFF
*2. LATF
*3. Surface-to-air threat reactions (low-altitude)
*4. Target area ingress (low-altitude)
*5. Unguided weapons employment (tactical)
*a. Element low-altitude SAT attacks
*b. FSWD
*6. Target area egress (low-altitude)
Syllabus Notes: None.
126 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

SAT-2
Element SAT / Preplanned Targeting Time: 1.3
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16C
Lineup: IP, P
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Day element SAT (medium-altitude)
 Day element SAT (low-altitude) (TX 1B/2)
 Auto IFF (TX 1B/2)
 Target area ingress (TX 1B/2)
 Target area egress (TX 1B/2)
 Unguided weapons employment (tactical) (TX 1B/2)
Practice:
 Element SAT (low-altitude) (B)
 Surface-to-air threat reactions (medium-altitude) (B)
Execution Objectives:
Milestone Tasks:
 Unguided weapons employment (tactical) (B)
 HAS
 FSWD
 LATF (TX 2)
 Surface-to-air threat reactions (low-altitude) (TX 1B/2)
Mission Tasks:
*1. Auto IFF
*2. Target area ingress (low or medium altitude)
3. LATF (* for TX 2)
*4. Surface-to-air threat reactions
a. Medium-altitude
b. Low-altitude (* for TX 2)
*5. Unguided weapons employment
*a. Element low-altitude SAT attacks
*b. Element medium altitude SAT attacks
*c. FSWD
*6. HAS
*7. Wounded bird exercise
*8. Target area egress (low- or medium-altitude)
Syllabus Notes: Fly the wounded bird exercise with the IP as the wounded bird.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 127

SAT-3
Element SAT / Preplanned Targeting / Dynamic Targeting Time: 1.4
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16C
Lineup: IP, P
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Day element SAT (medium-altitude) (TX 1A)
 Target area ingress (medium-altitude) (if not previously introduced)
 Dynamic targeting
 Target area egress (medium-altitude) (if not previously introduced)
Practice:
 Day element SAT (medium-altitude) (B)
 Surface-to-air threat reactions (medium-altitude)
 LGB employment (TX 1B)
 IAM employment (TX 1B)
Mission Tasks:
*1. Auto IFF
*2. Target area ingress (medium-altitude)
*3. Surface-to-air threat reactions (medium-altitude)
*4. Non-preplanned targeting
*5. LGB employment (Note 1)
a. Paveway II level attacks
b. Paveway II simultaneous attacks
c. Paveway II dive-glide attacks
d. Paveway II buddy lase attacks
*6. IAM employment (Note 1)
a. PRE IAM
b. SPI slew
c. IAM – LOWAT delivery
*7. HAS
*8. Target area egress (medium-altitude)
*9. HUD-off ILS
Syllabus Notes:
1. Inert Paveway II and IAM are desired for this mission.
2. This mission may be flown as a 4-ship. (TX 1)
128 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

SAT-4
Four-Ship SAT / Preplanned Targeting Time: 1.4
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16C, F-16C, F-16C
Lineup: IP, P, IP, P
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Four-ship day SAT (Note)
Practice:
 Day element SAT (medium-altitude)
 Target area ingress (medium-altitude)
 Surface-to-air threat reactions (medium-altitude)
 Target area egress (medium-altitude)
Mission Tasks:
*1. Target area ingress (medium-altitude)
*2. Surface-to-air threat reactions (medium-altitude)
*3. LGB employment
a. Paveway II level attacks
b. Paveway II simultaneous attacks
c. Paveway II buddy lase attacks
d. Paveway II dive-glide attacks
*4. IAM employment
a. PRE IAMs
b. SPI slew
c. IAMs – LOWAT delivery
*5. Target area egress (medium-altitude)
Syllabus Notes: This mission may be effective as a 3-ship due to fallout. Do not exceed the maximum student-to-IP ratio.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 129

SAT-5
Four-Ship Opposed SAT Time: 1.4
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16C, F-16C, F-16C, F-16C, F-16C
Lineup: IP, P, IP, P, MP, MP
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Day element SAT (medium-altitude) (TX 2/3) (if not previously introduced TX 2)
 Target area ingress (medium-altitude) (TX 2/3) (if not previously introduced TX 2)
 Target area egress (medium-altitude) (TX 2/3) (if not previously introduced TX 2)
Practice:
 Target area ingress (medium-altitude) (B)
 Four-ship A-A employment (Note 1)
 Target area egress (medium altitude) (B)
Execution Objectives:
Demonstrate Proficiency:
 Day element SAT (B, TX 1)
Milestone Tasks:
 Surface-to-air threat reactions (medium-altitude)
 Situational awareness
 Communication
 Risk management / decision making
 Task management
 Mission preparation / planning
 Flight integrity
 LGB employment (TX 1B/2)
 IAM employment (TX 1B/2)
 Training rules adherence (A-S) (TX 1A/2/3)
Mission Tasks:
1. Radar-assisted trail departure (* for TX 3)
*2. Target area ingress (medium-altitude)
*3. Four-ship A-A employment (Note 1)
*4. Surface-to-air threat reactions (medium-altitude)
5. LGB employment (* for TX 1B/2/3)
6. IAM employment (* for TX 1B/2/3)
*7. Target area egress (medium-altitude)
8. Radar-assisted trail recovery (* for TX 3)
9. Non-precision approach (* for TX 3)
Syllabus Notes:
1. This mission may be effective as a 3-ship due to fallout. Do not exceed the maximum student-to-IP ratio.
2. This mission may be effective with only one adversary due to fallout. FS/DO may authorize up to four adversaries.
130 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

SAT-6
LFE Time: 1.7
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16C, F-16C, F-16C, F-16C, F-16C
Lineup: IP, P, IP, P, MP, MP
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Mission preparation / planning (LFE)
 Four-ship employment in a large force exercise (Note 3)
Mission Tasks:
*1. Mission preparation / planning (LFE)
*2. Air refueling
*3. Four-ship employment in a large force exercise (Note 1, 3)
Syllabus Notes:
1. This mission should be flown as part of a LFE for B course students. LFE not required for TX 1B students. If flying
as part of a LFE, live / inert ordnance is not authorized.
2. This mission may be effective with only one adversary due to fallout. FS/DO may authorize up to a 1:1 ratio of
adversaries.
3. This mission may be effective as a 2- or 3-ship due to fallout. Do not exceed the maximum student to IP ratio.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 131

SAT-7
Element SAT Time: 1.4
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16C
Lineup: P, IP
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

Mission Objectives:
Practice:
 LGB employment
 IAM employment
 Unguided weapons employment (tactical)
Mission Tasks:
*1. Surface-to-air threat reactions
*2. LGB employment
*3. IAM employment
4. Unguided weapons employment (tactical)
*5. HAS
Syllabus Notes:
1. This mission is designed to provide students the ability to focus on a specific unfamiliar mission type or weapons
delivery (medium-altitude GP, IAM SPI SLEW, LOWAT Paveway II, etc.) based on the student’s previous
experience and follow-on assignment mission requirements.
2. Inert IAM and Paveway II munitions are desired for this mission.
3. This mission will be flown as a flight lead upgrade sortie.
132 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

5-20. Close Air Support (CAS) Module Sorties

CAS-1
Close Air Support Time: 1.5
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16C
Lineup: IP, P
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 CAS
Execution Objectives:
Demonstrate Proficiency:
 CAS (TX 1A)
Milestone Tasks:
 HAS (TX 1A)
 Straight-in / random entry SFO (TX 1A)
Mission Tasks:
*1. TACS / AAGS communication
*2. LGB employment
*3. IAM employment
*4. Surface-to-air threat reactions (medium-altitude)
*5. HAS
*a. Moving target employment (Note 2)
*6. Straight-in / random entry SFO
Syllabus Notes:
1. Fly this mission with FAC(A) / JTAC support to the maximum extent possible. This sortie is compatible with the
F-16C Air Strike Control syllabus.
2. Plan at least one attack against an actual moving target if possible, otherwise simulate.
3. Marking devices / rockets are desired for direct support aircraft.
4. The mission may launch as a 3-ship with a MP as the dedicated FAC(A), or a D-model with an IP and MP, where
the RCP MP serves as the FAC(A). Avoid launching two C-models with no dedicated FAC(A) / JTAC support.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 133

CAS-2
Close Air Support Time: 1.8 (B); 1.5 (TX 2/3, SOC 1F)
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16C
Lineup: IP, P (B, TX 2/3); P, IP (SOC 1F)
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 CAS (TX 2/3 SOC 1F)
Practice:
 CAS (B)
Execution Objectives:
Demonstrate Proficiency:
 CAS (B)
Milestone Task:
 Day air refueling (B)
Mission Tasks:
1. Air refueling (* for B) (Note 1)
*2. TACS / AAGS communication
*3. Surface-to-air threat reactions (medium-altitude)
4. LGB employment
5. IAM employment
6. Unguided weapons employment (tactical)
*7. HAS
*a. Moving target employment (Note 3)
Syllabus Notes:
1. The student will lead to the tanker. Mission need not be incomplete for air refueling if previously flown solo.
2. Fly this mission with FAC(A) / JTAC support to the maximum extent possible. This sortie is compatible with the
F-16C Air Strike Control syllabus.
3. Plan at least one attack against an actual moving target if possible, otherwise simulate.
4. This mission may be flown as part of a LFE. If flying as part of a LFE, live / inert ordnance is not authorized.
Ensure scenario allows adequate CAS training.
5. Marking devices / rockets are desired for direct support aircraft.
6. The mission may launch as a 3-ship with a MP as the dedicated FAC(A), or a D-model with an IP and MP, where
the RCP MP serves as the FAC(A). Avoid launching two C-models with no dedicated FAC(A) / JTAC support.
7. This mission will be flown as a flight lead upgrade sortie for SOC 1F.
134 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

5-21. Surface Attack Night (SAN) Module Sorties

SAN-1
Night Element SAT / Preplanned Targeting Time: 1.4
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16D (B); F-16D, F-16D (TX 1)
Lineup: IP, P/IP (B); P/IP, P/IP (TX 1)
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 HAS (night)
 Surface-to-air threat reactions (night)
 Element SAT night
Practice:
 NVG operations
Execution Objectives:
Demonstrate Proficiency:
 NVG operations (TX 1A) (Note 2)
Milestone Tasks:
 Surface-to-air threat reactions (night) (TX 1A)
Mission Tasks:
*1. Radar-assisted trail departure
*2. Basic formation (NVG)
*3. Tactical formation (NVG)
*4. LGB employment
*a. Paveway II attack
*b. Paveway II dive-glide attack
5. Single Ship LOWAT Fam (IP Chase)
a. Level Hard Turn
b. 30 Up / 20 Down
c. Surface-to-air threat reaction LOWAT (NVG)
6. IAM employment (* for TX 1) (Note 3)
*7. HAS (night) (Note 4)
*8. Surface-to-air threat reactions (night)
*9. Battle damage check
*10. Radar-assisted trail recovery
*11. Precision approach
Syllabus Notes:
1. This mission is exempt from the NVG 10-day rule. Reference paragraph 2-8b(1).
2. Demonstrate Proficiency only applies to previously qualified NVG TX 1 students. If the TX 1 student is not
previously NVG qualified, this Demonstrate Proficiency will occur on SAN-5.
3. Task only applies to previously qualified NVG TX 1A students. If the TX 1A student is not previously NVG
qualified, conduct mission IAW B course syllabus / tasks.
4. A lighted range is required for the student’s first attempt at night HAS.
5. NVG solo clearance mission. NVG operations must be graded to a “1.”
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 135

SAN-2
Night Element SAT / Preplanned Targeting / Dynamic Targeting Time: 1.4
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16C
Lineup: IP, P
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Sensor formation
 Dynamic targeting
 Single-ship tactical intercepts to TGP ID (night)
Practice:
 NVG operations
 Element SAT night
 Surface-to-air threat reactions (night)
Mission Tasks:
*1. Radar-assisted trail departure
*2. Tactical formation (NVG)
*3. Sensor formation
*4. Surface-to-air threat reactions (night)
*5. Dynamic targeting
*6. LGB employment
*7. IAM employment
*8. Single-ship tactical intercepts to TGP ID (night)
*9. Radar-assisted trail recovery
*10. Precision approach
Syllabus Notes: None.
136 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

SAN-3
Night Close Air Support Time: 1.4
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16C
Lineup: IP, P (B, TX 1B); P, IP (SOC 1F)
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 HAS (night) (SOC 1F)
 Surface-to-air threat reactions (night) (SOC 1F)
Practice:
 HAS (night) (B, TX 1B)
 Surface-to-air threat reactions (night) (B, TX 1B)
 CAS (B)
 NVG operations (B)
Execution Tasks:
Demonstrate Proficiency:
 CAS (TX 1B)
 NVG operations (TX 1B) (Note 2)
Milestone Task:
 HAS (night) (B, TX 1B)
 Surface-to-air threat reactions (night) (TX 1B)
 Night air refueling (B)
Mission Tasks:
1. Radar-assisted trail departure (* for B)
2. Night air refueling (* for B)
*3. LGB employment
*4. IAM employment
*5. HAS (night)
*6. Surface-to-air threat reactions (night)
7. Radar-assisted trail recovery (* for B)
8. Instrument approach (* for B)
Syllabus Notes:
1. Fly this mission with FAC(A) / JTAC support to the maximum extent possible.
2. Demonstrate Proficiency only applies to previously qualified NVG TX 1 students. If the TX 1 student is not
previously NVG qualified, this Demonstrate Proficiency will occur on SAN-5.
3. Marking devices / rockets are desired for direct support aircraft.
4. This mission will be flown as a flight lead upgrade sortie for SOC 1F.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 137

SAN-4
Night Four-Ship SAT Time: 1.4
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16C, F-16C, F-16C
Lineup: IP, P, IP, P
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X A/R A/R

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Four-ship NVG tactical formation
Practice:
 NVG operations
 Surface-to-air threat reactions (night)
 Night element SAT
Execution Objectives:
Milestone Tasks:
 Surface-to-air threat reactions (night)
Mission Tasks:
*1. Radar-assisted trail departure
*2. Four-ship NVG tactical formation
*3. LGB employment
*a. Paveway II attacks (FRA)
*b. Paveway II dive-glide attacks (Note 1)
*4. IAM employment
*5. Surface-to-air threat reactions (night)
*6. Radar-assisted trail recovery
*7. Precision approach
Syllabus Notes: Item 3b is required IAW AFI 11-2F-16V1.
138 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

SAN-5
Night Four-Ship Opposed SAT Time: 1.4
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16C, F-16C, F-16C, F-16C
Lineup: IP, P, IP, P, MP
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X A/R A/R

Execution Objectives:
Demonstrate Proficiency:
 NVG operations
 Night element SAT
Mission Tasks:
*1. Radar-assisted trail departure
*2. Four-ship A-A employment
*a. CAP procedures
*b. BVR employment
*c. AAMD
*3. LGB employment
4. IAM employment
*5. Surface-to-air threat reactions (night)
6. Radar-assisted trail recovery
7. Instrument approach
Syllabus Notes:
1. Mission may be effective as a 3-ship if 4-ship tactical formation was accomplished on SAN-4.
2. Minimum of one adversary required for mission to be complete. FS/DO may authorize up to four adversaries.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 139

SAN-6
NVG Operations Time: 2.0
Aircraft: F-16C, F-16D
Crew: IP, P/IP
B TX 1A TX 1B TX 2 TX 3 SOC 1B SOC 1C SOC 1D SOC 1E SOC 1F SOC 2 SOC 3

X X

Mission Objectives:
Introduce:
 Basic night operations
 NVG operations
 Air refueling (night)
 Basic formation (NVG)
 Tactical formation (NVG)
 HAS (night)
 Night element SAT
 Surface-to-air threat reactions (night)
 VFR patterns and landings (night)
Execution Objectives:
Milestone Tasks:
 Radar-assisted trail departure (TX 3)
 Radar-assisted trail recovery (TX 3)
 Basic night operations
 Basic formation (NVG)
 Tactical formation (NVG)
 Surface-to-air threat reactions (night)
 Full stop landing (night)
Mission Tasks:
*1. NVG operations *9. LGB employment
a. NVG fitting / adjustment *10. IAM employment
b. NVG ground procedures *11. Surface-to-air threat reactions (night)
*2. Radar-assisted trail departure *12. HAS (night)
a. NVG donning 13. Recovery
*3. Basic formation (NVG) *a. NVG de-goggle / stowing procedures
*4. Night air refueling *14. Radar-assisted trail recovery
*5. G-awareness exercise *15. Precision approach
6. Airwork 16. VFR patterns and landings (night)
a. Horizon check *17. Full stop landing (night)
*7. Tactical formation (NVG)
*8. In-flight demonstrations
*a. Aircraft lighting demonstration
*b. Afterburner demonstration
*c. Chaff / flare demonstration
*d. Battle damage check
Syllabus Notes:
1. If the student was not previously NVG qualified, omit NVG tasks and employ from night radar trail formation.
2. If the student was previously NVG qualified in the F-16, this sortie may be used to regain NVG currency with a NVG
qualified IP. Reference paragraph 5-1m.
140 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

Chapter 6

Initial Qualification (B) Course

Section A. Course Description / Accounting

6-1. Course Title — F-16C/D Initial Qualification

6-2. Course Identifier — F16C0B00PL (Luke/Holloman)

6-3. Course Objective — Provide Initial Qualification Training (IQT) in the F-16C/D to produce pilots with basic
proficiency in element air-to-air (A-A) and element air-to-surface (A-S) mission tasks. Differences in the syllabi between
Luke/Holloman (Active Duty) and Air National Guard (ANG) units are designed to produce an equivalent student based on
hardware and training device limitations. This syllabus lists training being conducted at Luke AFB/Holloman AFB.

6-4. Location — 56 FW, Luke AFB AZ or Holloman AFB, NM.

6-5. Duration — 154 training days (28 ground, 126 flying training days) based on a class of 16. Classes with more than
16 students require 8 additional days per student.

6-6. Status Upon Graduation — Graduates fulfill all IQT requirements contained in AFI 11-2F-16V1 and are issued an
AF Form 8, Certificate of Aircrew Qualification, after completion of the Instrument / Qualification (I/Q) Evaluation.
Specifically, B course graduates:

a. Will be proficient in the milestone tasks and the demonstrate proficiency items listed in paragraph 6-16.

b. Will receive initial qualification in A-A gun, AIM-9 (including AIM-9X when available), AIM-120, unguided
bomb, IAMs, LGBs, and tactical strafe weapons employment IAW AFI 11-2F-16V1.

c. Will be certified LOWAT Category I (500 ft AGL) IAW AFI 11-2F-16V1.

d. Will be certified as a 4-ship NVG wingman IAW AFI 11-2F-16V1.

e. Will be targeting pod (TGP) qualified IAW AFI 11-2F-16V1, with the exception of Paveway III and advanced
targeting pod (ATP) tasks.

f. Will be familiar with 4-ship A-A employment.

g. Will be familiar with element low-altitude unguided munitions attacks.

h. Will be familiar with night dynamic targeting.

i. Will be familiar with A-A and A-S sensor management and prioritization to include FCR, TGP, NVG, HMCS,
and data link.

j. Will be familiar with sensor formations.

k. Will be familiar with Paveway III and Maverick operations through academics.

l. Will be familiar with Sniper ATP, laser JDAM, and laser Maverick through academics and/or training devices.

m. Will be familiar with large-force exercise (LFE) employment.

Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 141

6-7. Course Entry Prerequisites

a. Students must have graduated from Introduction to Fighter Fundamentals within 45 days of class start date.
Students not meeting this requirement must have flown their last BIT sortie within 45 days of class start date.

b. Meet one of these experience criteria:

(1) Fighter assignment from SUPT.

(2) T-6/T-38 instructor pilot selected for a fighter assignment.

c. Life support training

(1) Centrifuge training successfully completed IAW AFI 11-404.

(2) Physiological training IAW AFI 11-403 (current for the duration of the course).

(3) Combat and water survival training (desired, not required).

d. Security clearance requirements — See Chapter 1, Section A.

Section B. Training Summary

6-8. Flying Inventory

Transition (TR) Phase Summary

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Mission Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
TR-1 1.5 1 Single-Ship Operations
TR-2 1.5 1 Single-Ship Operations
TR-3 1.5 1 Element Operations / Clear Solo
TR-4 1.5 1 1.5 2 Element Ops / Initial Solo / Evaluation Preparation
TR-5 1.2 1 1.2 2 Instrument / Qualification (I/Q) Evaluation
INST-1 1.5 1 Instruments
INST-2 1.7 1 Instruments / Strange Field
INST-3 1.2 1 1.2 2 Instruments / ACBT
NTR-1 2.0 1 Element Night Operations / NVG Intro (AAR)
9 TR 13.6 3 3.9 6 6
142 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

Advanced Handling (AH) Phase Summary

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Mission Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
AHC 1.7 1 1.7 1 1 Advanced Handling Characteristics (AAR)
BFM-1 1.0 1 1.0 1 1 Offensive BFM
BFM-2 1.5 1 1.5 2 Offensive BFM (AAR)
BFM-3 1.0 1 1.0 2 Offensive BFM
BFM-4 1.0 1 1.0 1 1 Defensive BFM
BFM-5 1.0 1 1.0 2 Defensive BFM
BFM-6 1.0 1 1.0 2 Defensive BFM
BFM-7 1.0 1 1.0 2 High-Aspect BFM
BFM-8 1.0 1 1.0 2 High-Aspect BFM
BFM-9 1.0 1 1.0 2 High-Aspect BFM
10 AH 11.2 10 11.2 17 3

A-A Phase Summary

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Mission Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
ACM-1 1.0 2 2.0 3 Defensive ACM
ACM-2 1.0 2 2.0 3 Tap-the-CAP ACM
ACM-3 1.0 2 2.0 3 ACM
TI-1 1.3 1 1.3 1 1 Single-Ship TI
TI-2 1.3 2 2.6 3 Element TI
TI-3 1.5 3 4.5 4 Element TI
TI-4 1.5 1 1.5 2 Element TI
TI-5 1.5 3 4.5 4 Four-ship TI
ACT 1.5 3 4.5 4 Four-Ship ACT
NTI-1 1.4 1 1.4 1 1 Single-Ship TI (Night)
NTI-2 1.6 1 1.6 1 1 Element TI (Night) (AAR)
11 A-A 14.6 21 27.9 29 3
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 143

A-S Phase Summary

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Mission Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
LASDT-1 1.2 1 Low Altitude Step Down Training
LASDT-2 1.2 1 1.2 2 Element Low Altitude Step Down Training
SA-1 1.2 1 BSA
SA-2 1.3 1 1.3 2 BSA
SA-3 1.3 1 BSA
SA-4 1.3 1 1.3 2 BSA
SA-5 1.4 1 1.4 2 Live G
SA-6 1.4 1 1.4 1 1 LGB Employment
SA-7 1.4 1 IAM Employment
SA-8 1.4 1 1.4 2 Inert LGB / IAM Employment
SA-91 1.3 1 Air-to-Surface Employment / Strike
SA-101 1.3 1 1.3 2 Air-to-Surface Employment / Strike
SAT-1 1.3 1 1.3 1 1 Element Low-Altitude SAT
SAT-2 1.3 1 1.3 2 Element SAT / Preplanned Targeting
Element SAT / Preplanned Targeting / Dynamic
SAT-3 1.4 1 1.4 2
Targeting
SAT-4 1.4 1 1.4 2 Four-Ship SAT / Preplanned Targeting
SAT-5 1.4 2 2.8 3 Four-Ship Opposed SAT
SAT-6 1.7 2 3.4 3 LFE
CAS-1 1.5 1 1.5 2 Close Air Support
CAS-2 1.8 1 1.8 2 Close Air Support (AAR)
SAN-1 1.4 1 1.4 1 1 Night Element SAT / Preplanned Targeting
Night Element SAT / Preplanned Targeting /
SAN-2 1.4 1 1.4 2
Dynamic Targeting
SAN-3 1.4 1 1.4 2 Night Close Air Support
SAN-4 1.4 1 1.4 2 Night Four-Ship SAT
SAN-5 1.4 1.5 2.1 2.5 Night Four-Ship Opposed SAT
232 A-S 31.92 21.52 30.62 37.52 72
1
As required
2
Total does not include “as required” training

Flying Inventory Totals

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Mission Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
53 71.3 55.5 73.6 89.5 19 Totals do not include strike sorties
Student Sortie Requirement (SSR) = 53 + 55.5 + (0.07 x [53 + 55.5]) = 108.5 + 7.6 = 116.1
(SSR including strike sorties = 119.3)
Notes:
1. SSR = student + direct support + refly rate sorties.
2. Totals assume all direct support sorties are flown similar.
3. Refly rate is 7.0% of student and direct support sorties.
144 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

6-9. Device Training Inventory

Unit Training Devices (UTDs)

Student Data
Remarks
Device Hrs
UTD-1 0.5 UTD Introduction
UTD-2 1.5 Checklist Procedures
UTD-3 1.5 Engine Emergency Procedures
UTD-4 1.5 Aircraft Systems Emergency Procedures
UTD-6 1.5 Air-to-Air (A-A) Modes and Employment
UTD-7 1.5 Intercept Basics
UTD-8 1.5 Tactical Intercepts to a VID
UTD-9 1.5 BVR Employment
UTD-11 1.5 Conventional Deliveries
UTD-12 1.5 Systems and IAMs Deliveries
UTD-141 1.5 Introduction to Strike Operations
UTD-151 1.5 Block Differences
102 UTDs 14.02
1
As required
2
Total does not include “as required” training

Weapon Systems Trainers (WSTs)

Student Data
Remarks
Device Hrs
WST-1 1.5 Normal Checklist Procedures (VMC)
WST-2 1.5 Normal Instrument Procedures (IMC)
WST-3 1.5 Engine Emergency Procedures
WST-4 1.5 Aircraft Systems Emergency Procedures
WST-5 1.5 Emergency Procedures & Instrument Practice
WST-7 1.5 Emergency Procedures Evaluation (EPE)
WST-8 1.5 Intercepts I
WST-9 1.5 Tactical Intercepts to a VID I
WST-10 1.5 Tactical Intercepts to a VID II
WST-11 1.5 BVR Employment
WST-12 1.5 BVR Employment vs Multiple Groups
WST-17 1.5 Emergency Procedures Review / Night Instruments
WST-18 1.5 NVG Introduction
WST-19 1.5 Unguided Weapons Employment / Box Patterns
WST-20 1.5 Unguided Weapons Employment / Pop Patterns
WST-21 1.5 TGP Introduction
WST-22 1.5 Level GP / System / IAMs Deliveries
WST-23 1.5 Night Medium-Altitude Tactics
WST-24 1.5 Tactical Mission Emergency Practice
19 WSTs 28.5
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 145

Networked Training Centers (NTCs)

Student Data
Remarks
Device Hrs
NTC-1 1.0 Offensive BFM
NTC-2 1.0 Defensive BFM
NTC-3 1.0 High-Aspect BFM
NTC-4 1.0 ACM & Element TI
NTC-5 1.0 Element TI & AAMD
NTC-6 1.0 Element TI
NTC-7 1.0 BVR Launch and Leave
NTC-8 1.0 4 v X TI
NTC-9 1.0 4 v X ACT
NTC-10 1.0 Element Low-Altitude SAT
NTC-11 1.0 CAS Procedures
NTC-12 1.0 Four-Ship Opposed SAT
NTC-13 1.0 4 v X TI (Refresh)
NTC-14 1.0 4 v X ACT (Topoff)
NTC-15 1.0 Four-Ship AI LFE
NTC-16 1.0 Element Sniper / GBU-54
NTC-171 1.0 Data Link Operations
162 NTCs 16.02
1
As required
2
Total does not include “as required” training

Device Training Inventory Totals

Device Training Number Hours

Computer Instruction (CI) 5 2.5
Unit Training Device (UTD) 10 14.0
Weapon Systems Trainer (WST) 19 28.5
Networked Training Center (NTC) 16 16.0
Egress Procedures Trainer (EPT) 4 6.5
Totals 54 67.5
Note: Totals do not include “as required” training.

6-10. Ground and Academic Training Summary

Block 25 Block 42
Ground/Academic Training
Number Hours Number Hours
Specialized Training 35 58.5 36 60.5
Lectures 119 158.0 122 161.5
Workbooks 56 56.0 57 57.0
Interactive Courseware 47 23.5 49 24.5
Tests 9 9.0 9 9.0
Totals 266 305.0 273 312.5
Note: Academic times include all optional training.
146 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

6-11. Expendables / Range Requirements Summary

Chaff / Flare Summary

MJU-7/MK-206 Flares RR-170/RR-188 Chaff

Mission Numbers
P IP DS P IP DS
AHC 15 15 - - - -
BFM-1 thru 9 135 135 - - - -
ACM-1 thru 3 45 45 45 45 45 45
TI-1/2 30 30 15 30 30 15
TI-3/4 30 30 - 30 30 -
TI-5 15 15 15 15 15 15
ACT 15 15 15 15 15 15
NTI-1/2 30 30 - 30 30 -
LASDT-1/2 30 15 - 30 15 -
SA-5/8 60 60 - 60 60 -
SAT-1 thru 4 60 60 - 60 60 -
SAT-5/6 30 30 30 30 30 30
CAS-1/2 30 30 - 30 30 -
SAN-1 thru 4 60 60 - 60 60 -
SAN-5 15 15 15 15 15 15
Totals 600 585 135 450 435 135

Training Munitions Summary

AIM-9 BDU-33 PGU-27

Mission Numbers
P IP P IP P IP
AHC 1 1 - - - -
BFM-1 thru 9 9 9 - - - -
ACM-1 thru 3 3 3 - - - -
TI-1 thru 5 5 5 - - - -
ACT 1 1 - - - -
NTI-1/2 2 2 - - - -
LASDT-1/2 2 1 - - - -
SA-1 thru 4 - - 36 18 1640 400
SA-5 - - - - 410 200
SA-7/8 - - - - 820 200
SAT-1 1 1 - - - -
SAT-2/3 2 2 - - 820 400
SAT-4 thru 6 3 3 - - - -
CAS-1/2 - - - - 820 400
SAN-1 - - - - 410 200
SAN-3 - - - - 410 200
SAN-5 1 1 - - - -
Totals 30 29 36 18 5330 2000
Note: Munitions summary assumes 9 BDU-33s on SA-1 – 4, and 410 rounds per P and
200 per IP on any SA / SAT / CAS / SAN sorties as required.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 147

Heavyweight / Live Munitions Summary

MK-82 Inert GBU-38 Inert GBU-12

Mission Numbers
P IP P IP P IP
SA-5 6 6 - - - -
SA-8 - - 1 1 1 1
Totals 6 6 1 1 1 1

A-S Range Summary

Manned Conventional Unmanned Tactical

Mission Numbers
P P
SA-1 thru 4 4 -
SA-5 thru 8 - 4
SAT-1 thru 6 - 6
SAN-1 1 1
SAN-2 thru 5 - 4
Totals 5 15

Section C. Aircraft Configurations — See Chapter 1, Section D.

Section D. Training Management — See Chapter 2, Section B, along with the following:

6-12. Proficiency Advancement — Not authorized for B course.

Note: IFF (Flight Commander’s IFF Feedback / AGEP survey) appears on the course maps. This event must be
accomplished after SA-8 and before the student’s last sortie.

6-13. SNP Limits — See Chapter 2, Section B, paragraph 2-9f.

“SNP” Sortie Limits

“SNP” Sorties
Training Phase
Allowed
TR 3
AH 3
A-A 3
A-S 4
Course Limit 8

6-14. Fighter Aircrew Conditioning Program (FACP) — See Chapter 2, paragraph 2-12.

Section E. Grading Procedures — See Chapter 2, Section C.

6-15. Academic Training Standards — See Chapter 2, paragraph 2-13.

6-16. Grading Criteria — See Chapter 2, Section C, paragraph 2-14.

148 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

Milestone Task Requirements

TR Phase Milestone Tasks Milestone Sortie CTS

Critical action procedures WST-5 3
Emergency procedures WST-5 2
Instrument unusual attitude recoveries WST-5 2
Normal checklist procedures TR-4 2
Ground operations TR-4 2
Single-ship takeoff TR-4 2
Departure TR-4 2
Airwork TR-4 2
G-awareness exercise TR-4 2
Basic formation TR-4 2
Tactical formation TR-4 2
Rejoins TR-4 2
Lost wingman exercise / procedures TR-4 2
Instrument procedures TR-4 2
Precision approach TR-4 2
Non-precision approach TR-4 2
VFR patterns and landings (day) TR-4 2
SFO TR-4 2

AH Phase Milestone Tasks Milestone Sortie CTS

Horn awareness and recovery training series (HARTS) AHC 2
FENCE check BFM-3 2
Floor awareness BFM-6 2

A-A Phase Milestone Tasks Milestone Sortie CTS

AIM-9 employment ACM-3 2
AIM-120 employment TI-5 2
Day AAMD TI-5 2
Training rule adherence (A-A) TI-5 2
Night AAMD NTI-2 2

A-S Phase Milestone Tasks Milestone Sortie CTS

Single-ship low-altitude maneuvering (500 ft AGL) LASDT-1 2
Low-altitude tactical formation (LATF) LASDT-2 2
Element low-altitude maneuvering (500 ft AGL) LASDT-2 2
Low-altitude AAMD LASDT-2 2
Training rule adherence (A-S) SA-4 2
LAS SA-4 2
Full-scale weapons delivery SAT-2 2
Surface-to-air threat reactions (low-altitude) SAT-1 2
Unguided weapons employment (tactical) SAT-2 2
HAS SAT-2 2
HAS (night) SAN-3 2
LGB employment SA-8 2
IAM employment SA-8 2
Surface-to-air threat reactions (medium-altitude) SAT-5 2
Surface-to-air threat reactions (night) SAN-4 2
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 149

Non-Phase Milestone Tasks Milestone Sortie CTS

AGSM BFM-1 2
Formation takeoff BFM-5 2
Formation landing BFM-5 2
Radar-assisted trail departure NTI-2 2
Radar-assisted trail recovery NTI-2 2
Basic night operations NTI-2 2
Basic formation (NVG) NTI-2 2
Tactical formation (NVG) NTI-2 2
Full stop landing (night) NTI-2 2
Straight-in / random entry SFO SA-6 2
Day air refueling CAS-2 2
Night air refueling SAN-3 2
Cockpit Resource Management
Situational awareness SAT-5 2
Communication SAT-5 2
Risk management / decision making SAT-5 2
Task management SAT-5 2
Mission preparation / planning SAT-5 2
Flight integrity SAT-5 2

b. Demonstrate Proficiency — B course students must demonstrate proficiency in the following mission types /
disciplines as defined by paragraph 2-9c(2)(a).

Demonstrate Proficiency Sortie

Offensive BFM BFM-3
Defensive BFM BFM-6
High-aspect BFM BFM-9
ACM ACM-3
Day element tactical intercepts TI-5
Night element tactical intercepts NTI-2
Basic surface attack SA-4
Day element SAT SAT-5
Night element SAT SAN-5
CAS CAS-2
NVG operations SAN-5

Section F. Course Flow

6-17. Course Map Description / Legend — See Chapter 2, paragraph 2-16.

150 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

6-18. Course Map

T
L-160-2 2.0
D I-161 0.5
FLCS NORMAL
L-180 1.0
FLCS MALS & INSTRUMENT
OPS &
EMERS RECOVERIES
LIMITATIONS

L-160-1 2.0 L-181 1.0 W-128 1.0

FLIGHT INSTRUMENT LINK/SADL
CONTROL SYS TRAINING INTRODUCTION
10

I-160-2 0.5 L-148

I-160-1 0.5 I-180 0.5 T-003 1.0
FLCS NORMAL 14
FLIGHT INSTRUMENT PW220
OPS &
CONTROL SYS RECOVERIES ENGINE TEST
LIMITATIONS

L-143-2 1.5
W-160 1.0 L-143-1 1.5
ELECTRICAL L-131
FLIGHT ELECTRICAL
SYSTEM L-132
CONTROL SYS SYSTEM
9 MALS & EMERS L-133
L-134
L-135
I-143-2 0.5 &
L-117 0.5 Associated
L-148 ELECTRICAL
LIGHTING Workbooks
14 SYSTEM
SYSTEMS
MALS & EMERS

L-142 0.5 L-141-1 1.5 L-141-2 1.5 I-143-1 0.5 W-143 1.0
ENV. CONTROL HYDRAULIC HYDRAULIC SYS ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL
SYSTEM SYSTEM MALS & EMERS SYSTEM SYSTEM
8

L-148 L-148
I-117 0.5 I-142 0.5 I-141-1 0.5 I-141-2 0.5
LIGHTING ENV. CONTROL 14 HYDRAULIC HYDRAULIC SYS 14
SYSTEMS SYSTEM SYSTEM MALS & EMERS

W-141 1.0
W-117 1.0 W-142 1.0 L-140-2 1.0 L-134 1.5 L-135 1.5
L-140-1 1.5 HYDRAULIC &
LIGHTING ENV. CONTROL FUEL SYSTEM PW220 MALS PW220 MALS
FUEL SYSTEM LANDING
SYSTEMS SYSTEM MALS & EMERS AND EMERS I AND EMERS II
7 SYSTEMS

L-133 1.5
I-140-2 0.5
I-140-1 0.5 PW220 ENGINE I-136-2 0.5
FUEL SYSTEM
FUEL SYSTEM NORMAL OPS & PW220 ENGINE II
MALS & EMERS
LIMITATIONS

S-136 1.0 L-132 1.5 T-001 1.0

L-131 1.5
PW220 ENGINE PW220 AVIONICS
PW220 ENGINE I
ORIENTATION ENGINE II TEST
6
L-111
W-140 1.0 IN-PROCESSING I-136-1 0.5 L-113
FUEL SYSTEM 8.0 PW220 ENGINE I L-114
L-115
L-116
W-118
CI-5 0.5 CI-1-5
W-131 1.0 &
AVIONICS
PW220 ENGINE Associated
REVIEW
5 Workbooks

CI-4 0.5 L-116 2.5

TR-1
INS EGI
23

S-104 2.0
CI-3 0.5 PHYSICAL
HUD CONDITIONING
4 PROGRAM

CI-2 0.5 L-113 1.0

I-116 0.5
MFD/SMS HUD AND CARA
EGI

L-115 1.0 W-116 1.0 W-116-1 1.0

L-114 1.5
MASTER MODES EMBEDDED NAV SYSTEM
MFDS
AND SMS GPS/INS THEORY
3

I-115 0.5 W-118 1.0

CI-1 0.5 I-114 0.5 I-113 0.5 W-113 1.0
MASTER MODES FLIGHT
UFC/CNI MFDS HUD AND CARA HUD AND CARA
AND SMS INSTRUMENTS

W-115 1.0 UTD-2

W-114 1.0 L-111 3.0
MASTER MODES 14
MFDS UFC/CNI
AND SMS
2

W-104 1.0
I-111-P 0.5 UTD-1 0.5
I-111-3 0.5 I-111-2 0.5 I-111-1 0.5 W-111 1.0 PHYSICAL
UFC/CNI UTD
UFC/CNI III UFC/CNI II UFC/CNI I UFC/CNI CONDITIONING
PRACTICE INTRODUCTION
PROGRAM

I-110 0.5 W-101 1.0 S-102-B 1.0

S-101-B 2.0
CBITS FIGHTER COURSE
WELCOME
INTRODUCTION PILOT 101 OVERVIEW
1
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 151

T
D W-100 1.0
HPE / ORM

WST-4 1.5
A/C SYS
EMERGENCY
PROCEDURES
20

W-184 1.0 UTD-4 1.5

PW220 A/C SYS
PERFORMANCE EMERGENCY
CALCS PROCEDURES
19

WST-3 1.5
S-186 1.5
ENGINE
A/C FAM &
EMERGENCY
PREFLIGHT
PROCEDURES
18
UTD-3 1.5
I-186 0.5
ENGINE
EXTERIOR
EMERGENCY
INSPECTION
PROCEDURES

17
WST-2 1.5
CRM-3 NORMAL
37 INSTRUMENT
PROCEDURES

CRM-2 1.0 CRM-1 1.0

COCKPIT COCKPIT
RESOURSE RESOURSE
MNGMT II MNGMT I
16
WST-1 1.5
AHC NORMAL
CHECKLIST
38
PROCEDURES

L-170 2.0
EPT-1 2.0 (BLOCK 42)
PW220
EGRESS SG-107 2.0 L-165
EMER PROC
TRAINING HMCS FIT
REVIEW
15
S-105 L-148 1.5
L-182 1.0
73 FLAMEOUT T-004 1.0
VFR PATTERNS
PATTERNS & FLCS TEST
& LANDINGS
LANDINGS

S-107 2.0 UTD-2 1.5 L-135 L-160-1

LIFE SUPPORT UTD-1 CHECKLIST L-140-2 L-160-2
FITTING PROCEDURES L-141-2 L-161
14 L-143-2 L-165
&
Associated
W-107 1.0 Workbooks
TR-1
ESCAPE
SYSTEMS 23 L-111
L-113
L-114
L-115
L-109-2 1.0 L-116
L-109-1 1.0 L-109-3 1.0 L-109-4 1.0
IRC: DEPT & EN S-109 4.0
IRC: FLIGHT IRC: ARRIVAL IRC: INST
ROUTE IRC TEST
PLANNING PROCEDURES TECHNIQUES
PROCEDURES
13

W-109 1.0 L-150-2 1.0 L-150-3 1.0 S-187 0.5

S-188 1.5
INSTRUMENT PW220 NORM PW220 NORM TR TRAINING
ATC
REFRESHER CHECKLIST CHECKLIST DEVICE
ORIENTATION
COURSE PROCEDURES II PROCEDURES III BRIEFING

L-150-1 1.0
PW220 NORM
CHECKLIST
PROCEDURES I
12
L-170 L-140-1
W-150 1.0 T-002 1.0
GROUND 15 L-140-2 MISC A/C SYS
OPERATIONS L-141-1 TEST
L-141-2
L-142
L-143-1
L-143-2
L-161 2.0 L-165 1.5 L-128 0.5
&
FLCS MALS & OUT-OF-CNTRL LINK/SADL
Associated
EMERS & FLT CHAR. INTRODUCTION
Workbooks
11
152 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

T
L-228(S) 2.0
D UTD-7
LINK/SADL
41 A-A OPS

WST-7 1.5
EMERGENCY
PROCEDURES
EVALUATION
30

W-228 1.0
LINK/SADL
A-A OPS

INST-2
D L-250 1.0 L-251 1.5
A-A GUN EEGS

29

WST-5 1.5
EMERGENCY
PROC & INST
PRACTICE
W-250 1.0 W-251 1.0
A-A GUN EEGS
28

L-235-1
39

L-230 (S) 2.0

AIM-9 MISSILE
INST-1 EMPLOYMENT
D

27
W-211 1.0
A-A WEAPONS
EMPLOYMENT

L-225 (S) 1.5 I-230 0.5

AIM-9 AIM-9 MISSILE
MISSILES EMPLOYMENT
26

L-210-2 2.0
A-A RADAR II

TR-2
D

25

I-210-2 0.5
A-A RADAR II

L-210-1 2.0
A-A RADAR I

24

L-208 1.0
I-210-1 0.5
PRINCIPLES OF
A-A RADAR I
RADAR

S-104
S-107 TR-1 W-210 1.0
S-109 D A-A RADAR

23

S-195 3.0 S-189 (S) 1.0

L-232 L-145
INITIAL QUAL SECURITY
TESTS 36 32 PROCEDURES

S-192 0.5 S-244-1 S-191 1.0

W-208 1.0
FLIGHT CHECK TRANSITION
37 PRINCIPLES OF
REQUIREMENTS PHASE
RADAR
BRIEF BRIEF
22

W-146 1.0 EOPC 0.5

DATA TRANSFER TRANSITION
EQUIPMENT PHASE CRITIQUE

L-200
W-183 1.0 T-005 1.0
L-100B-2 1.0 L-100B-1 1.0
37 F-16 D-MODEL EMERGENCY
HPE II HPE I
DIFFERENCES PROC TEST
21
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 153

T
D
L-235-2 1.5
BASIC
INTERCEPTS II
BFM-1
D

40

L-235-1 1.5
BASIC L-225(S)
T-006 1.0
INTERCEPTS I
A-A TEST I

39
L-208
I-235 0.5 L-210-1/2
BASIC L-250
INTERCEPTS L-251
L-255
&
W-235 1.0 AHC SG-107 Associated
BASIC D Workbooks
S-244-2 L-300
INTERCEPTS
56 88
38

S-244-1 1.0
L-200 1.0 CRM-4
A-H PHASE
A-A HPE
BRIEF 90

S-191 L-100B-2
CRM-3 1.0
A-A CRM

37
CRM-2
L-232 2.0
AIR REFUELING

S-191 NTC-1 1.0

OFFENSIVE
BFM
36
(BLOCK 25) (BLOCK 42)
LC-249 1.0 LG-247 1.0 I-232 0.5
SELF-PROTECT SELF-PROTECT AIR REFUELING
SYSTEMS SYSTEMS

(BLOCK 25) (BLOCK 42)

TR-5
LC-246 (S) 1.5 LG-246 (S) 1.5 W-232 1.0
ALR-69/ALQ-213 ALR-69 THREAT
C AIR REFUELING
S-202-1(S) L-260
INTEGRATION WARNING SYS 47 41
35
(BLOCK 25) (BLOCK 42) L-220 (S) 1.0
L-255 2.0
IC-249 0.5 IG-247 0.5 ENERGY
OFFENSIVE
SELF-PROTECT SELF-PROTECT MANEUVER-
BFM
SYSTEMS SYSTEMS ABILITY

(BLOCK 25) (BLOCK 42)

WC-249 1.0 IG-246 0.5
SELF-PROTECT ALR-69 THREAT
SYSTEMS WARN SYS
34
(BLOCK 42)
(BLOCK 42)
WG-247 1.0
LG-213-SV 0.5
SELF-PROTECT
HMCS
SYSTEMS

TR-4
C

33

(BLOCK 42)
L-145 1.5 WG-213 1.0
HAVE QUICK UTD-7
HMCS
41

S-191 UTD-6 1.5

L-241(S) A-A MODES &
62 EMPLOYMENT
32
L-226 (S) 1.5
I-145 0.5 AIM-120
HAVE QUICK INTRO AND WVR
EMPLOYMENT

W-145 1.0 TR-3 W-231 1.0

HAVE QUICK D WPN SYS /
FENCE CHECKS
31
154 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

T
D
S-202-2 (S) 3.0
INTEL NTC-3 1.0
A-A THREATS II HIGH ASPECT
BFM

50

T-007 1.0
A-A TEST II
BFM-5
C
L-275

49 55

WST-8
L-232
L-235-1/2
L-265 2.0
UTD-8 1.5 LG-247
HIGH ASPECT
TACTICAL LC-249
BFM
INTERCEPTS TO L-260
VID &
Associated
L-260 Workbooks

48
S-202-1 (S) 3.0
INTEL
A-A THREATS I

BFM-4
L-220(S) D

47

L-239 (S) 2.0

A-A THREAT
REACTIONS

T-007
49
46

WST-8 1.5
INTERCEPT I

45

BFM-3
C

44

NTC-2 1.0
DEFENSIVE
BFM

43

BFM-2
C

42
L-265
48

UTD-7 1.5 L-260 2.0

UTD-6
INTERCEPT DEFENSIVE
WST-7
BASICS BFM

L-255
41
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 155
156 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

T
D S-303-1 (S) 2.5
INTEL
S-A
THREATS I

S-202-3(S)

70

NTC-7
NTC-6 1.0
73
ELEMENT TI

69

ACM-2
C

68

L-270 (S) 2.0 WST-11 1.5

RADAR ECCM BVR
CAPABILITIES EMPLOYMENT

67

L-268 1.0
ELECTRONIC
ATTACK &
COUNTER ATK

66

UTD-9 1.5
WST-10 BVR TI-2
EMPLOYMENT C

65

L-240-3 (S) 1.5

TI
L-240-2 (S)
LAUNCH AND
LEAVE

64
L-801 L-301
74 82

S-244-2 TI-1
L-243 (S) 1.5
WST-10 D
A-A SHOT / KILL
& ACMI DEBRIEF
63

L-241 (S) 1.5

L-226(S) AIM-120 BVR
EMPLOYMENT

62

NTC-5 1.0
ELEMENT TI &
AAMD

61
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 157

T
D S-830
NTC-12 127
116
NTC-9
137 TI-5 S-341 1.0
NTR/NTI L-800-2 1.0
C MODULE NVG CRM
BRIEF
80

L-824 (S) 2.0

NVG CONTRACTS
AND A-A
EOPC 0.5 NTC-8 1.0 EMPLOYMENT
A-A PHASE 4VX
CRITIQUE TI

79

EPT-3 1.5 TI-4

EGRESS C
TRAINING
78

WST-18 1.5
NVG
INTRODUCTION

77

L-805 0.5
AEROMEDICAL
EFFECT OF
NIGHT OPS

L-803 1.0
NVG
MISPERCEPTION
& ILLUSIONS
76

WST-17 1.5 L-804 2.5

EP REVIEW NVG
AND NIGHT DESCRIPTION &
INSTRUMENTS USE

WST-12 W-804 1.0

NVG
DESCRIPTION &
75 USE

L-802 1.5 L-801 1.0

NIGHT VISION HUMAN VISUAL
DEVICES SYSTEM

TI-3
C
L-243(S)
74

W-802 1.0
S-105 1.0 NIGHT VISION LASDT-1 L-355(S)
NVG FITTING DEVICES
NTC-7 1.0 91 87
ELEMENT BVR NTC-6
L&L
S-311(S)
S-107 S-303-3 (S) 1.0
110 INTEL TEST
S-A THREATS
73

S-303-2 (S) 2.5

INTEL
S-A
THREATS II

72 WST-17

75

WST-12 1.5
BVR
EMPLOYMENT ACM-3
MULTI GROUPS
C

71
158 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

T
D CRM-4 1.0 S-360
A-S CRM
110

CRM-3
L-320 S-326 1.0
LASDT/SA
S-244-2
MODULE
BRIEFING
90
WST-19 1.5
UNGUIDED
WPNS EMPLOY/
BOX PATTERNS

SAT-3
115

89

L-300 1.0
A-S HPE

NTI-2
D
L-200
88
L-355(S) 1.5 L-303 1.5
W-300 1.0 SURFACE-TO- JMPS
A-S HPE AIR THREAT MISSION
REACTIONS PLANNING

S-303-3(S) L-318-1

87
T-008
94

UTD-11 1.5 NTI-1

L-305 0.5
CONVENTIONAL D
TNG EQUIP &
DELIVERIES
ORDNANCE
PREFLIGHT
86
L-330 L-350 CRM-4
W-321 1.0
COMP DELIVERY 92 96 90
ERROR
ANALYSIS

L-351 1.0 L-320 2.0

SAFE ESCAPE & AGR CONV
MIN REL ALT DELIVERIES
85

I-351 0.5 W-320 1.0

SAFE ESCAPE & AGR CONV
MIN REL ALT DELIVERIES

NTR-1
W-351 1.0 D
SAFE ESCAPE
& MIN REL ALT
84

L-323 L-303
94 87

L-318 2.0
NAVIGATION
SYSTEMS

83
I-318 0.5
NAVIGATION L-327
SYSTEMS 92

W-318 1.0 L-302 1.0

L-301 1.5
NAVIGATION SMS A-S
A-S AVIONICS
SYSTEMS OPERATIONS
82
L-243(S) I-302 0.5
I-301 0.5
SMS A-S
AUTO IFF
OPERATIONS

W-302 1.0
W-301 1.0
SMS A-S
A-S AVIONICS
OPERATIONS
81
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 159

T
D UTD-12
L-343 (S) 1.0
104
A-S SHOT KILL

L-825 (S) 2.0

TGP A-S
EMPLOYMENTI
100

L-812-2 0.5
PAVEWAY III
DESCRIPTION

NTC-10

SA-3 108 L-812-1 0.5

D PAVEWAY II
DESCRIPTION
99

W-812 1.0
PAVEWAY II & III
DESCRIPTION

L-811 2.5
TGP DESC &
OPERATIONS

98
L-333
L-332 1.0 I-385 0.5
106 IAMs IR THEORY &
EMPLOYMENT MSN PLANNING

SA-2 L-331 0.5 I-811 0.5

C IAMs TGP DESC &
DESCRIPTION OPERATIONS

97

L-350-1 1.0 W-811 1.0

W-331 1.0
WEAPONS/SMS TGP DESC &
IAMs
INTERFACE OPERATIONS
DESCRIPTION

L-350 1.0 W-385 1.0

L-320 CONV WEAPONS IR THEORY &
EFFECTS MSN PLANNING
96

L-324 1.0
SYSTEMS
W-310 1.0 DELIVERIES
HEAVYWEIGHT ACT
PERF CALC LASDT-2 139
C

95
WST-21
102 T-008 1.0 W-324 1.0
L-323 1.0
A-S SYSTEMS
A-S RADAR
TEST I DELIVERIES

WST-20 1.5
UNGUIDED
WPNS EMPLOY/
POP PATTERNS UTD-11 L-318
L-301
94 L-302
L-318
L-320
L-327
L-330 I-323 0.5
L-351 A-S RADAR
W-321
&
Associated
SA-1 Workbooks
D W-323 1.0
A-S RADAR

93
L-359 (S)
101

L-330 1.0 L-327 1.0

POP-UP AVIONICS
ATTACKS FAILURES

92

L-351 L-301

LASDT-1
W-327 1.0 D
AVIONICS
FAILURES
S-303-3 (S)
91
160 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

T S-360 1.0
D S-304 (S) 1.0 SAT/CAS
CSAR MODULE
BRIEF

S-311 (S) 1.0

GEO INFO & S-326
SERVICES/
ISOPREP
110

S-303-3(S)

INST-3 SA-8 L-336

C
146 130

109

NTC-10 1.0
SA-3
ELEMENT
L-359 (S)
LOW SAT

108

SA-7
D

107
WST-23
123 L-333 (S) 1.0
IAMs MSN
PLANNING

WST-22 1.5
EOPC LEVEL GP/SYS/
L-332
A-S IAM DELIVERIES
113

106

T-009 1.0
A-S
TEST II

SA-6
D
WST-21
L-323
105 L-324
L-331
L-332
L-811
L-812-1
L-812-2
&
Associated UTD-12 1.5 L-328 1.0
Workbooks SYSTEMS & IAMs LINK/SADL
DELIVERIES A-S OPS

104
L-343
W-328 1.0
(S)
LINK/SADL
A-S OPS

SA-5
C

103
WST-23 T-009

123 105

S-329 1.0
WST-21 1.5
LIVE
TGP WST-20
EMPLOYMENT
INTRODUCTION
102 BRIEFING

NTC-10
L-359 (S) 2.0
108
SAT PLANNING

SA-4
L-330 C

101
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 161

T
D

SAN-3
CAS-1 132
C
120

1.0
WG/CC
MENTORING

119

NTC-15
NTC-13 1.0
142
4 V X TI

118

SAN-4
134 SAT-4
C

117

NTC-12 1.0
FOUR-SHIP
OPP SAT
116

TI-5 SAN-1
128

SAT-3
C

115

NTI-2
NTC-11 1.0
CAS

114

L-370 2.0 EOPC 0.5

CLOSE AIR A-S PHASE
SUPPORT CRITIQUE

SAT-2
C T-009

113
S-388(S)

147

S-385 (S) 2.0

SCAR

112

SAT-1
D

111
162 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

T
AS REQUIRED
D L-336 (S) 1.0
WEAPON
DESCRIPTION

SAN-2
C SA-8

130

AS REQUIRED
W-335 1.0
SMS

129

SAN-1 SAT-3
D

128

S-830 1.0
SAN PHASE
BRIEFING

S-341
127

STOP FLY

148

126

CAS-2
C

125

I-185 0.5
CROSS
COUNTRY
TRAINING

124

WST-23 1.5
WST-21 NIGHT
WST-22 MEDIUM ALT
TACTICS

123

SAT-6 SAN-5

143 SAT-5 136

C

122

IFF 1.0
FLT CC IFF
FEEDBACK
AGEP SURVEY

121
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 163

T
D
NTC-14 1.0
4 V X ACT
(TOPOFF)

140

ACT
C

139

LASDT-2

138

L-339 (S) 1.0

NTC-9 1.0
SMALL
4 V X ACT
DIAMETER BOMB

TI-5
137

EPT-4 1.5
EGRESS
TRAINING
SAT-5 SAN-5
C

136
WST-24 1.5
TAC MISSION
EMERGENCY
PRACTICE
AS REQUIRED AS REQUIRED
LG-120 1.0 IG-120 0.5
ARC-210 ARC-210

135

L-389 0.5
LASER
MAVERICK

SAT-4 SAN-4
C L-334 0.5
LASER JDAM

134

L-387 1.0 L-386 1.0

MAVERICK MAVERICK
EMPLOYMENT DESCRIPTION

AS REQUIRED
UTD-14 1.5
STRIKE
OPERATIONS
133

I-387 0.5 I-386 0.5

MAVERICK MAVERICK
EMPLOYMENT DESCRIPTION

W-386 1.0 SAN-3 LG-814 2.0

CAS-1
MAVERICK C SNIPER POD
DESCRIPTION

132
AS REQUIRED
L-337 1.0
NUCLEAR WPNS
DELIVERIES

131
164 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

T
D IG-247 0.5 LG-248 (S) 1.5
LC-248 (S) 1.5 IC-249 0.5
SELF SELF
SELF-PROTECT SELF-PROTECT
PROTECTION PROTECTION
SYSTEMS SYSTEMS
SYSTEMS SYSTEMS

L-328 1.0 L-228 (S) 2.0

L-128 0.5
WG-213 1.0 LG-213 1.0 LINK/SADL LINK/SADL
LINK/SADL
HMCS HMCS A-S A-A
INTRO
OPERATIONS OPERATIONS
150
L-144-1 1.0 L-144-3 1.0
L-112 3.0 L-144-2 0.5 W-328 1.0 W-228 1.0 W-128 1.0
AIRCRAFT EMERGENCY
AVIONICS NORMAL OPS LINK/SADL LINK/SADL LINK/SADL
SYSTEM PROCEDURES
DIFFERENCES DIFFERENCES A-S OPS A-A OPS INTRO
DIFFERENCES DIFFERENCES

WG-247 1.0
W-112 1.0 W-318 1.0 W-160 1.0 WC-249 1.0 W-116 1.0
SELF-
AVIONICS NAVIGATION FLIGHT CONT SELF-PROTECT EMBEDDED
PROTECTION
DIFFERENCES SYSTEMS SYSTEM SYSTEMS GPS/INS
SYSTEMS

149

STOP FLY DAY

CAS-2

148

S-388 (S) 1.5 1.0

AOR BRIEFING, OG/CC or FG/CC
TERMS, ETC. MENTORING

S-385(S)

147

INST-3
C

146
SA-8

AS REQUIRED
L-338 0.5
WEAPON
SURETY A/R
SA-10
C
145

NTC-16 1.0
SNIPER/GBU-54

144

SAT-6
C

143

SAT-5

NTC-15 1.0
4-SHIP AI LFE

A/R
SA-9
NTC-13 D
142

141
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 165

T
D

160

159

158

157

156

155

GRADUATION

154

L-137-2 1.0 L-137-1 1.5

EOCC 0.5 GE-100/129 GE-100/129
ENGINE II ENGINE I

LJ-138 0.5 I-137-1 0.5 I-137-2 0.5

PW-229 ENGINE GE100/129 GE100/129
DIFFERENCES ENGINE I ENGINE II
153

NTC-17 1.0
DATA LINK
OPERATIONS

152

UTD-15 1.5
BLOCK
DIFFERENCES

151
166 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

Section G. Ground and Academic Training — See Chapter 3 for ground and academic training information.

Section H. Device Training — See Chapter 4 for Device Training information.

Section I. Flying Training — See Chapter 5 for Flying Training information.

6-19. General Flying Training Instructions — Chapter 5, paragraph 5-1 applies with the following exceptions:

a. The following events must first be accomplished with an IP in the RCP. In order to be cleared solo for these
events, students must achieve and maintain a minimum grade of “1,” except where noted.

Solo Clearance Events

Planned Sortie
(Accomplished in D Model)
F-16 TR-3
Formation takeoff AHC
Formation landing AHC
Day air refueling AHC
ACBT (AGSM requires min grade of “2”) BFM-1
Rolling takeoff BFM-4
Radar-assisted trail departure TI-1
Radar-assisted trail recovery TI-1
LOWAT LASDT-1
TMLT safe escape SA-1
System delivery1 SA-9
Basic night operations NTR-1
Night air refueling NTR-1
NVG operations SAN-1
1
As required

(1) If solo clearance event is attempted, but not received on the indicated sortie, the next sortie should be flown
dual to allow the event to be accomplished and solo clearance received. If a solo clearance event was
accomplished to solo-clearance standards on a mission that was graded overall “Non-Effective,” then the FS/DO
will determine if a D-model is required to complete the repeat of this mission.

(2) Solo clearance will be revoked if a student receives a grade of “0” or “D” on any of the solo clearance
events listed above after receiving solo clearance. The student must accomplish the task dual and receive at least
a “1” to regain solo clearance.

(3) A student who is cleared solo for night air refueling will automatically be cleared solo for day air refueling
(if not previously cleared solo).

(4) F-16 solo clearance on TR-3 requires VFR patterns, landings, and SFOs to be graded at least a “1.”

(5) Solo clearance for basic night operations requires night landings and basic night formation to be graded “1.”
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 167

6-20. TR Phase — See Chapter 5, Section B, for general TR Phase special instructions, along with the following:

a. Accomplish the following minimum course events before TR-5:

Course Minimum Events

Event Minimum
Nose high recovery (HARTS 2) 1
Horn demonstration maneuver (HARTS 3) 2
Instrument unusual attitude recovery 3
Holding 1
Penetration 2
Non-precision approach 2
Precision approach (total) 4
Precision approach HUD-off 1
SFO (total) 6
Straight-in / random entry SFO 1
Visual straight-in 1
VFR (overhead / closed) pattern (total) 10
HUD-off VFR (overhead / closed) pattern 1
Landing (total) 10
HUD-off landing 1

b. Accomplish the following minimum course events after TR-5:

Course Minimum Events

Event Minimum
Formation takeoff 3
Formation landing 3
SFO (total, including straight-in / random entry) 5
Straight-in / random entry SFO 4
HUD-on precision approach 9
HUD-off precision approach 2
HUD-off departure 1
Radar-assisted trail departure (total) 10
Radar-assisted trail departure as No. 3 or No. 4 2
Radar-assisted trail recovery (total) 8
Radar-assisted trail recovery as No. 3 or No. 4 2
Day air refueling (total) 2
Solo day air refueling 1
Night air refueling 2
Night landing 3
Dissimilar adversaries 1
FSWD 4

(1) Students must fly one high illumination and one low illumination sortie.

(2) If unable to complete the minimum, squadron supervision will document the unaccomplished task / event in
the GTIMS gradebook and on the end-of-course Training Summary (AETC Form 904) to highlight the shortfall.

(3) Subevents (HUD-off as No. 3 or No. 4 / straight-in/random entry / etc. count for total of overall event
(SFO / landing / etc.).
168 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

6-21. AH Phase — See Chapter 5, Section C, for general AH Phase special instructions.

6-22. A-A Phase — See Chapter 5, Section D, for general A-A Phase special instructions, along with the following:

a. Tactical intercepts to a TGP ID (day / night) may be introduced and accomplished anytime after TI-1 provided
applicable prerequisites are accomplished (TGP academic and device training).

6-23. A-S Phase — See Chapter 5, Section E, for general A-S Phase special instructions, along with the following:

a. Students should achieve these A-S weapons employment qualifications prior to graduation:

Weapons Employment Familiarization

Unguided Munitions Events
Unguided Bomb (UGB) QUAL
VLD N/R
SLD N/R
LAHD FAM
LALD FAM
DB FAM
HADB FAM
MARB FAM
HARB FAM
LAT FAM
Guided Munitions Events
IAM QUAL
LGB QUAL
Strafe Events
Tactical Strafe QUAL
LAS FAM
HAS FAM

(1) Criteria for weapons employment “Initial Qualification” will be IAW AFI 11-2F-16V1.

(2) Students need at least two record deliveries to achieve FAM in a weapons employment event. FAM in the
events listed above is desired, but not required for initial qualification (IAW AFI 11-2F-16V1).

(3) UGB is a combined event (50% hits of all record deliveries required). Any combination of hits in the
weapons events listed under UGB satisfies this training requirement. Strive to achieve unguided bomb
qualification on SA-1 – 4.

(4) VLD and SLD unguided bomb events are not required.

(5) Do not fly additional sorties to achieve qualification. Identify students not qualified in required events to the
gaining unit on the Training Summary (AETC Form 904).

b. Heavyweight (inert / live) ordnance

(1) A live ordnance drop is required. The student is not required to fly with inert heavyweight ordnance prior to
flying with live heavyweight ordnance.

(2) An inert IAM drop is required. Fly SA-8 with at least one inert JDAM.

(3) An inert Paveway II drop is required. Fly SA-8 with at least one inert GBU.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 169

Chapter 7

Requalification (TX) Track 1A/1B

Section A. Course Description / Accounting

7-1. Course Title — F-16C/D Requalification

7-2. Course Identifier — F16C0TX0PL (Luke/Holloman)

7-3. Course Objective — Provide Initial Qualification Training (IQT) in the F-16C/D to produce pilots with basic
proficiency in element air-to-air (A-A) and element air-to-surface (A-S) mission tasks. Differences in the syllabi between
Luke/Holloman (Active Duty) and Air National Guard (ANG) units are designed to produce an equivalent student based on
hardware and training device limitations. This syllabus lists training being conducted at Luke AFB/Holloman AFB.

7-4. Location — 56 FW, Luke AFB AZ or Holloman AFB, NM

7-5. Duration — TX Track 1A (air-to-air [A-A] emphasis) and TX Track 1B (air-to-ground [A-G] emphasis) – 84
training days (24 ground, 60 flying training days) based on a class of up to 8 students. Classes with more than 8 students
require 2 additional training days per student. If the TX Track 1 student is not previously NVG qualified, add 6 training
days for additional NVG training to meet AFI 11-2F-16V1 requirements for NVG qualification in the F-16.

7-6. Status Upon Graduation — Graduates fulfill all IQT requirements contained in AFI 11-2F-16V1 and are issued an
AF Form 8, Certificate of Aircrew Qualification, after completion of the Instrument / Qualification (I/Q) Evaluation.
Specifically, TX Track 1A and 1B graduates:

a. Will be proficient in the milestone tasks and the demonstrate proficiency items listed in paragraph 7-16.

b. Will receive initial qualification in A-A gun, AIM-9, AIM-120, unguided bomb, IAMs, LGBs, and tactical strafe
weapons employment IAW AFI 11-2F-16V1.

c. Will be certified LOWAT Category I (500 ft AGL) IAW AFI 11-2F-16V1.

d. Will be certified and/or regain currency as a four-ship NVG wingman IAW AFI 11-2F-16V1.

e. Will be targeting pod (TGP) qualified IAW AFI 11-2F-16V1, with the exception of Paveway III and advanced
targeting pod (ATP) tasks.

f. Will be familiar with four-ship A-A employment.

g. Will be familiar with element low-altitude unguided munitions attacks through academics and training devices.

h. Will be familiar with A-A and A-S sensor management and prioritization to include FCR, TGP, NVG, HMCS,
and data link.

i. Will be familiar with sensor formations.

j. Will be familiar with Paveway III and Maverick operations through academics.

k. May be familiar with large-force exercise (LFE) employment.

170 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

7-7. Course Entry Prerequisites

a. Previous F-16 pilot unqualified (timing starts from date of last landing) more than 8 years.

b. Not previously qualified in the F-16 with:

(1) 300 FP/IP front- or left-seat hours in fighter / attack aircraft and current within 42 months before course
entry, or

(2) 500 FP/IP front- or left-seat hours in fighter / attack aircraft and current within 5 years before course entry,
or

(3) 1,000 FP/IP front- or left-seat hours in fighter / attack aircraft and current within 8 years before course entry

c. Life support training

(1) Centrifuge training successfully completed IAW AFI 11-404.

(2) Physiological training IAW AFI 11-403 (current for the duration of the course).

Note: During initial screening FS/CC will determine which track, 1A or 1B, entering students will be assigned.
Decision should be based on previous A-A and A-G experience (i.e., previous A-10 pilot assigned to Track 1A,
A-A emphasis) and follow-on assignment.

d. Security clearance requirements — See Chapter 1, Section A.

Section B. Training Summary

7-8. Flying Inventory

a. TX Track 1A (A-A emphasis)

Transition (TR) Phase Summary

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Mission Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
TR-1 1.5 1 Single-Ship Operations
TR-3 1.5 1 Element Operations / Clear Solo
TR-4 1.5 1 1.5 2 Element Ops / Initial Solo / Evaluation Preparation
TR-5 1.2 1 1.2 2 Instrument / Qualification (I/Q) Evaluation
NTR-1 2.0 1 Element Night Ops / NVG Introduction (AAR)
5 TR 7.7 2 2.7 4 3
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 171

Advanced Handling (AH) Phase Summary

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Mission Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
AHC 1.7 1 1.7 1 1 Advanced Handling Characteristics (AAR)
BFM-1 1.0 1 1.0 1 1 Offensive BFM
BFM-3 1.0 1 1.0 2 Offensive BFM
BFM-4 1.0 1 1.0 1 1 Defensive BFM
BFM-6 1.0 1 1.0 2 Defensive BFM
BFM-7 1.0 1 1.0 2 High-Aspect BFM
BFM-8 1.0 1 1.0 2 High-Aspect BFM
7 AH 7.7 7 7.7 11 3

A-A Phase Summary

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Mission Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
ACM-1 1.0 2 2.0 3 Defensive ACM
ACM-3 1.0 2 2.0 3 ACM
TI-1 1.3 1 1.3 1 1 Single-ship TI
TI-2 1.3 2 2.6 3 Element TI
TI-3 1.5 3 4.5 4 Element TI
TI-4 1.5 1 1.5 2 Element TI
ACT 1.5 3 4.5 4 Four-Ship ACT
NTI-2 1.3 1 1.3 1 1 Element TI (Night)
8 A-A 10.4 15 19.7 21 2

A-S Phase Summary

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Mission Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
LASDT-1 1.2 1 LASDT
LASDT-2 1.2 1 1.2 2 Element LASDT
SA-1 1.2 1 BSA
SA-3 1.3 1 BSA
SA-8 1.4 1 1.4 1 1 Inert LGB / IAM Employment
Element SAT / Preplanned Targeting / Dynamic
SAT-3 1.4 1 1.4 2
Targeting
SAT-5 1.4 2 2.8 3 Four-ship Opposed SAT
CAS-1 1.5 1 1.5 2 Close Air Support
SAN-1 1.4 1 Night Element SAT / Preplanned Targeting
9 A-S 12.0 6 8.3 10 5
172 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

Flying Inventory Totals

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Missions Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
29 37.8 30 38.4 46 13
Student Sortie Requirement (SSR) = 29 + 30 + (0.07 x [29 + 30]) = 59 + 4.13 = 63.13
Notes: (Apply to TX-1B shown below)
1. SSR = student + direct support + refly rate sorties.
2. Totals assume all direct support sorties are flown similar.
3. Refly rate is 7.0% of student and direct support sorties.

b. TX Track 1B (A-S emphasis)

TR Phase Summary

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Mission Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
TR-1 1.5 1 Single-Ship Operations
TR-3 1.5 1 Element Operations / Clear Solo
TR-4 1.5 1 1.5 2 Element Ops / Initial Solo / Evaluation Preparation
TR-5 1.2 1 1.2 2 Instrument / Qualification (I/Q) Evaluation
NTR-1 2.0 1 Element Night Ops / NVG Introduction (AAR)
5 TR 7.7 2 2.7 4 3

AH Phase Summary

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Mission Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
AHC 1.7 1 1.7 1 1 Advanced Handling Characteristics (AAR)
BFM-1 1.0 1 1.0 1 1 Offensive BFM
BFM-4 1.0 1 1.0 2 Defensive BFM
BFM-8 1.0 1 1.0 2 High-Aspect BFM
4 AH 4.7 4 4.7 6 2

A-A Phase Summary

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Mission Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
ACM-3 1.0 2 2.0 3 ACM
TI-3 1.5 3 4.5 4 Element TI
ACT 1.5 3 4.5 4 Four-Ship ACT
NTI-2 1.3 1 1.3 1 1 Element TI (Night)
4 A-A 5.3 9 12.3 12 1
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 173

A-S Phase Summary

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Mission Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
LASDT-1 1.2 1 LASDT
LASDT-2 1.2 1 1.2 2 Element LASDT
SA-1 1.2 1 BSA
SA-2 1.3 1 1.3 2 BSA
SA-3 1.3 1 BSA
SA-4 1.3 1 1.3 2 BSA
SA-6 1.4 1 1.4 1 1 LGB Employment
SA-7 1.4 1 IAM Employment
SAT-2 1.3 1 1.3 2 Element SAT / Preplanned Targeting
Element SAT / Preplanned Targeting / Dynamic
SAT-3 1.4 1 1.4 2
Targeting
SAT-5 1.4 2 2.8 3 Four-Ship Opposed SAT
SAT-6 1.7 2 3.4 3 LFE
CAS-1 1.5 1 1.5 2 Close Air Support
SAN-1 1.4 1 Night Element SAT / Preplanned Targeting
SAN-3 1.4 1 1.4 2 Night Close Air Support
15 A-S 20.4 12 17.0 21 6

Flying Inventory Totals

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Missions Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
28 38.1 27 36.7 43 12
Student Sortie Requirement (SSR) = 28 + 27 + (0.07 x [28 + 27]) = 55 + 3.85 = 58.85

Additional NVG Sorties if Not Previously NVG Qualified1

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Mission Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
NTI-1 1.4 1 1.4 1 1 Single-Ship TI (Night)
SAN-4 1.4 1 1.4 2 Night Four-Ship SAT
SAN-5 1.4 1.5 2.1 2.5 Night Four-Ship Opposed SAT
3 NVG 4.2 3.5 4.9 5.5 1
1
These additional sorties are required for students not previously NVG qualified to meet AFI 11-2F-16V1
requirements for NVG qualification in the F-16.
174 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

7-9. Device Training Inventory

Unit Training Devices (UTDs)

Student Data
Remarks
Device Hrs
UTD-1 0.5 UTD Introduction
UTD-2 1.5 Checklist Procedures
UTD-3 1.5 Engine Emergency Procedures
UTD-4 1.5 Aircraft Systems Emergency Procedures
UTD-6 1.5 Air-to-Air Modes and Employment
UTD-7 1.5 Intercept Basics
UTD-9 1.5 BVR Employment
UTD-11 1.5 Conventional Deliveries
UTD-12 1.5 Systems and IAMs Deliveries
UTD-151 1.5 Block Differences
92 UTDs 12.52
1
As required
2
Total does not include “as required” training

Weapon Systems Trainers (WSTs)

Student Data
Remarks
Device Hrs
WST-1 1.5 Normal Checklist Procedures (VMC)
WST-2 1.5 Normal Instrument Procedures (IMC)
WST-3 1.5 Engine Emergency Procedures
WST-4 1.5 Aircraft Systems Emergency Procedures
WST-5 1.5 Emergency Procedures & Instrument Practice
WST-7 1.5 Emergency Procedures Evaluation (EPE)
WST-9 1.5 Tactical Intercepts to a VID I
WST-10 1.5 Tactical Intercepts to a VID II
WST-11 1.5 BVR Employment
WST-18 1.5 NVG Introduction
WST-19 1.5 Unguided Weapons Employment / Box Patterns
WST-20 1.5 Unguided Weapons Employment / Pop Patterns
WST-21 1.5 TGP Introduction
WST-22 1.5 Level GP / System / IAMs Deliveries
WST-23 1.5 Night Medium-Altitude Tactics
WST-24 1.5 Tactical Mission Emergency Practice
16 WSTs 24.0
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 175

Networked Training Centers (NTCs) (Track 1A)

Student Data
Remarks
Device Hrs
NTC-1 1.0 Offensive BFM
NTC-2 1.0 Defensive BFM
NTC-3 1.0 High-Aspect BFM
NTC-4 1.0 ACM & Element TI
NTC-5 1.0 Element TI & AAMD
NTC-6 1.0 Element TI
NTC-7 1.0 BVR Launch and Leave
NTC-8 1.0 4 v X TI
NTC-9 1.0 4 v X ACT
NTC-10 1.0 Element Low-Altitude SAT
NTC-11 1.0 CAS Procedures
NTC-171 1.0 Data Link Operations
112 NTCs 11.02
1
As required
2
Total does not include “as required” training

Networked Training Centers (NTCs) (Track 1B)

Student Data
Remarks
Device Hrs
NTC-1 1.0 Offensive BFM
NTC-4 1.0 ACM & Element TI
NTC-5 1.0 Element TI & AAMD
NTC-6 1.0 Element TI
NTC-8 1.0 4 v X TI
NTC-10 1.0 Element Low-Altitude SAT
NTC-11 1.0 CAS Procedures
NTC-171 1.0 Data Link Operations
72 NTCs 7.02
1
As required
2
Total does not include “as required” training

Device Training Inventory Totals

TX 1A TX 1B
Device Training
Number Hours Number Hours
Computer Instruction (CI) 5 2.5 5 2.5
Unit Training Device (UTD) 9 12.5 9 12.5
Weapon Systems Trainer (WST) 16 24.0 16 24.0
Networked Training Center (NTC) 11 11.0 7 7.0
Egress Procedures Trainer (EPT) 2 3.5 2 3.5
Totals 43 53.5 39 49.5
Note: Totals do not include “as required” training
176 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

7-10. Ground and Academic Training Summary

Block 25 (1A/1B) Block 42 (1A/1B)

Ground/Academic Training
Number Hours Number Hours
Specialized Training 24 33.5 24 33.5
Lectures 115/114 149.5/148.0 118/117 153.0/151.5
Workbooks 54 54.0 55 55.0
Interactive Courseware 45 22.5 47 23.5
Tests 9 9.0 9 9.0
Totals 247/246 268.5/267.0 283/282 274.0/272.5
Note: Academic times include all optional training.

7-11. Expendables / Range Requirements Summary

Chaff / Flare Summary (TX Track 1A)

MJU-7/MK-206 Flares RR-170/RR-188 Chaff

Mission Numbers
P IP DS P IP DS
AHC 15 15 - - - -
BFM-1/3/4/6/7/8 90 90 - - - -
ACM-1/3 30 30 30 30 30 30
TI-1/2 30 30 15 30 30 15
TI-3/4 30 30 - 30 30 -
ACT 15 15 15 15 15 15
NTI-2 15 15 - 15 15 -
LASDT-1/2 30 15 - 30 15 -
SA-8 15 - - 15 - -
SAT-3/5 30 30 15 30 30 15
CAS-1 15 15 - 15 15 -
SAN-1 15 - - 15 - -
Totals 330 285 75 225 180 75

Training Munitions Summary (TX Track 1A)

AIM-9 BDU-33 PGU-27

Mission Numbers
P IP P IP P IP
AHC 1 1 - - - -
BFM-1/3/4/6/7/8 6 6 - - - -
ACM-1/3 2 2 - - - -
TI-1 thru 4 4 4 - - - -
ACT 1 1 - - - -
NTI-2 1 1 - - - -
LASDT-1/2 2 2 - - - -
NTR-1 1 1 - - - -
SA-1/3 - - 18 9 820 200
SAT-3/5 2 2 - - 820 400
CAS-1 - - - - 410 200
SAN-1 - - - - 410 200
Totals 20 20 18 9 2460 1000
Note: Munitions summary assumes 9 BDU-33s on SA-1 – 4, and 410 rounds per P and
200 per IP on any SA / SAT / CAS / SAN sorties as required.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 177

Heavyweight / Live Munitions Summary (TX Track 1A)

MK-82 Inert GBU-38 Inert GBU-12

Mission Numbers
P IP P IP P IP
SAT-3 - - - - 1 1
Totals 0 0 0 0 1 1

A-S Range Summary (TX Track 1A)

Manned Conventional Unmanned Tactical

Mission Numbers
P P
SA-1/3/8 2 1
SAT-3/5 - 2
CAS-1 - 1
SAN-1 1 1
Totals 3 5

Chaff / Flare Summary (TX Track 1B)

MJU-7/MK-206 Flares RR-170/RR-188 Chaff

Mission Numbers
P IP DS P IP DS
BFM-1/4/8 45 45 - - - -
ACM-3 15 15 15 15 15 15
TI-3 30 30 - 30 30 -
ACT 15 15 15 15 15 15
NTI-2 15 15 - 15 15 -
LASDT-1/2 30 15 - 30 30 -
SA-6 15 - - 15 - -
SAT-3/5/6 45 45 - 45 45 -
CAS-1 15 15 - 30 30 -
SAN-1 15 - - 15 - -
Totals 240 195 30 210 180 30

Training Munitions Summary (TX Track 1B)

AIM-9 BDU-33 PGU-27

Mission Numbers
P IP P IP P IP
AHC 1 1 - - - -
BFM-1/4/8 3 3 - - - -
ACM-3 1 1 - - - -
TI-3 2 2 - - - -
ACT 1 1 - - - -
NTI-2 1 1 - - - -
LASDT-1/2 2 1 - - - -
NTR-1 1 1 - - - -
SA-1/2/3/4/6/7 - - 36 18 2460 600
SAT-3/5/6 4 4 - - 1640 800
CAS-1 - - - - 820 400
SAN-1 - - - - 410 200
Totals 16 15 36 18 5330 2000
Note: Munitions summary assumes 9 BDU-33s on SA-1 – 4, and 410 rounds per P and
200 per IP on any SA / SAT / CAS / SAN sorties as required.
178 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

Heavyweight / Live Munitions Summary (TX Track 1B)

MK-82 Inert GBU-38 Inert GBU-12

Mission Numbers
P IP P IP P IP
SA-7 - - 1 1 - -
SAT-3 - - - - 1 1
Totals 0 0 1 1 1 1

A-S Range Summary (TX Track 1B)

Manned Conventional Unmanned Tactical

Mission Numbers
P P
SA-1/2/3/4/6/7 4 2
SAT-3/5/6 - 3
SAN-1 1 1
Totals 5 6

Section C. Aircraft Configurations — See Chapter 1, Section D.

Section D. Training Management — See Chapter 2, Section B, along with the following:

7-12. Proficiency Advancement — FS/CC may proficiency advance a student when the student demonstrates
performance to the CTS. When exercising this option, FS/CC or designated representative will document the proficiency
advance in GTIMS.

7-13. SNP Limits — See Chapter 2, Section B, paragraph 2-9f.

“SNP” Sortie Limits

“SNP” Sorties
Training Phase
Allowed
TR 2
AH 2
A-A 2
A-S 2
Course Limit 4

7-14. Fighter Aircrew Conditioning Program (FACP) — See Chapter 2, paragraph 2-12.

Section E. Grading Procedures — See Chapter 2, Section C.

7-15. Academic Training Standards — See Chapter 2, paragraph 2-13.

7-16. Grading Criteria — See Chapter 2, Section C, paragraph 2-14.

Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 179

Milestone Task Requirements

TR Phase Milestone Tasks Milestone Sortie CTS

Critical action procedures WST-5 3
Emergency procedures WST-5 2
Instrument unusual attitude recoveries WST-5 2
Normal checklist procedures TR-4 2
Ground operations TR-4 2
Single-ship takeoff TR-4 2
Departure TR-4 2
Airwork TR-4 2
G-awareness exercise TR-4 2
Basic formation TR-4 2
Tactical formation TR-4 2
Rejoins TR-4 2
Lost wingman exercise / procedures TR-4 2
Instrument procedures TR-4 2
Precision approach TR-4 2
Non-precision approach TR-4 2
VFR patterns and landings (day) TR-4 2
SFO TR-4 2

AH Phase Milestone Tasks Milestone Sortie CTS

Horn awareness and recovery training series (HARTS) AHC 2
FENCE check BFM-3 (1A) 2
BFM-1 (1B)
Floor awareness BFM-6 (1A) 2
BFM-4 (1B)

A-A Phase Milestone Tasks Milestone Sortie CTS

AIM-9 employment ACM-3 2
AIM-120 employment TI-4 (1A) 2
ACT (1B)
Training rule adherence (A-A) ACT 2
Day AAMD TI-4 (1A) 2
ACT (1B)
Night AAMD NTI-2 2
180 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

A-S Phase Milestone Tasks Milestone Sortie CTS

Single-ship low-altitude maneuvering (500 ft AGL) LASDT-1 2
Low-altitude tactical formation (LATF) LASDT-2 2
Element low-altitude maneuvering (500 ft AGL) LASDT-2 2
Low-altitude AAMD LASDT-2 2
Training rule adherence (A-S) SAT-5 (1A) 2
SA-4 (1B)
FSWD SA-8 (1A) 2
SAT-2 (1B)
LAS SA-4 (1B only) 2
Surface-to-air threat reactions (low-altitude) SAT-2 (1B only) 2
HAS CAS-1 (1A) 2
SAT-2 (1B)
HAS (night) SAN-3 (1B only) 2
LGB employment SA-8 (1A) 2
SAT-5 (1B)
IAM employment SA-8 (1A) 2
SAT-5 (1B)
Surface-to-air threat reactions (medium-altitude) SAT-5 2
Surface-to-air threat reactions (night) SAN-1 (1A) 2
SAN-3 (1B)
Note: If not previously NVG qualified, S-A threat reactions night milestone task is SAN-4; otherwise, it is
SAN-1/3.

Non-Phase Milestone Tasks Milestone Sortie CTS

AGSM BFM-1 2
Formation takeoff BFM-8 2
Formation landing BFM-8 2
Radar-assisted trail departure NTI-2 (1A) 2
TI-3 (1B)
Radar-assisted trail recovery NTI-2 (1A) 2
TI-3 (1B)
Basic night operations NTI-2 2
Basic formation (NVG) NTI-2 2
Tactical formation (NVG) NTI-2 2
Full stop landing (night) NTI-2 2
CAS-1 (1A)
Straight-in / random entry SFO 2
SA-6 (1B)
Day air refueling AHC 2
Cockpit Resource Management
Situational awareness SAT-5 2
Communication SAT-5 2
Risk management / decision making SAT-5 2
Task management SAT-5 2
Mission preparation / planning SAT-5 2
Flight integrity SAT-5 2
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 181

a. Demonstrate Proficiency — TX Track 1 students must demonstrate proficiency in the following mission types /
disciplines as defined by paragraph 2-9c(2)(a).

Demonstrate Proficiency Sortie

ACM ACM-3 (1A only)
Day element tactical intercepts TI-4 (1A)
TI-3 (1B)
Night element tactical intercepts NTI-2
Basic surface attack SA-4 (1B only)
Day element SAT SAT-5
CAS CAS-1 (1A)
SAN-3 (1B)
NVG operations1 SAN-1 (1A)
SAN-3 (1B)
NVG operations2 SAN-5
1
Planned demonstrate proficiency sortie if previously NVG qualified
2
Planned demonstrate proficiency sortie if not previously NVG qualified

Section F. Course Flow

7-17. Course Map Description / Legend — See Chapter 2, paragraph 2-16.

182 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

7-18. Course Map

a. TX Track 1A
T
D W-107 1.0 W-150 1.0 T-002 1.0
ESCAPE GROUND MISC A/C SYS
L-170
SYSTEMS OPERATIONS TEST
14

L-140-1
I-161 0.5 L-161 2.0 L-165 1.5 L-128 0.5 L-140-2
FLCS MALS & FLCS MALS & OUT-OF-CNTRL LINK/SADL L-141-1
EMERS EMERS & FLT CHAR. INTRODUCTION L-141-2
10 L-142
L-143-1
L-143-2
I-160-2 0.5 L-160-2 2.0 &
W-128 1.0 L-180 1.0 I-180 0.5
FLCS NORMAL FLCS NORMAL Associated
LINK/SADL INSTRUMENT INSTRUMENT
OPS & OPS & Workbooks
INTRODUCTION RECOVERIES RECOVERIES
LIMITATIONS LIMITATIONS

I-160-1 0.5 L-160-1 2.0 L-181 1.0

FLIGHT FLIGHT CONTROL INSTRUMENT
CONTROL SYS SYSTEM TRAINING
9
W-160 1.0
I-143-1 0.5 T-003 1.0
FLIGHT
ELECTRICAL L-148 PW220
CONTROL
SYSTEM ENGINE TEST
SYSTEM 13

L-143-2 1.5 I-143-2 0.5

I-117 0.5 L-117 0.5 L-143-1 1.5 L-131
ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL
LIGHTING LIGHTING ELECTRICAL L-132
SYSTEM SYSTEM
SYSTEMS SYSTEMS SYSTEM L-133
MALS & EMERS MALS & EMERS
8 L-134
L-135
&
I-142 0.5 L-142 0.5 Associated
W-117 1.0 W-143 1.0 I-141-1 0.5
ENVIRONMENTAL ENVIRONMENTAL Workbooks
LIGHTING ELECTRICAL HYDRAULIC L-148
CONTROL CONTROL
SYSTEMS SYSTEM SYSTEM
SYSTEM SYSTEM 13

I-140-2 0.5 L-141-1 1.5 L-141-2 1.5 I-141-2 0.5

I-140-1 0.5
FUEL SYSTEM HYDRAULIC HYDRAULIC SYS HYDRAULIC SYS
FUEL SYSTEM
MALS & EMERS SYSTEM MALS & EMERS MALS & EMERS
7
W-142 1.0 W-141 1.0
ENVIRONMENTAL HYDRAULIC &
L-148
CONTROL LANDING
SYSTEM SYSTEMS 13

L-148
L-140-2 1.0 L-134 1.5 L-135 1.5
L-140-1 1.5
13 FUEL SYSTEM PW220 MALS PW220 MALS
FUEL SYSTEM
MALS & EMERS AND EMERS I AND EMERS II
6
L-133 1.5
T-001 1.0
W-140 1.0 PW220 ENGINE I-136-2 0.5
AVIONICS
FUEL SYSTEM NORMAL OPS & PW220 ENGINE II
TEST
LIMITATIONS

L-111
S-136 1.0 L-132 1.5 L-113
L-131 1.5
PW220 ENGINE PW220 L-114
PW220 ENGINE I
ORIENTATION ENGINE II L-115
5 L-116
W-118
CI-1-5
CI-5 0.5 &
W-131 1.0 CI-4 0.5 I-136-1 0.5 Associated
AVIONICS
PW220 ENGINE INS PW220 ENGINE I Workbooks
REVIEW

L-113 1.0 CI-3 0.5 I-113 0.5 L-116 2.5 I-116 0.5
HUD AND CARA HUD HUD AND CARA EGI EGI

I-115 0.5 L-115 1.0 W-116-1 1.0

CI-2 0.5 W-113 1.0 W-116 1.0
MASTER MODES MASTER MODES NAV SYSTEM
MFD/SMS HUD AND CARA EGI
AND SMS AND SMS THEORY

I-114 0.5 L-114 1.5

MFDS MFDS

3
TR-1
W-115 1.0 W-118 1.0
L-111 3.0 CI-1 0.5 21
MASTER MODES FLIGHT
UFC/CNI UFC/CNI
AND SMS INSTRUMENTS

S-104 1.0
I-111-P 0.5 UTD-2
I-111-1 0.5 I-111-2 0.5 I-111-3 0.5 W-114 1.0 PHYSICAL
UFC/CNI 13
UFC/CNI I UFC/CNI II UFC/CNI III MFDS CONDITIONING
PRACTICE
PROGRAM
2
W-104 1.0
I-110 0.5 UTD-1 0.5
PHYSICAL
CBITS UTD
CONDITIONING
INTRODUCTION INTRODUCTION
PROGRAM

W-101 1.0 S-102 0.5

W-111 1.0 S-101 1.0
FIGHTER COURSE
UFC/CNI WELCOME
PILOT 101 OVERVIEW
1
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 183

T
D S-195 3.0
W-208 1.0
PRINCIPLES OF
L-145 L-232 S-104
INITIAL QUAL S-109 RADAR
TESTS 26 29

S-192 0.5 S-244-1 S-191 1.0

S-189 (S) 1.0
FLIGHT CHECK TRANSITION
29 SECURITY
REQUIREMENTS PHASE
PROCEDURES
BRIEF BRIEFING
20
EOPC 0.5
TRANSITION
END OF PHASE
CRITIQUE

L-200 W-183 1.0 W-146 1.0 T-005 1.0

L-100-SV 1.0
29 F-16 D-MODEL DATA TRANSFER EMERGENCY
HPE
DIFFERENCES EQUIPMENT PROC TEST
19
WST-4 1.5 L-148
W-100 1.0 A/C SYS L-170
HPE / ORM EMERGENCY
PROCEDURES

W-184 1.0 UTD-4 1.5

PW220 A/C SYS
PERFORMANCE EMERGENCY
CALCS PROCEDURES
18
WST-3 1.5
S-186 1.5
ENGINE
A/C FAM &
EMERGENCY
PREFLIGHT
PROCEDURES

17
UTD-3 1.5
I-186 0.5
ENGINE
EXTERIOR
EMERGENCY
INSPECTION
PROCEDURES

CRM-3
29
16
CRM-2 1.0 WST-2 1.5
COCKPIT NORMAL
RESOURSE INSTRUMENT
MNGMT II PROCEDURES

CRM-1 1.0
COCKPIT
RESOURSE
MNGMT I
15
L-170 2.0
PW220
L-165
EMER PROC
REVIEW

WST-1 1.5
NORMAL
CHECKLIST
PROCEDURES
14
L-148 1.5
EPT-1 2.0 L-182 1.0
FLAMEOUT T-004 1.0
EGRESS VFR PATTERNS
PATTERNS & FLCS TEST
TRAINING & LANDINGS
LANDINGS

UTD-2 1.5 L135 L-160-1

UTD-1 CHECKLIST L-140-2 L-160-2
PROCEDURES L-141-2 L-161
L-143-2 L-165
13 &
Associated
Workbooks

TR-1 L-111
L-113
21 L-114
L-115
L-116
L-109-2 1.0
L-109-1 1.0 L-109-3 1.0 L-109-4 1.0
IRC: DEPT & EN S-109 4.0
IRC: FLIGHT IRC: ARRIVAL IRC: INST
ROUTE IRC TEST
PLANNING PROCEDURES TECHNIQUES
PROCEDURES
12
S-105
L-150-2 1.0 L-150-3 1.0
S-107 2.0
PW220 NORM PW220 NORM 0.5
LIFE SUPPORT 63/65
CHECKLIST CHECKLIST GTIMS TRAINING
FITTING
PROCEDURES II PROCEDURES III

W-109 1.0 L-150-1 1.0 S-187 0.5

INSTRUMENT PW220 NORM TR TRAINING
REFRESHER CHECKLIST DEVICE
COURSE PROCEDURES I BRIEFING
11
184 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

T
D W-235 1.0
BASIC
T-006 1.0
A-A TEST I
INTERCEPTS

AHC L-208
S-244-2 L-300 D CRM-4 L-210-1/2
L-250
42 57 57 L-251
30 L-255
&
S-244-1 1.0 Associated
ADVANCED L-200 0.5 CRM-3 1.0 Workbooks
CRM-2
HANDLING A-A HPE A-A CRM
PHASE BRIEFING

NTC-1 1.0
S-191 L-100-SV L-232 2.0 I-232 0.5
OFFENSIVE
AIR REFUELING AIR REFUELING
BFM
29
(BLOCK 25) (BLOCK 25) (BLOCK 42) (BLOCK 42)
LC-249 1.0 IC-249 0.5 LG-247 1.0 IG-247 0.5 S-191 S-202(S) L-260
SELF-PROTECT SELF-PROTECT SELF-PROTECT SELF-PROTECT 38 32
SYSTEMS SYSTEMS SYSTEMS SYSTEMS

(BLOCK 25) (BLOCK 42) (BLOCK 42) L-220 (S) 1.0

L-255 2.0
LC-246 (S) 1.5 LG-246 (S) 1.0 IG-246 0.5 W-232 1.0 ENERGY
OFFENSIVE
ALR-69/ALQ-213 ALR-69 THREAT ALR-69 THREAT AIR REFUELING MANEUVER-
BFM
INTEGRATION WARNING SYS WARN SYS ABILITY
28
(BLOCK 25) (BLOCK 42)
WC-249 1.0 WG-247 1.0 L-241(S) UTD-7
SELF-PROTECT SELF-PROTECT
43 33
SYSTEMS SYSTEMS

L-226 (S) 1.5

UTD-6 1.5
TR-5 AIM-120 INTRO
A-A MODES &
C AND
EMPLOYMENT
WVR EMPLOY
27

L-228(S) 2.0
L-145 1.5 LINK/SADL
HAVE QUICK A-A OPS

S-191 L-250 1.0 L-251 1.5

A-A GUN EEGS

26

W-228 1.0
I-145 0.5 W-251 1.0
LINK/SADL
HAVE QUICK EEGS
A-A OPS

TR-4 W-231 1.0

W-145 1.0 W-250 1.0
C WPN SYS /
HAVE QUICK A-A GUN
FENCE CHECKS
25

I-230 0.5
L-235-1 AIM-9 MISSILE
31
EMPLOYMENT

WST-7 1.5
L-225 (S) 1.5 L-230 (S) 1.5
EMERGENCY
AIM-9 AIM-9 MISSILE
PROCEDURES
MISSILES EMPLOYMENT
EVALUATION
24

W-211 1.0
A-A WEAPONS
EMPLOYMENT

TR-3
D L-210-2 2.0 I-210-2 0.5
A-A RADAR II A-A RADAR II

23
WST-5 1.5
EMERGENCY I-210-1 0.5
PROC & INST A-A RADAR I
PRACTICE

L-210-1 2.0
A-A RADAR I

22

L-208 1.0
W-210 1.0
PRINCIPLES OF
A-A RADAR
RADAR

TR-1
D

21
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 185

T
UTD-9
D NTC-4
46 42
L-275 1.5
AIR COMBAT
WST-10 1.5 TI-1 MANEUVERING
TACTICAL
44
INTERCEPTS
TO VID II

40

BFM-7
C

39

S-303(S)
S-202 (S) 2.5 NTC-3 1.0
49 INTEL HIGH ASPECT
A-A THREATS BFM

L-220(S)

38

BFM-6
C

37

L-265 1.0 EPT-2 1.5

L-260 HIGH ASPECT EGRESS
BFM TRAINING

BFM-4
D

36
WST-9 1.5
TACTICAL
INTERCEPTS
TO VID I

T-007 1.0
A-A TEST II

35

L-232
L-235-1/2
LG-247
L-239 (S) 2.0
LC-249
A-A THREAT
L-260
REACTIONS
BFM-3 &
C Associated
Workbooks

34

UTD-7 1.5 NTC-2 1.0

INTERCEPT UTD-6 L-265 DEFENSIVE
BASICS 36 BFM

33

L-260 2.0
DEFENSIVE
BFM

BFM-1 L-255
D

32

L-235-2 1.5 I-235 0.5

BASIC BASIC
INTERCEPTS II INTERCEPTS

L-235-1 1.5
BASIC L-225(S)
INTERCEPTS I
31
186 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

T
D I-301 0.5
I-302 0.5
SMS
A-S AVIONICS
A-S OPERATIONS

W-302 1.0
W-301 1.0 TI-3
SMS
A-S AVIONICS C
A-S OPERATIONS

50
NTC-7
S-303 (S) 2.5
51
INTEL
S-A
THREATS
WST-11 1.5
BVR
EMPLOYMENT
S-202(S)

49

L-270 (S) 2.0

RADAR ECCM
CAPABILITIES ACM-3
C

48

NTC-6 1.0
L-268 1.0 ELEMENT TI
ELECTRONIC
ATTACK &
COUNTER ATK

47

UTD-9 1.5
WST-10 BVR
TI-2
EMPLOYMENT
C

46

NTC-5 1.0
L-240-3 (S) 1.5 ELEMENT TI L-240-2 (S)
TI LAUNCH & AAMD
AND LEAVE

45

L-243 (S) 1.5

A-A SHOT / KILL
& ACMI DEBRIEF

WST-10 TI-1
D

44

L-241 (S) 1.5

AIM-120 BVR
EMPLOYMENT
ACM-1
S-326 C
L-226 (S) 57

43
S-244-2 1.0
NTC-5 TI/ACM/ACT NTC-4 1.0
MODULE ACM & WST-10
45 ELEMENT TI
BRIEFING

S-244-1
L-240-2 (S) 1.5
TI LAUNCH
AND DECIDE
42

L-240-1 (S) 2.0

TACTICAL
INTERCEPTS
CONTRACTS

BFM-8
C

41
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 187

T
L-350 1.0 WST-20 1.5
D CONV ORD AND
L-332 1.0
IAMs
UNGUIDED
WEAPONS WPNS EMPLOY
EMPLOYMENT
EFFECT POP PATTERNS

L-320 L-331 0.5 I-811 0.5 W-811 1.0

IAMs TGP DESC & TGP DESC &
DESCRIPTION OPERATIONS OPERATIONS

60
L-811
I-347 0.5 L-324 1.0
CONV WEAPONS SYSTEMS 61 WST-19
EFFECTS DELIVERIES

W-331 1.0 SA-1 L-327 1.0

IAMs D AVIONICS
DESCRIPTION FAILURES

59
W-324 1.0 W-327 1.0 L-330 1.0
I-323 0.5 L-323 1.0
SYSTEMS AVIONICS POP-UP
A-S RADAR A-S RADAR
DELIVERIES FAILURES ATTACKS

W-323 1.0 LASDT-1 L-351

A-S RADAR
D

58

WST-19 1.5 WST-20

L-305 0.5
UNGUIDED
L-328 60 L-300 0.5 CRM-4 1.0 TRAINING EQUIP
WPNS EMPLOY
A-S HPE A-S CRM AND ORD
BOX PATTERNS
PREFLIGHT
S-326 1.0
LASDT/SA CRM-3
L-200
MODULE L-320
BRIEFING
57
L-355 (S) 1.5 S-244-2 L-303 1.0
SURFACE-TO-
JMPS MISSION
AIR THREAT UTD-12 T-008
PLANNING
REACTIONS
62 62

UTD-11 1.5
CONVENTIONAL
DELIVERIES
56
W-321 1.0
COMP DELIVERY L-330 L-350 CRM-4
ERROR
ANALYSIS 58 60 58

I-351 0.5 L-351 1.0 L-320 2.0 ACT

SAFE ESCAPE & SAFE ESCAPE & AGR CONV C
MIN REL ALT MIN REL ALT DELIVERIES
55
L-302
W-351 1.0 W-320 1.0
SAFE ESCAPE AGR CONV
& MIN REL ALT DELIVERIES NTC-9 1.0
4VX ACT

I-318 0.5 L-318 2.0

NAVIGATION NAVIGATION
SYSTEMS SYSTEMS
54
EOPC 0.5
WST-19 UTD-12 W-318 1.0
A-A END OF
57 62 NAVIGATION
PHASE
SYSTEMS
CRITIQUE

L-328 1.0
NTC-8 1.0
LINK/SADL
4VX TI
A-S OPERATIONS

53

W-328 1.0 L-320

LINK/SADL 55
A-S OPS

L-302 1.0 NTI-1/2 TI-4

SMS C
A-S OPERATIONS 76

52

L-301 1.5
A-S AVIONICS
NTC-7 1.0
WST-11 ELEMENT
BVR L&L

W-300 1.0
A-S HPE

51
188 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

TX TRACK 1A NOT PREVIOUSLY NVG QUALIFIED

T
D L-804 2.5
NVG
DESCRIPTION &
USE

SAT-5
C
70

S-385 (S) 2.0

SCAR

L-339 (S) 1.0

SMALL
DIAMETER BOMB
69

A
L-802 1.5
NIGHT VISION
DEVICES

1
L-801 1.0 SAT-3
HUMAN VISUAL C
SYSTEM

VG
68

W-804 1.0
S-105 1.0
EV N C K
W-802 1.0
NVG HARDWARE L-370 1.0
L-350-1
NIGHT VISION
NVG FITTING DESCRIPTION CAS
DEVICES
AND USE

S-107 S-360 1.0

NTC-10 1.0
SAT/CAS
ELEMENT
MODULE
LOW SAT
67 BRIEFING

N
EOPC 0.5
SA-3 A-S PHASE
RA
IO T
CRITIQUE L-318-2
L-323
L-324
WST-23
L-331
SA-8 T-009 1.0
L-359 (S) 2.0 73 L-332
UTD-12 A-S
S
SAT PLANNING D
TEST I I
L-811
O
66 L-812-1/2
&
Associated
Workbooks
W-359 1.0
U
SAT PLANNING
T

WST-21 1.5
TGP
INTRODUCTION
65
TX

L-333 (S) 1.0

WST-22 1.5
IAMs
LEVEL GP/SYS/ L-343 (S)
MISSION
IAM DELIVERIES
PLANNING
64
WST-22
L-343 (S) 1.0
64
A-S SHOT KILL

NTC-10

67 SA-3 L-825 (S) 1.5

D TGP A-S
PR

EMPLOYMENTI
63
SAT-3 T-008 1.0 W-812 1.0 L-812-2 0.5
A-S PAVEWAY II PAVEWAY III
68
TEST I DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION

L-350-1 1.0 UTD-12 1.5 T-009

UTD-11 L-812-1 0.5
WEAPONS/SMS SYSTEMS
66 L-301 L-350 PAVEWAY II
INTERFACE AND IAMS
L-302 DESCRIPTION
DELIVERIES
62 L-318
L-320
L-327
L-328 L-330 L-811 2.5
UTD-11 L-351 TGP DESC &
W-321 OPERATIONS
&
Associated
LASDT-2 Workbooks L-324
L-812-1 C
62

61

TX TRACK 1A NOT PREVIOUSLY NVG QUALIFIED

Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 189

TX TRACK 1A PREVIOUSLY NVG QUALIFIED

T
D 2.0
AFRL NVG
REFRESHER
COURSE

SAT-5
C
70

S-105 1.0 S-385 (S) 2.0

NVG FITTING SCAR

S-107

69

N A
VG
SAT-3
C

U K1
68

L-350-1 L-370 1.0

CAS

S-360 1.0
NTC-10 1.0 EOPC 0.5
SAT/CAS
SA-3 ELEMENT A-S PHASE
MODULE
LOW SAT CRITIQUE
BRIEFING
67
IO C
L-323
L-324
L-331
S WST-23 UTD-12
T-009 1.0
A-S
L-332
L-811
EV RA

SA-8 TEST I I L-812-1/2

L-359 (S) 2.0 73
&
SAT PLANNING D
Associated
Workbooks
66

W-359 1.0
SAT PLANNING

WST-21 1.5
PR T

TGP
INTRODUCTION
65
TX

L-333 (S) 1.0

WST-22 1.5
IAMs
LEVEL GP/SYS/ L-343 (S)
MISSION
IAM DELIVERIES
PLANNING
64
WST-22
L-343 (S) 1.0
64
A-S SHOT KILL

NTC-10

67 SA-3 L-825 (S) 1.5

D TGP A-S
EMPLOYMENTI

63
SAT-3 T-008 1.0 W-812 1.0 L-812-2 0.5
A-S PAVEWAY II PAVEWAY III
68
TEST I DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION

L-350-1 1.0 UTD-12 1.5 T-009

UTD-11 L-812-1 0.5
WEAPONS/SMS SYSTEMS
66 L-301 L-350 PAVEWAY II
INTERFACE AND IAMS
L-302 DESCRIPTION
DELIVERIES
L-318
62 L-320
L-327
L-328 L-330 L-811 2.5
UTD-11 L-351 TGP DESC &
W-321 OPERATIONS
&
Associated
LASDT-2 Workbooks L-324
L-812-1 C
62

61

TX TRACK 1A PREVIOUSLY NVG QUALIFIED

190 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

TX TRACK 1A NOT PREVIOUSLY NVG QUALIFIED

T
D

WST-23 SAN-1
D

80

A
S-830 1.0
SAN
PHASE BRIEFING
79

VG
NTI-2 L-334 0.5

78
EV N CK
D LASER JDAM

N
LG-814 2.0
SNIPER POD
RA

77
IO T
IG-120 0.5
ARC-210

S
O
L-389 0.5
NTI-1 LG-120 1.0
TI-4 LASER
D ARC-210
MAVERICK
U
76
T

I-387 0.5 L-387 1.0

MAVERICK MAVERICK
EMPLOYMENT EMPLOYMENT

I-386 0.5 L-386 1.0

TX

NTR-1
D MAVERICK MAVERICK
DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION
75
S-341 1.0 WST-24 1.5
W-386 1.0
L-800-2 1.0 NTR/NTI TAC MISSION
MAVERICK
NVG CRM MODULE EMERGENCY
DESCRIPTION
BRIEFING PRACTICE

74

SAN-1
PR

80

WST-23 1.5 CAS-1

NIGHT C
SA-8
MED ALT
73 TACTICS

L-824 (S) 2.0

NVG CONTRACTS
& A-A
EMPLOYMENT

WST-18 1.5
NVG
INTRODUCTION
72

L-803 1.0 L-805 0.5

NVG AEROMEDICAL NTC-11 1.0
MISPERCEPTION EFFECT OF CAS
& ILLUSIONS NIGHT OPS

71

TX TRACK 1A NOT PREVIOUSLY NVG QUALIFIED

Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 191

TX TRACK 1A PREVIOUSLY NVG QUALIFIED

T
D

Stop Fly Day

80

N A
79

VG
U K1
WST-23 SAN-1 L-334 0.5
D LASER JDAM

78

S-830 1.0
IO C SAN
LG-814 2.0
SNIPER POD
PHASE BRIEFING

77

S IG-120 0.5
EV R A

ARC-210

NTI-2 L-389 0.5

TI-4 LG-120 1.0
D LASER
ARC-210
MAVERICK

76
I-387 0.5 L-387 1.0
MAVERICK MAVERICK
PR T

EMPLOYMENT EMPLOYMENT

NTR-1 I-386 0.5 L-386 1.0

D MAVERICK MAVERICK
DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION

75
TX

S-341 1.0 WST-24 1.5

W-386 1.0
L-800-2 1.0 NTR/NTI TAC MISSION
MAVERICK
NVG CRM MODULE EMERGENCY
DESCRIPTION
BRIEFING PRACTICE

74
SAN-1
78

WST-23 1.5
NIGHT
MED ALT
TACTICS CAS-1
C
73 SA-8

L-824 (S) 2.0 NTC-11 1.0

NVG CONTRACTS CAS
& A-A
72 EMPLOYMENT

WST-18 1.5 L-339 (S) 1.0

NVG SMALL
INTRODUCTION DIAMETER BOMB

71

TX TRACK 1A PREVIOUSLY NVG QUALIFIED

192 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

TX TRACK 1A NOT PREVIOUSLY NVG QUALIFIED

T
D EOCC 0.5
Track 1A Graduation
Not Previous NVG Qual

LJ-138 0.5 L-137-2 1.0 L-137-1 1.5 I-137-1 0.5 I-137-2 0.5
PW-229 ENGINE GE-100/129 GE-100/129 GE100/129 GE100/129
DIFFERENCES ENGINE II ENGINE I ENGINE I ENGINE II

90
NTC-17 1.0
DATA LINK
OPERATIONS

UTD-15 1.5
BLOCK
DIFFERENCES
89

A
IG-247 0.5 LG-248 (S) 1.5 LC-248 (S) 1.5 IC-249 0.5
SELF SELF SELF SELF
PROTECTION PROTECTION PROTECTION PROTECTION
SYSTEMS SYSTEMS SYSTEMS SYSTEMS

1
L-328 1.0 L-228 (S) 2.0
L-128 0.5
WG-213 1.0 LG-213 1.0 LINK/SADL LINK/SADL
LINK/SADL
HMCS HMCS A-S A-A
INTRO
OPERATIONS OPERATIONS

VG
88
L-144-1 1.0 L-144-3 1.0
L-112 3.0 L-144-2 0.5 W-328 1.0 W-228 1.0 W-128 1.0
AVIONICS
EV N CK
AIRCRAFT
NORMAL OPS
EMERGENCY
LINK/SADL LINK/SADL LINK/SADL
SYSTEM PROCEDURES
DIFFERENCES DIFFERENCES A-S OPS A-A OPS INTRO
DIFFERENCES DIFFERENCES

WG-247 1.0 WC-249 1.0

W-112 1.0 W-318 1.0 W-160 1.0 W-116 1.0
SELF- SELF-
AVIONICS NAVIGATION FLIGHT CONT EMBEDDED
PROTECTION PROTECTION
DIFFERENCES SYSTEMS SYSTEM GPS/INS
SYSTEMS SYSTEMS
87

N
RA
IO T
Stop Fly Day
S
O
86
U
T

85
TX

SAN-5
C

84
PR

83

SAN-4
C

82

81

TX TRACK 1A NOT PREVIOUSLY NVG QUALIFIED

Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 193

TX TRACK 1A PREVIOUSLY NVG QUALIFIED

T
D

90

N A
89

VG
U K1
88

IO C
87

S
EV R A

86
PR T

85
TX

EOCC 0.5
Track 1A Graduation
Previous NVG Qual

LJ-138 0.5 L-137-2 1.0 L-137-1 1.5 I-137-1 0.5 I-137-2 0.5
PW-229 ENGINE GE-100/129 GE-100/129 GE100/129 GE100/129
DIFFERENCES ENGINE II ENGINE I ENGINE I ENGINE II
84

NTC-17 1.0
DATA LINK
OPERATIONS

UTD-15 1.5
BLOCK
DIFFERENCES
83
IG-247 0.5 LG-248 (S) 1.5 LC-248 (S) 1.5 IC-249 0.5
SELF SELF SELF SELF
PROTECTION PROTECTION PROTECTION PROTECTION
SYSTEMS SYSTEMS SYSTEMS SYSTEMS

L-328 1.0 L-228 (S) 2.0

L-128 0.5
WG-213 1.0 LG-213 1.0 LINK/SADL LINK/SADL
LINK/SADL
HMCS HMCS A-S A-A
INTRO
OPERATIONS OPERATIONS
82
L-144-1 1.0 L-144-3 1.0
L-112 3.0 L-144-2 0.5 W-328 1.0 W-228 1.0 W-128 1.0
AIRCRAFT EMERGENCY
AVIONICS NORMAL OPS LINK/SADL LINK/SADL LINK/SADL
SYSTEM PROCEDURES
DIFFERENCES DIFFERENCES A-S OPS A-A OPS INTRO
DIFFERENCES DIFFERENCES

WG-247 1.0 WC-249 1.0

W-112 1.0 W-318 1.0 W-160 1.0 W-116 1.0
SELF- SELF-
AVIONICS NAVIGATION FLIGHT CONT EMBEDDED
PROTECTION PROTECTION
DIFFERENCES SYSTEMS SYSTEM GPS/INS
SYSTEMS SYSTEMS
81

TX TRACK 1A PREVIOUSLY NVG QUALIFIED

194 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

b. TX Track 1B
T
D W-107 1.0 W-150 1.0 T-002 1.0
ESCAPE GROUND MISC A/C SYS
L-170
SYSTEMS OPERATIONS TEST
14

L-140-1
I-161 0.5 L-161 2.0 L-165 1.5 L-128 0.5 L-140-2
FLCS MALS & FLCS MALS & OUT-OF-CNTRL LINK/SADL L-141-1
EMERS EMERS & FLT CHAR. INTRODUCTION L-141-2
10 L-142
L-143-1
L-143-2
I-160-2 0.5 L-160-2 2.0 &
W-128 1.0 L-180 1.0 I-180 0.5
FLCS NORMAL FLCS NORMAL Associated
LINK/SADL INSTRUMENT INSTRUMENT
OPS & OPS & Workbooks
INTRODUCTION RECOVERIES RECOVERIES
LIMITATIONS LIMITATIONS

I-160-1 0.5 L-160-1 2.0 L-181 1.0

FLIGHT FLIGHT CONTROL INSTRUMENT
CONTROL SYS SYSTEM TRAINING
9
W-160 1.0
I-143-1 0.5 T-003 1.0
FLIGHT
ELECTRICAL L-148 PW220
CONTROL
SYSTEM ENGINE TEST
SYSTEM 13

L-143-2 1.5 I-143-2 0.5

I-117 0.5 L-117 0.5 L-143-1 1.5 L-131
ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL
LIGHTING LIGHTING ELECTRICAL L-132
SYSTEM SYSTEM
SYSTEMS SYSTEMS SYSTEM L-133
MALS & EMERS MALS & EMERS
8 L-134
L-135
&
I-142 0.5 L-142 0.5 L-148
W-117 1.0 W-143 1.0 I-141-1 0.5 Associated
ENVIRONMENTAL ENVIRONMENTAL 13 Workbooks
LIGHTING ELECTRICAL HYDRAULIC
CONTROL CONTROL
SYSTEMS SYSTEM SYSTEM
SYSTEM SYSTEM

I-140-2 0.5 L-141-1 1.5 L-141-2 1.5 I-141-2 0.5

I-140-1 0.5
FUEL SYSTEM HYDRAULIC HYDRAULIC SYS HYDRAULIC SYS
FUEL SYSTEM
MALS & EMERS SYSTEM MALS & EMERS MALS & EMERS
7
W-142 1.0 W-141 1.0
ENVIRONMENTAL HYDRAULIC &
L-148
CONTROL LANDING
SYSTEM SYSTEMS 13

L-148
L-140-2 1.0 L-134 1.5 L-135 1.5
L-140-1 1.5
13 FUEL SYSTEM PW220 MALS PW220 MALS
FUEL SYSTEM
MALS & EMERS AND EMERS I AND EMERS II
6
L-133 1.5
T-001 1.0
W-140 1.0 PW220 ENGINE I-136-2 0.5
AVIONICS
FUEL SYSTEM NORMAL OPS & PW220 ENGINE II
TEST
LIMITATIONS

S-136 1.0 L-132 1.5 L-111

L-131 1.5 L-113
PW220 ENGINE PW220
PW220 ENGINE I L-114
ORIENTATION ENGINE II
L-115
5 L-116
W-118
CI-1-5
CI-5 0.5 &
W-131 1.0 CI-4 0.5 I-136-1 0.5
AVIONICS Associated
PW220 ENGINE INS PW220 ENGINE I
REVIEW Workbooks

L-113 1.0 CI-3 0.5 I-113 0.5 L-116 2.5 I-116 0.5
HUD AND CARA HUD HUD AND CARA EGI EGI

I-115 0.5 L-115 1.0 W-116-1 1.0

CI-2 0.5 W-113 1.0 W-116 1.0
MASTER MODES MASTER MODES NAV SYSTEM
MFD/SMS HUD AND CARA EGI
AND SMS AND SMS THEORY

I-114 0.5 L-114 1.5

MFDS MFDS

3
TR-1
W-115 1.0 W-118 1.0
L-111 3.0 CI-1 0.5 21
MASTER MODES FLIGHT
UFC/CNI UFC/CNI
AND SMS INSTRUMENTS

S-104 1.0
I-111-P 0.5 UTD-2
I-111-1 0.5 I-111-2 0.5 I-111-3 0.5 W-114 1.0 PHYSICAL
UFC/CNI 13
UFC/CNI I UFC/CNI II UFC/CNI III MFDS CONDITIONING
PRACTICE
PROGRAM
2
W-104 1.0
I-110 0.5 UTD-1 0.5
PHYSICAL
CBITS UTD
CONDITIONING
INTRODUCTION INTRODUCTION
PROGRAM

W-101 1.0 S-102 0.5

W-111 1.0 S-101 1.0
FIGHTER COURSE
UFC/CNI WELCOME
PILOT 101 OVERVIEW
1
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 195

T
D S-195 3.0
W-208 1.0
PRINCIPLES OF
S-104
INITIAL QUAL L-232
S-109 RADAR
TESTS 29

S-192 0.5 S-244-1 S-191 1.0

S-189 (S) 1.0
FLIGHT CHECK TRANSITION
30 SECURITY
REQUIREMENTS PHASE
PROCEDURES
BRIEF BRIEFING
20
EOPC 0.5
TRANSITION
END OF PHASE
CRITIQUE

L-200
W-183 1.0 W-146 1.0 T-005 1.0
L-100-SV 1.0 L-148
30 F-16 D-MODEL DATA TRANSFER EMERGENCY
HPE L-170
DIFFERENCES EQUIPMENT PROC TEST
19
WST-4 1.5
W-100 1.0 A/C SYS
HPE / ORM EMERGENCY
PROCEDURES

W-184 1.0 UTD-4 1.5

PW220 A/C SYS
PERFORMANCE EMERGENCY
CALCS PROCEDURES
18
WST-3 1.5
S-186 1.5
ENGINE
A/C FAM &
EMERGENCY
PREFLIGHT
PROCEDURES

17
UTD-3 1.5
I-186 0.5
ENGINE
EXTERIOR
EMERGENCY
INSPECTION
PROCEDURES

CRM-3
30

16
CRM-2 1.0 WST-2 1.5
COCKPIT NORMAL
RESOURSE INSTRUMENT
MNGMT II PROCEDURES

CRM-1 1.0
COCKPIT
RESOURSE
MNGMT I
15
L-170 2.0
PW220
L-165
EMER PROC
REVIEW

WST-1 1.5
NORMAL
CHECKLIST
PROCEDURES
14
L-148 1.5
EPT-1 2.0 L-182 1.0
FLAMEOUT T-004 1.0
EGRESS VFR PATTERNS
PATTERNS & FLCS TEST
TRAINING & LANDINGS
LANDINGS

UTD-2 1.5 L135 L-160-1

UTD-1 CHECKLIST L-140-2 L-160-2
PROCEDURES L-141-2 L-161
L-143-2 L-165
13 &
Associated
Workbooks

TR-1 L-111
L-113
21 L-114
L-115
L-116
L-109-2 1.0
L-109-1 1.0 L-109-3 1.0 L-109-4 1.0
IRC: DEPT & EN S-109 4.0
IRC: FLIGHT IRC: ARRIVAL IRC: INST
ROUTE IRC TEST
PLANNING PROCEDURES TECHNIQUES
PROCEDURES
12
S-105 L-150-2 1.0 L-150-3 1.0
S-107 2.0
PW220 NORM PW220 NORM 0.5
LIFE SUPPORT 60
CHECKLIST CHECKLIST GTIMS TRAINING
FITTING
PROCEDURES II PROCEDURES III

W-109 1.0 L-150-1 1.0 S-187 0.5

INSTRUMENT PW220 NORM TR TRAINING
REFRESHER CHECKLIST DEVICE
COURSE PROCEDURES I BRIEFING
11
196 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

T
D W-235 1.0 S-244-2 L-300 CRM-4
BASIC 49
40 49 T-006 1.0
INTERCEPTS
A-A TEST I

S-244-1 1.0
ADVANCED L-200 0.5 L-210-1/2 NTC-1 1.0
CRM-3 1.0
HANDLING A-A HPE L-250 OFFENSIVE
A-A CRM
PHASE BRIEFING L-251 BFM
L-255
30 &
CRM-2 Associated
S-191 L-100-SV Workbooks
L-265 1.0
HIGH ASPECT
BFM

L-260 2.0
L-232 2.0 I-232 0.5
DEFENSIVE
AIR REFUELING AIR REFUELING
BFM
29
(BLOCK 25) (BLOCK 25) (BLOCK 42) (BLOCK 42)
LC-249 1.0 IC-249 0.5 LG-247 1.0 IG-247 0.5 S-191
S-202(S)
SELF-PROTECT SELF-PROTECT SELF-PROTECT SELF-PROTECT
SYSTEMS SYSTEMS SYSTEMS SYSTEMS 35

(BLOCK 25) (BLOCK 42) (BLOCK 42) L-220 (S) 1.0

L-255 2.0
LC-246 (S) 1.5 LG-246 (S) 1.0 IG-246 0.5 W-232 1.0 ENERGY
OFFENSIVE
ALR-69/ALQ-213 ALR-69 THREAT ALR-69 THREAT AIR REFUELING MANEUVER-
BFM
INTEGRATION WARNING SYS WARN SYS ABILITY
28
(BLOCK 25) (BLOCK 42)
WC-249 1.0 WG-247 1.0 L-241(S) UTD-7
SELF-PROTECT SELF-PROTECT
37 32
SYSTEMS SYSTEMS

L-226 (S) 1.5

UTD-6 1.5
TR-5 AIM-120 INTRO
A-A MODES &
C AND
EMPLOYMENT
WVR EMPLOY
27

L-228(S) 2.0
L-145 1.0 LINK/SADL
HAVE QUICK A-A OPS

S-191 L-250 1.0 L-251 1.5

A-A GUN EEGS

26

W-228 1.0
I-145 0.5 W-251 1.0
LINK/SADL
HAVE QUICK EEGS
A-A OPS

TR-4 W-231 1.0

W-145 1.0 W-250 1.0
C WPN SYS /
HAVE QUICK A-A GUN
FENCE CHECKS
25

I-230 0.5
L-235-1 AIM-9 MISSILE
31
EMPLOYMENT

WST-7 1.5
L-225 (S) 1.5 L-230 (S) 1.5
EMERGENCY
AIM-9 AIM-9 MISSILE
PROCEDURES
MISSILES EMPLOYMENT
EVALUATION
24

W-211 1.0
A-A WEAPONS
EMPLOYMENT

TR-3 L-210-2 2.0 I-210-2 0.5

D A-A RADAR II A-A RADAR II

23
WST-5 1.5
EMERGENCY I-210-1 0.5
PROC & INST A-A RADAR I
PRACTICE

L-210-1 2.0
A-A RADAR I

22

W-210 1.0
A-A RADAR

TR-1
D

21
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 197

T
D S-326
48

S-244-2 1.0
L-240-3 (S) 1.5 NTC-5 1.0
TI/ACM/ACT
TI LAUNCH S-244-1 ELEMENT TI
MODULE
AND LEAVE & AAMD
BRIEFING

40

NTC-4 1.0
WST-10
ACM

L-240-2 (S) 1.5

TI LAUNCH
AND DECIDE

39

L-240-1 (S) 2.0

L-243 (S) 1.5
TACTICAL
A-A SHOT / KILL
INTERCEPTS
& ACMI DEBRIEF
CONTRACTS

38

L-241 (S) 1.5

AIM-120 BVR
EMPLOYMENT

BFM-8
L-226 (S) C

37

NTC-4 EPT-2 1.5

EGRESS
39 L-275 1.5 TRAINING
AIR COMBAT
MANEUVERING
WST-10 1.5
TACTICAL
INTERCEPTS
TO VID II
36

S-303(S)
S-202 (S) 2.5
50 INTEL
A-A THREATS

BFM-4
C L-220(S)

35
WST-9 1.5
TACTICAL
INTERCEPTS
TO VID I

T-007 1.0
A-A TEST II

34

L-239 (S) 2.0 L-232

A-A THREAT L-235-1/2
REACTIONS LG-247
LC-249
L-260
BFM-1 &
D Associated
Workbooks

33

UTD-7 1.5
INTERCEPT UTD-6
BASICS
32

L-235-2 1.5 I-235 0.5

BASIC BASIC
INTERCEPTS II INTERCEPTS

L-235-1 1.5 AHC

BASIC L-225(S) D
INTERCEPTS I
31
198 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

T
D S-303 (S) 2.5
INTEL
S-A
THREATS

LASDT-1
D S-202(S)

50
WST-19 1.5 WST-20
UNGUIDED
54
WPNS EMPLOY
BOX PATTERNS

L-355 (S) 1.5

SURFACE-TO- L-300 0.5 CRM-4 1.0
L-328
AIR THREAT A-S HPE A-S CRM
REACTIONS
49
S-326 1.0 L-305 0.5
UTD-12 T-008 LASDT/SA CRM-3 TRAINING EQUIP
MODULE L-200 AND ORD
L-320
59 53 BRIEFING PREFLIGHT

W-300 1.0 L-303 1.0

UTD-11 1.5 S-244-2 A-S HPE JMPS MISSION
CONVENTIONAL
PLANNING
DELIVERIES
48
W-321 1.0
COMP DELIVERY L-330 L-350 CRM-4
ERROR
ANALYSIS 51 55 49

I-351 0.5 L-351 1.0 L-320 2.0 ACT

SAFE ESCAPE & SAFE ESCAPE & AGR CONV C
MIN REL ALT MIN REL ALT DELIVERIES
47
L-302
W-351 1.0 W-320 1.0 EOPC 0.5
SAFE ESCAPE AGR CONV NTC-8 1.0 A-A END OF
& MIN REL ALT DELIVERIES 4VX TI PHASE
CRITIQUE

I-318 0.5 L-318 2.0

NAVIGATION NAVIGATION WST-11
SYSTEMS SYSTEMS
46

I-302 0.5
WST-19 UTD-12 SMS L-320
49 59 A-S OPERATIONS 47

L-328 1.0 W-318 1.0 L-302 1.0

I-301 0.5 L-301 1.5
LINK/SADL NAVIGATION SMS
A-S AVIONICS A-S AVIONICS
A-S OPERATIONS SYSTEMS A-S OPERATIONS
45

W-328 1.0 W-302 1.0

W-301 1.0
LINK/SADL SMS
A-S AVIONICS
A-S OPS A-S OPERATIONS

NTI-1/2
TI-3 74
C

44

NTC-8
43

WST-11 1.5
BVR
EMPLOYMENT
43

L-268 1.0
L-270 (S) 2.0
ELECTRONIC NTC-6 1.0
RADAR ECCM
ATTACK & ELEMENT TI
CAPABILITIES
COUNTER ATK

42

UTD-9 1.5
BVR
EMPLOYMENT
ACM-3
C

41
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 199

T
D L-343 (S)
L-323
L-324
L-331
L-332
L-811
L-333 (S) 1.0 SA-6 L-812-1/2
D &
IAMs
Associated
MISSION
Workbooks
PLANNING
60

T-009
61

UTD-12 1.5
SYSTEMS
AND IAMS
DELIVERIES
59

L-332 1.0 L-328 I-347 0.5

IAMs UTD-11 CONV WEAPONS
EMPLOYMENT EFFECTS

L-331 0.5 SA-4 WST-21 1.5

IAMs C TGP
DESCRIPTION INTRODUCTION
58
WST-22
W-331 1.0 L-343 (S) 1.0
IAMs 61 A-S
DESCRIPTION SHOT KILL

NTC-10

63 SA-3 WST-20 L-825 (S) 1.5

D TGP A-S
EMPLOYMENT
57

I-811 0.5 L-812-2 0.5

TGP DESC & PAVEWAY III
OPERATIONS DESCRIPTION

L-811 2.5 L-812-1 0.5

L-324 TGP DESC & PAVEWAY II
OPERATIONS DESCRIPTION
56
L-812-1 SAT-2 L-350
56 64

L-350 1.0
L-350-1 1.0
CONV ORD AND
WEAPONS/SMS
WEAPONS SA-2
INTERFACE W-811 1.0 W-812 1.0
EFFECT
C TGP DESC & PAVEWAY II
OPERATIONS DESCRIPTION
L-320
55
L-811
L-324 1.0
L-323 1.0
56 SYSTEMS SA-3 WST-20 1.5
A-S RADAR
DELIVERIES UNGUIDED
53
WPNS EMPLOY
POP PATTERNS

I-323 0.5
A-S RADAR WST-19

54

W-324 1.0
W-323 1.0
SYSTEMS
A-S RADAR
DELIVERIES

LASDT-2 T-008 1.0

C A-S
TEST I
53
UTD-11
L-301
L-302
L-318
L-320
L-327
L-330 L-327 1.0
L-351 AVIONICS
W-321 FAILURES
&
52 Associated
Workbooks

W-327 1.0 L-330 1.0

AVIONICS POP-UP
FAILURES ATTACKS

SA-1
D L-351

51
200 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

TX TRACK 1B NOT PREVIOUSLY NVG QUALIFIED

T
D
L-824 (S) 2.0
L-339 (S) 1.0
NVG CONTRACTS
SMALL
& A-A
DIAMETER BOMB
EMPLOYMENT

SAN-3
80

70

WST-18 1.5
NVG
INTRODUCTION
CAS-1
C

B
69
L-805 0.5
AEROMEDICAL

1
EFFECT OF
NIGHT OPS

VG
L-803 1.0
NVG
MISPERCEPTION
& ILLUSIONS
68
EV N CK L-804 2.5
NVG
DESCRIPTION &
USE

SAT-5
C

N
67
RA
IO T
L-802 1.5
NIGHT VISION
DEVICES
NTC-11 1.0
CAS

S
O
W-804 1.0
L-801 1.0
NVG HARDWARE
HUMAN VISUAL
DESCRIPTION
SYSTEM
AND USE
66
U
T

W-802 1.0
NIGHT VISION
DEVICES
L-370 1.0
CAS
SAN-1
78
SAT-3
C
TX

65

S-105 1.0
NVG FITTING

SAT-2
C
S-107

64
S-360 1.0
SAT/CAS S-385 (S) 2.0
MODULE SCAR
BRIEFING
PR

NTC-10 1.0
SA-3 ELEMENT L-350-1
LOW SAT
63

WST-23
SA-7 70/71
L-359 (S) 2.0 D
SAT PLANNING

62

EOPC 0.5
W-359 1.0
A-S PHASE
SAT PLANNING
CRITIQUE

WST-22 1.5 T-009 1.0

LEVEL GP/SYS/ A-S UTD-12
IAM DELIVERIES TEST I I
61

TX TRACK 1B NOT PREVIOUSLY NVG QUALIFIED

Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 201

TX TRACK 1B PREVIOUSLY NVG QUALIFIED

T SAN-1
D 76
L-339 (S)
SMALL
1.0

DIAMETER BOMB

WST-23 1.5
NIGHT
MED ALT SAN-3
TACTICS 78

70
SA-7

L-824 (S) 2.0

NVG CONTRACTS
& A-A
EMPLOYMENT
CAS-1
C

69

S 1B
WST-18 1.5
NVG

VG
INTRODUCTION

68
2.0
AFRL NVG

K
REFRESHER
COURSE

N
SAT-5
C
IO C
67
EV RA

NTC-11 1.0
CAS
U
66

L-370 1.0
PR T

CAS
SAN-1
76
SAT-3
C

65
TX

S-105 1.0
NVG FITTING

SAT-2
C
S-107

64
S-360 1.0
SAT/CAS S-385 (S) 2.0
MODULE SCAR
BRIEFING

NTC-10 1.0
SA-3 ELEMENT L-350-1
LOW SAT
63

WST-23

SA-7 70/71
L-359 (S) 2.0 D
SAT PLANNING

62

EOPC 0.5
W-359 1.0
A-S PHASE
SAT PLANNING
CRITIQUE

WST-22 1.5 T-009 1.0

LEVEL GP/SYS/ A-S UTD-12
IAM DELIVERIES TEST I I
61

TX TRACK 1B PREVIOUSLY NVG QUALIFIED

202 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

TX TRACK 1B NOT PREVIOUSLY NVG QUALIFIED

T
D

CAS-1 SAN-3
C

80

WST-24 1.5
TAC MISSION
EMERGENCY
PRACTICE

79

1 B
WST-23 SAN-1
SAT-3
D

VG
78
EV N CK L-334 0.5
LASER JDAM
S-830 1.0
SAN
PHASE BRIEFING

LG-814 2.0
SNIPER POD
77

N
IG-120 0.5
RA

ARC-210
IO T
NTI-2
D L-389 0.5
LG-120 1.0
LASER
S ARC-210
MAVERICK
O
76

I-387 0.5 L-387 1.0

U
MAVERICK MAVERICK
T

EMPLOYMENT EMPLOYMENT

I-386 0.5 L-386 1.0

MAVERICK MAVERICK
DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION
75
TX

W-386 1.0
MAVERICK
DESCRIPTION

TI-3 NTI-1
D

74

NTR-1
D
PR

73

L-800-2 1.0
NVG CRM

S-341 1.0
NTR/NTI
MODULE SAN-1
BRIEFING
72 78

WST-23 1.5
NIGHT
MED ALT
TACTICS

SAT-6
SA-7 C

71

TX TRACK 1B NOT PREVIOUSLY NVG QUALIFIED

Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 203

T
D

Stop Fly Day

80

79

B
CAS-1 SAN-3

VG
C

78

U K1
L-334 0.5
LASER JDAM

LG-814 2.0

N
SNIPER POD

77
IO C
IG-120 0.5
ARC-210

SAT-3
S
WST-23 SAN-1
D LG-120 1.0
L-389 0.5
E V RA

LASER
ARC-210
MAVERICK
76

I-387 0.5 L-387 1.0

MAVERICK MAVERICK
S-830 1.0 EMPLOYMENT EMPLOYMENT
SAN
PHASE BRIEFING

I-386 0.5 L-386 1.0

MAVERICK MAVERICK
PR T

DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION
75

W-386 1.0
MAVERICK
DESCRIPTION
TX

TI-3
NTI-2
D

74

NTR-1
D

73

L-800-2 1.0
NVG CRM
WST-24 1.5
TAC MISSION
EMERGENCY
PRACTICE
S-341 1.0
NTR/NTI
MODULE
BRIEFING
72

SAT-6
C

71

TX TRACK 1B PREVIOUSLY NVG QUALIFIED

204 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

T
D Track 1B Graduation
EOCC 0.5
Not Previous NVG Qual

LJ-138 0.5 L-137-2 1.0 L-137-1 1.5 I-137-1 0.5 I-137-2 0.5
PW-229 ENGINE GE-100/129 GE-100/129 GE100/129 GE100/129
DIFFERENCES ENGINE II ENGINE I ENGINE I ENGINE II
90

NTC-17 1.0
DATA LINK
OPERATIONS

UTD-15 1.5
BLOCK
DIFFERENCES
89

IG-247 0.5 LG-248 (S) 1.5 LC-248 (S) 1.5 IC-249 0.5
SELF SELF SELF SELF
PROTECTION PROTECTION PROTECTION PROTECTION
SYSTEMS SYSTEMS SYSTEMS SYSTEMS

L-328 1.0 L-228 (S) 2.0

L-128 0.5
WG-213 1.0 LG-213 1.0 LINK/SADL LINK/SADL
LINK/SADL
HMCS HMCS A-S A-A
INTRO
88 OPERATIONS OPERATIONS

B
L-144-1 1.0 L-144-3 1.0
L-112 3.0 L-144-2 0.5 W-328 1.0 W-228 1.0 W-128 1.0
AIRCRAFT EMERGENCY
AVIONICS NORMAL OPS LINK/SADL LINK/SADL LINK/SADL
SYSTEM PROCEDURES
DIFFERENCES DIFFERENCES A-S OPS A-A OPS INTRO
DIFFERENCES DIFFERENCES

1
WG-247 1.0 WC-249 1.0
W-112 1.0 W-318 1.0 W-160 1.0 W-116 1.0
SELF- SELF-
AVIONICS NAVIGATION FLIGHT CONT EMBEDDED
PROTECTION PROTECTION

VG
DIFFERENCES SYSTEMS SYSTEM GPS/INS
SYSTEMS SYSTEMS
87
E V N CK
Stop Fly Day

N
86
RA
IO T
S
O

85
U
T

SAN-5
C
TX

84

83
PR

SAN-4
C

82

81

TX TRACK 1B NOT PREVIOUSLY NVG QUALIFIED

Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 205

T
D

90

89

B
VG
88

U K1
N
87
IO C
S
E V RA

86
PR T

85

EOCC 0.5
Track 1B Graduation
Previous NVG Qual
TX

LJ-138 0.5 L-137-2 1.0 L-137-1 1.5 I-137-1 0.5 I-137-2 0.5
PW-229 ENGINE GE-100/129 GE-100/129 GE100/129 GE100/129
DIFFERENCES ENGINE II ENGINE I ENGINE I ENGINE II
84

NTC-17 1.0
DATA LINK
OPERATIONS

UTD-15 1.5
BLOCK
DIFFERENCES

83
IG-247 0.5 LG-248 (S) 1.5 LC-248 (S) 1.5 IC-249 0.5
SELF SELF SELF SELF
PROTECTION PROTECTION PROTECTION PROTECTION
SYSTEMS SYSTEMS SYSTEMS SYSTEMS

L-328 1.0 L-228 (S) 2.0

L-128 0.5
WG-213 1.0 LG-213 1.0 LINK/SADL LINK/SADL
LINK/SADL
HMCS HMCS A-S A-A
INTRO
OPERATIONS OPERATIONS
82
L-144-1 1.0 L-144-3 1.0
L-112 3.0 L-144-2 0.5 W-328 1.0 W-228 1.0 W-128 1.0
AIRCRAFT EMERGENCY
AVIONICS NORMAL OPS LINK/SADL LINK/SADL LINK/SADL
SYSTEM PROCEDURES
DIFFERENCES DIFFERENCES A-S OPS A-A OPS INTRO
DIFFERENCES DIFFERENCES

WG-247 1.0 WC-249 1.0

W-112 1.0 W-318 1.0 W-160 1.0 W-116 1.0
SELF- SELF-
AVIONICS NAVIGATION FLIGHT CONT EMBEDDED
PROTECTION PROTECTION
DIFFERENCES SYSTEMS SYSTEM GPS/INS
SYSTEMS SYSTEMS
81

TX TRACK 1B PREVIOUSLY NVG QUALIFIED

206 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

Section G. Ground and Academic Training — See Chapter 3 for ground and academic training information.

Section H. Device Training — See Chapter 4 for Device Training information.

Section I. Flying Training — See Chapter 5 for Flying Training information.

7-19. General Flying Training Instructions — Chapter 5, paragraph 5-1 applies with the following exceptions:

a. The following events must first be accomplished with an IP in the RCP. In order to be cleared solo for these
events, students must achieve and maintain a minimum grade of “1,” except where noted.

Solo Clearance Events

Planned Sortie
(Accomplished in D Model)
F-16 TR-3
Formation takeoff AHC
Formation landing AHC
Day air refueling AHC
ACBT (AGSM requires min grade of “2”) BFM-1
Radar-assisted trail departure TI-1 (TX 1A only)
Radar-assisted trail recovery TI-1 (TX 1A only)
LOWAT LASDT-1
TMLT safe escape SA-1
Basic night operations NTR-1
Night air refueling NTR-1
NVG operations SAN-1

(1) If solo clearance event is attempted, but not received on the indicated sortie, the next sortie should be flown
dual to allow the event to be accomplished and solo clearance received. If a solo clearance event was
accomplished to solo-clearance standards on a mission that was graded overall “Non-Effective,” then the FS/DO
will determine if a D-model is required to complete the repeat of this mission.

(2) Solo clearance will be revoked if a student receives a grade of “0” or “D” on any of the solo clearance
events listed above after receiving solo clearance. The student must accomplish the task dual and receive at least
a “1” to regain solo clearance.

(3) A student who is cleared solo for night air refueling will automatically be cleared solo for day air refueling
(if not previously cleared solo).

(4) F-16 solo clearance on TR-3 requires VFR patterns, landings, and SFOs to be graded at least a “1.”

(5) Solo clearance for basic night operations requires night landings and basic night formation to be graded “1.”
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 207

7-20. TR Phase — See Chapter 5, Section B, for general TR Phase special instructions, along with the following:

a. Accomplish the following minimum course events before TR-5:

Course Minimum Events

Event Minimum
Nose high recovery (HARTS 2) 1
Horn demonstration maneuver (HARTS 3) 2
Instrument unusual attitude recovery 2
Holding 1
Penetration 2
Non-precision approach 2
Precision approach (total) 4
Precision approach HUD-off 1
SFO (total) 4
Straight-in / random entry SFO 1
Visual straight-in 1
VFR (overhead / closed) pattern (total) 6
HUD-off VFR (overhead / closed) pattern 1
Landing (total) 6
HUD-off landing 1

b. Accomplish the following minimum course events after TR-5:

Course Minimum Events

Event Minimum
Formation takeoff 3
Formation landing 3
SFO (total, including straight-in / random entry) 4
Straight-in / random entry SFO 2 (1A) / 3 (1B)
HUD-on precision approach 4
HUD-off precision approach 2
HUD-off departure 1
Radar-assisted trail departure (total) 5
Radar-assisted trail departure as No. 3 or No. 4 1
Radar-assisted trail recovery (total) 5
Radar-assisted trail recovery as No. 3 or No. 4 1
Day air refueling 1
Night air refueling 1
Night landing 1
FSWD 1 (1A) / 3 (1B)

(1) If unable to complete the minimum, squadron supervision will document the unaccomplished task / event in
the GTIMS gradebook and on the end-of-course Training Summary (AETC Form 904) to highlight the shortfall.

(2) Subevents (HUD-off as No. 3 or No. 4 / straight-in/random entry / etc. count for total of overall event
(SFO / landing / etc).

7-21. AH Phase — See Chapter 5, Section C, for general AH Phase special instructions.

7-22. A-A Phase — See Chapter 5, Section D, for general A-A Phase special instructions.
208 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

7-23. A-S Phase — See Chapter 5, Section E, for general A-S Phase special instructions, along with the following:

a. Students must QUAL or FAM (day events) as follows:

Weapons Employment Familiarization

Unguided Munitions Events
Unguided Bomb QUAL
VLD N/R
SLD N/R
LAHD FAM
LALD FAM
DB FAM
HADB FAM
MARB FAM
HARB FAM
LAT FAM
Guided Munitions Events
IAM QUAL
LGB QUAL
Strafe Events
Tactical Strafe QUAL
LAS FAM
HAS FAM

(1) Criteria for weapons employment “Initial Qualification” will be IAW AFI 11-2F-16V1.

(2) Students need at least two record deliveries to achieve FAM in a weapons employment event. FAM in the
events listed above is desired, but not required for initial qualification (IAW AFI 11-2F-16V1).

(3) UGB is a combined event (50% hits of all record deliveries required). Any combination of hits in the
weapons events listed under UGB satisfies this training requirement. Strive to achieve unguided bomb
qualification on SA-1 – 4.

(4) VLD and SLD unguided bomb events are not required.

(5) Do not fly additional sorties to achieve qualification. Identify students not qualified in required events to the
gaining unit on the Training Summary (AETC Form 904).

b. Students will employ heavyweight ordnance on a minimum of one sortie (preferably two). Heavyweight
ordnance may be employed after SA-4.

c. If TGP is not available, IAMs or unguided bombs may be employed in place of Paveway II.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 209

Chapter 8

Requalification (TX) Track 2

Section A. Course Description / Accounting

8-1. Course Title — F-16C/D Requalification

8-2. Course Identifier — F16C0TX0PL (Luke/Holloman)

8-3. Course Objective — Reintroduces F-16C/D pilots in basic air-to-air (A-A) and air-to-surface (A-S) mission tasks.
Differences in the syllabi between Luke/Holloman (Active Duty) and Air National Guard (ANG) units are designed to
produce an equivalent student based on hardware and training device limitations. This syllabus lists training being
conducted at Luke AFB/Holloman AFB.

8-4. Location — 56 FW, Luke AFB AZ or Holloman AFB, NM.

8-5. Duration — 50 training days (14 ground, 36 flying training days) based on a class of up to 8 students. Classes with
more than 8 students require 2 additional training days per student.

8-6. Status Upon Graduation — Graduates fulfill all Initial Qualification Training (IQT) requirements contained in
AFI 11-2F-16V1 and are issued an AF Form 8, Certificate of Aircrew Qualification, after completion of the Instrument /
Qualification (I/Q) Evaluation. Specifically, TX Track 2 graduates will:

a. Be proficient in the milestone tasks listed in paragraph 8-16.

b. Be familiar with intercepting, engaging, or defending against a single adversary aircraft when flying single-ship,
or against two adversary aircraft when flying as a wingman.

c. Be familiar with flying low- and medium-altitude day VFR attacks on preplanned or non-preplanned targets
using system or visual deliveries.

d. Be certified LOWAT Category I (500 ft AGL) IAW AFI 11-2F-16V1.

e. Regain NVG currency IAW AFI 11-2F-16V1 if previously NVG qualified.

f. Be targeting pod (TGP) qualified IAW AFI 11-2F-16V1, with the exception of Paveway III and advanced
targeting pod (ATP) tasks.

8-7. Course Entry Prerequisites

a. Previous F-16 pilot with greater than 750 F-16 flying hours, unqualified (timing starts from date of last landing)
between 39 months (at the end of a non-flying assignment) or 51 months (at the end of a flying assignment) and
8 years. Or, previous F-16 pilot with less than 750 F-16 flying hours, unqualified more than 12 months and less than
8 years.

b. Life support training

(1) Centrifuge training successfully completed IAW AFI 11-404.

(2) Physiological training IAW AFI 11-403 (current for the duration of the course).

c. Security clearance requirements — See Chapter 1, Section A.

210 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

Section B. Training Summary

8-8. Flying Inventory

Transition (TR) Phase Summary

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Mission Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
TR-1 1.5 1 Single-Ship Operations
TR-3 1.5 1 Element Operations / Clear Solo
TR-4 1.5 1 1.5 2 Element Ops / Initial Solo / Evaluation Preparation
TR-5 1.2 1 1.2 2 Instrument / Qualification (I/Q) Evaluation
4 TR 5.7 2 2.7 4 2

Advanced Handling (AH) Phase Summary

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Mission Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
BFM-1 1.5 1 1.5 2 Offensive BFM (AAR)
BFM-4 1.0 1 1.0 2 Defensive BFM
BFM-8 1.0 1 1.0 2 High-Aspect BFM
3 AH 3.5 3 3.5 6 0

A-A Phase Summary

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Mission Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
ACM-3 1.0 2 2.0 3 ACM
TI-3 1.5 2 3.0 3 Element TI
TI-4 1.5 1 1.5 2 Element TI
3 A-A 4.0 5 6.5 8 0

A-S Phase Summary

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Mission Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
SA-1 1.2 1 BSA
SA-3 1.3 1 1.3 2 BSA
SA-8 1.4 1 1.4 1 1 Inert LGB / IAM Employment
SA-91 1.3 1 Air-to-surface Employment / Strike
SA-101 1.3 1 1.3 2 Air-to-surface Employment / Strike
SAT-2 1.3 1 1.3 2 Element SAT / Preplanned Targeting
SAT-5 1.4 2 2.8 3 Four-ship Opposed SAT
CAS-2 1.5 1 1.5 2 Close Air Support
SAN-6 2.0 1 2.0 1 1 NVG Operations (AAR)
72 A-S 10.12 72 10.32 112 32
1
As required
2
Total does not include “as required” training
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 211

Flying Inventory Totals

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Missions Hrs Sortie Hrs C D
17 23.3 17 23.0 29 5
Student Sortie Requirement (SSR) = 17 + 17 + (0.07 x [17 + 17]) = 34 + 2.38 = 36.38
Notes:
1. SSR = student + direct support + refly rate sorties.
2. Totals assume all direct support sorties are flown similar.
3. Refly rate is 7.0% of student and direct support sorties.

8-9. Device Training Inventory

Unit Training Devices (UTDs)

Student Data
Remarks
Device Hrs
UTD-11 0.5 UTD Introduction
UTD-2 1.5 Checklist Procedures
UTD-3 1.5 Engine Emergency Procedures
UTD-4 1.5 Aircraft Systems Emergency Procedures
UTD-8 1.5 Tactical Intercepts to a VID
UTD-11 1.5 Conventional Deliveries
UTD-141 1.5 Introduction to Strike Operations
UTD-151 1.5 Block Differences
52 UTDs 7.52
1
As required
2
Total does not include “as required” training

Weapon Systems Trainers (WSTs)

Student Data
Remarks
Device Hrs
WST-1 1.5 Normal Checklist Procedures (VMC)
WST-6 1.5 Engine & Aircraft Systems Emergency Procedures
WST-7 1.5 Emergency Procedures Evaluation (EPE)
WST-14 1.5 Intercepts and BVR Employment
WST-16 1.5 Surface Attack / IAMs
WST-21 1.5 TGP Introduction
6 WSTs 9.0
212 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

Networked Training Centers (NTCs)

Student Data
Remarks
Device Hrs
NTC-6 1.0 Element TI
NTC-7 1.0 BVR Launch and Leave
NTC-8 1.0 4 v X TI
NTC-9 1.0 4 v X ACT
NTC-10 1.0 Element Low-Altitude SAT
NTC-11 1.0 CAS Procedures
NTC-171 1.0 Data Link Operations
62 NTC 6.02
1
As required
2
Total does not include “as required” training

Device Training Inventory Totals

Device Training Number Hours

Computer Instruction (CI) 5 2.5
Unit Training Device (UTD) 5 7.5
Weapon Systems Trainer (WST) 6 9.0
Networked Training Center (NTC) 6 6.0
Egress Procedures Trainer (EPT) 1 2.0
Totals 23 27.0
Note: Totals do not include “as required” training.

8-10. Ground and Academic Training Summary

Block 25 Block 42
Ground/Academic Training
Number Hours Number Hours
Specialized Training 17 19.5 17 19.5
Lectures 85 86.0 88 90.0
Workbooks 41 41.0 42 42.0
Interactive Courseware 35 17.5 37 18.5
Totals 178 164.0 184 170.0
Note: Academic times include all optional training.

8-11. Expendables / Range Requirements Summary

Chaff / Flare Summary

MJU-7/MK-206 Flares RR-170/RR-188 Chaff

Mission Numbers
P IP DS P IP DS
BFM-1/4/8 45 45 - - - -
ACM-3 15 15 15 15 15 15
TI-3/4 30 30 15 30 30 15
SA-1/8 30 15 - 30 15 -
SAT-2/5 30 30 - 30 30 -
CAS-2 15 15 - 15 15 -
SAN-6 15 15 - 15 15 -
Totals 180 165 30 135 120 30
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 213

Training Munitions Summary

AIM-9 BDU-33 PGU-27

Mission Numbers
P IP P IP P IP
BFM-1/4/8 3 3 - - - -
ACM-3 1 1 - - - -
TI-3/4 2 2 - - - -
SA-1/8 - - 9 - 820 200
SAT-2/5 2 2 - - 820 400
CAS-2 - - - - 410 200
SAN-6 1 1 - - 410 200
Totals 9 9 9 0 2460 1000

Heavyweight / Live Munitions Summary

MK-82 Inert GBU-38 Inert GBU-12

Mission Numbers
P IP P IP P IP
SA-8 - - 1 1 1 1
Totals 0 0 1 1 1 1

A-S Range Summary

Manned Conventional Unmanned Tactical

Mission Numbers
P P
SA-1/8 1 1
SAT-2/5 - 2
SAN-6 - 1
Totals 1 4

Section C. Aircraft Configurations — See Chapter 1, Section D.

Section D. Training Management — See Chapter 2, Section B, along with the following:

8-12. Proficiency Advancement — FS/CC may proficiency advance a student when the student demonstrates
performance to the CTS. When exercising this option, FS/CC or designated representative will document the proficiency
advance in GTIMS.

8-13. SNP Limits — See Chapter 2, Section B, paragraph 2-9f.

“SNP” Sortie Limits

“SNP” Sorties
Training Phase
Allowed
TR 2
AH 2
A-A 2
A-S 2
Course Limit 4

8-14. Fighter Aircrew Conditioning Program (FACP) — See Chapter 2, paragraph 2-12.
214 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

Section E. Grading Procedures — See Chapter 2, Section C.

8-15. Academic Training Standards — See Chapter 2, paragraph 2-13.

8-16. Grading Criteria — See Chapter 2, Section C, paragraph 2-14.

Milestone Task Requirements

TR Phase Milestone Tasks Milestone Sortie CTS

Critical action procedures WST-6 3
Emergency procedures WST-6 2
Instrument unusual attitude recoveries WST-6 2
Horn awareness and recovery training series (HARTS) TR-4 2
Normal checklist procedures TR-4 2
Ground operations TR-4 2
Single-ship takeoff TR-4 2
Departure TR-4 2
Airwork TR-4 2
G-awareness exercise TR-4 2
Basic formation TR-4 2
Tactical formation TR-4 2
Rejoins TR-4 2
Lost wingman exercise / procedures TR-4 2
Instrument procedures TR-4 2
Precision approach TR-4 2
Non-precision approach TR-4 2
VFR patterns and landings (day) TR-4 2
SFO TR-4 2

AH Phase Milestone Tasks Milestone Sortie CTS

FENCE check BFM-4 2
Floor awareness BFM-4 2

A-A Phase Milestone Tasks Milestone Sortie CTS

AIM-9 employment ACM-3 2
AIM-120 employment TI-4 2
Day AAMD TI-3 2
Training rule adherence (A-A) TI-4 2
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 215

A-S Phase Milestone Tasks Milestone Sortie CTS

Single-ship low-altitude maneuvering (500 ft AGL) SA-1 2
LGB employment SAT-5 2
IAM employment SAT-5 2
LATF SAT-2 2
Training rule adherence (A-S) SAT-5 2
FSWD SAT-2 2
Surface-to-air threat reactions (low-altitude) SAT-2 2
HAS SAT-2 2
Surface-to-air threat reactions (medium-altitude) SAT-5 2
Surface-to-air threat reactions (night) SAN-6 2

Non-Phase Milestone Tasks Milestone Sortie CTS

Day air refueling BFM-1 2
AGSM BFM-1 2
Formation takeoff BFM-8 2
Formation landing BFM-8 2
Radar-assisted trail departure TI-4 2
Radar-assisted trail recovery TI-4 2
Straight-in / random entry SFO SA-8 2
Basic night operations SAN-6 2
Full stop landing (night) SAN-6 2
Basic formation (NVG) SAN-6 2
Tactical formation (NVG) SAN-6 2
Cockpit Resource Management
Situational awareness SAT-5 2
Communication SAT-5 2
Risk management / decision making SAT-5 2
Task management SAT-5 2
Mission preparation / planning SAT-5 2
Flight integrity SAT-5 2

b. Demonstrate Proficiency — Not applicable to TX Track 2.

Section F. Course Flow

8-17. Course Map Description / Legend — See Chapter 2, paragraph 2-16.

216 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

8-18. Course Map

T
D
L-251 1.0 L-250 0.5
(W-251) (W-250)
EEGS A-A GUN

TR-1
D

10

WST-6 1.5 S-191 0.5 S-104 1.0

L-100-SV 0.5 W-183 1.0
ENGINE & SYS TRANSITION PHYSICAL
(W-100) F-16 D-MODEL
EMERGENCY PHASE CONDITIONING
HPE DIFFERENCES
PROCEDURES BRIEFING PROGRAM

S-189 (S) 1.0

SECURITY
TR-5
PROCEDURES
9 15

L-109-3 1.0 L-109-4 1.0

S-109 4.0
IRC: ARRIVAL IRC: INST
IRC TEST
PROCEDURES TECHNIQUES

L-109-2 1.0
L-109-1 1.0
IRC: DEPT & EN
IRC: FLIGHT
ROUTE
PLANNING
8 PROCEDURES

W-109 1.0
EPT-1 2.0 W-232 1.0
INSTRUMENT
EGRESS AIR
REFRESHER
TRAINING REFUELING
COURSE

S-105 S-107 2.0 UTD-4 1.5

(W-107) AIRCRAFT SYS
40
LIFE SUPPORT EMERGENCY
FITTING PROCEDURES
7
CRM-2 1.0
W-146 1.0
COCKPIT
DATA TRANSFER
RESOURSE
EQUIPMENT
MNGMT II

CRM-1 1.0 L-170 1.0 UTD-3 1.5

COCKPIT PW220 ENGINE
L-148
RESOURSE EMER PROC EMERGENCY
MNGMT I REVIEW PROCEDURES
6
WST-1 1.5
UTD-2 1.5
NORMAL 0.5
CHECKLIST
CHECKLIST GTIMS TRAINING
PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
L-111
L-113
L-180 0.5 S-187 0.5
L-182 0.5 L-114
(I-180) TR TRAINING
VFR PATTERNS L-115
INSTRUMENT DEVICE
& LANDINGS L-116
RECOVERIES BRIEFING
5
L-161 1.5 L-150-3 0.5 L-150-2 0.5
L-165 1.5 CI-5 0.5
(I-161) PW220 NORM PW220 NORM
OUT-OF-CNTRL AVIONICS
FLCS MALS & CHECKLIST CHECKLIST
& FLT CHAR. REVIEW
EMERS PROCEDURES III PROCEDURES II

L-160-SV 2.0 L-150-1 0.5

(I-160-1/2 W-160) PW220 NORM
UTD-3
FLIGHT CHECKLIST
6 CONTROL SYS PROCEDURES I
4
L-148 1.0 L-117 0.5
L-116 2.0 L-128 0.5
FLAMEOUT CI-4 0.5 (I-117 W-117)
(I-116 W-116) (W-128)
PATTERNS AND INS LIGHTING
EGI LINK/SADLINTRO
LANDINGS SYSTEMS

L-142 0.5 L-143-SV 1.5

L-113 0.5
(I-142 W-142) (I-143-1/2 W-143) CI-3 0.5
(I-113 W-113)
ENV. CONTROL ELECTRICAL HUD
HUD AND CARA
SYSTEM SYSTEM
3
L-134 1.0
L-141-SV 1.5 L-140-SV 1.5 L-135 1.5
(I-136-2)
(I-141-1/2 W-141) (I-140-1/2 W-140) PW220 MALS
PW220 MALS
HYDRAULIC SYS FUEL SYSTEM AND EMERS II
AND EMERS I

L-115 0.5 L-114 0.5

L-133 1.0
CI-2 0.5 (I-115 W-115) (I-114)
PW220 NORM
MFD/SMS MASTER MODES (W-114)
OPS & LIMITS
AND SMS MFDS
2
L-111 1.5
L-132 1.0 I-110 0.5 UTD-1 0.5
CI-1 0.5 (I-111-1/2/3/P)
PW220 CBITS UTD
UFC/CNI (W-111)
ENGINE II INTRODUCTION INTRODUCTION
UFC/CNI

W-104 1.0
L-131 1.0 S-102-TX 0.5
PHYSICAL S-101 0.5
(I-136-1 W-131) COURSE
CONDITIONING WELCOME
PW220 ENGINE I OVERVIEW
PROGRAM
1
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 217

T
D L-265 1.0
WST-14 1.5
INTERCEPTS &
HIGH ASPECT
BVR
BFM
EMPLOYMENT

20

BFM-4
C

19

L-260 1.0
DEFENSIVE
BFM

BFM-1 L-240-3 (S) 1.5

C TI LAUNCH
AND LEAVE
18

L-240-2 (S) 1.0

TI LAUNCH
AND DECIDE

L-240-1 (S) 1.5

L-200 0.5 TACTICAL
A-A HPE INTERCEPT
CONTRACTS
17

L-255 1.0 L-248 (S) 1.5

OFFENSIVE SELF-PROTECTION
BFM SYSTEMS

S-244-1 0.5
ADVANCED
HANDLING
PHASE BRIEFING
16
(BLOCK 42) (BLOCK 42) (BLOCK 42) (BLOCK 25) (BLOCK 25) W-231 1.0
IG-246 0.5 WG-247 1.0 IG-247 0.5 IC-249 0.5 WC-249 1.0
SELF-PROTECTION SELF-PROTECTION SELF-PROTECTION SELF-PROTECTION
WPN SYS /
ALR-69 WARNING
SYSTEMS SYSTEMS SYSTEMS SYSTEMS FENCE CHECKS
SYSTEM
UTD-8 1.5
TACTICAL
TR-5 S-109 INTERCEPTS TO
C A VID

15

TR-4 L-228 (S) 2.0

C (W-228)
LINK/SADL A-A
OPS
14

S-195 3.0 L-239 (S) 1.0

INITIAL QUAL A-A THREAT
TESTS REACTIONS

13
L-227 (S) 1.5
AMRAAM
CAPABILITIES &
EMPLOYMENT

TR-3 L-235-SV 1.0

D (I-235 W-235)
BASIC
INTERCEPTS I
12
L-230 (S) 1.5
(I-230)
AIM-9 MISSILE
EMPLOYMENT
WST-7 1.5
EMERGENCY
PROCEDURES
EVALUATION L-210-SV 1.5
(I-210-1/2 W-210)
A-A RADAR
11
218 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

T
D L-330 0.5 L-812-2 0.5
POP-UP PAVEWAY III
ATTACKS DESCRIPTION

SA-1 L-812-1 0.5

NTC-9 D (W-812)
PAVEWAY II
42 DESCRIPTION
30
S-326 0.5 L-811 2.5
LASDT/SA (I-811 W-811)
SAT-5 MODULE TGP DESC &
NTC-8 1.0 BRIEFING OPERATIONS
43 4 V X TI

29
L-300 0.5 L-355 (S) 1.5
(W-300) SURFACE-
A-S TO-AIR THREAT
HPE REACTIONS

L-303 0.5
JMPS
MSN PLANNING
28

WST-16 1.5
SURFACE
ATTACK/IAMS

TI-4 L-328
C L-332

27

UTD-11 1.5
CONVENTIONAL
DELIVERIES

L-324 0.5
L-333 (W-324)
SYSTEMS
33 DELIVERIES
26
L-328 1.0 WST-16 W-321 1.0
L-332 1.0
(W-328) COMP DELIVERY
27 IAMs
LINK/SADL ERROR
EMPLOYMENT
A-S OPS ANALYSIS

L-331 0.5 TI-3

(W-331) C
IAMs
25 DESCRIPTION

L-320-SV 0.5
NTC-7 1.0 (W-320)
ELEMENT AGR CONV
BVR L&L DELIVERIES

L-302 0.5
(I-302 W-302)
SMS A-S
OPERATIONS
24

L-323-SV 0.5
(I-323 W-323)
A-S RADAR

ACM-3 L-318 1.5

C (I-318 W-318)
NAVIGATION
SYSTEMS
23

W-301 1.0
A-S AVIONICS

S-244-2 0.5
L-275 1.5
TI/ACM/ACT NTC-6 1.0
AIR COMBAT
MODULE ELEMENT TI
MANEUVERING
BRIEFING

22

L-270 (S) 1.0

RADAR ECCM
CAPABILITIES

BFM-8
C

21
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 219

T
D 2.0
S-105 1.0 AFRL NVG L-800-2 1.0
NVG FITTING REFRESHER NVG CRM
COURSE

L-824 (S) 1.5 S-830 1.0 SA-9

S-107 NVG CONTRACTS SAN D
& PHASE
AA EMPLOYMENT BRIEFING
40

CAS-2
C

39

NTC-11 1.0
CAS

38

SAT-2
C

37

S-360 0.5 AS REQUIRED AS REQUIRED

L-370 1.0 SAT/CAS UTD-14 1.5 L-338 0.5
CAS MODULE STRIKE WEAPON
BRIEFING OPERATIONS SURETY

36
AS REQUIRED
L-337 1.0
NUCLEAR WPNS
NTC-10 1.0 DELIVERIES
ELEMENT
LOW SAT
AS REQUIRED
L-336 (S) 1.0
WEAPON
DESCRIPTION
35

AS REQUIRED
W-335 1.0
SMS

SA-8
D

34

WST-21 1.5
L-359 (S) 1.5
TGP
SAT PLANNING
INTRODUCTION

L-333 (S) 0.5

IAMs
MISSION
PLANNING
33
L-332

SA-3
C

32

L-343 (S) 1.0

A-S SHOT KILL

L-825 (S) 1.0

TGP A-S
EMPLOYMENTI
31
220 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

T
D

TX Track 2 Graduation

50
L-137-2 1.0 L-137-1 1.5
EOCC 0.5 GE-100/129 GE-100/129
ENGINE II ENGINE I

LJ-138 0.5 I-137-2 0.5 I-137-1 0.5

PW-229 ENGINE GE100/129 GE100/129
DIFFERENCES ENGINE II ENGINE I
49

NTC-17 1.0
DATA LINK
OPERATIONS

UTD-15 1.5
BLOCK
DIFFERENCES
48
IG-247 0.5 LG-248 (S) 1.5 LC-248 (S) 1.5 IC-249 0.5
SELF SELF SELF SELF
PROTECTION PROTECTION PROTECTION PROTECTION
SYSTEMS SYSTEMS SYSTEMS SYSTEMS

L-328 1.0 L-228 (S) 2.0

L-128 0.5
WG-213 1.0 LG-213 1.0 LINK/SADL LINK/SADL
LINK/SADL
HMCS HMCS A-S A-A
INTRO
OPERATIONS OPERATIONS
47
L-144-1 1.0 L-144-3 1.0 WC-249 1.0
L-112 3.0 L-144-2 0.5 W-328 1.0 W-228 1.0
AIRCRAFT EMERGENCY SELF-
AVIONICS NORMAL OPS LINK/SADL LINK/SADL
SYSTEM PROCEDURES PROTECTION
DIFFERENCES DIFFERENCES A-S OPS A-A OPS
DIFFERENCES DIFFERENCES SYSTEMS

WG-247 1.0
W-112 1.0 W-318 1.0 W-160 1.0 W-128 1.0 W-116 1.0
SELF-
AVIONICS NAVIGATION FLIGHT CONT LINK/SADL EMBEDDED
PROTECTION
DIFFERENCES SYSTEMS SYSTEM INTRO GPS/INS
SYSTEMS
46

Stop Fly Date

45

SA-10
C

44

SAT-5
C

43
NTC-9 1.0
LG-814 2.0 NTC-8
4 V X ACT
SNIPER POD

NTC-8 L-339 (S) 1.0

L-334 0.5
SMALL
LASER JDAM
DIAMETER BOMB
42

LG-120 1.0
ARC-210

SAN-6
IG-120 0.5 D
ARC-210

41
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 221

Section G. Ground and Academic Training — See Chapter 3 for ground and academic training information.

Section H. Device Training — See Chapter 4 for Device Training information.

Section I. Flying Training — See Chapter 5 for Flying Training information.

8-19. General Flying Training Instructions — Chapter 5, paragraph 5-1 applies with the following exceptions:

a. The following events must first be accomplished with an IP in the RCP. In order to be cleared solo for these
events, students must achieve and maintain a minimum grade of “1,” except where noted.

Solo Clearance Events

Planned Sortie
(Accomplished in D Model)
F-16 TR-3

(1) If solo clearance event is attempted, but not received on the indicated sortie, the next sortie should be flown
dual to allow the event to be accomplished and solo clearance received. If a solo clearance event was
accomplished to solo-clearance standards on a mission that was graded overall “Non-Effective,” then the FS/DO
will determine if a D-model is required to complete the repeat of this mission.

(2) Solo clearance will be revoked if a student receives a grade of “0” or “D” on any of the solo clearance
events listed above after receiving solo clearance. The student must accomplish the task dual and receive at least
a “1” to regain solo clearance.

(3) A student who is cleared solo for night air refueling will automatically be cleared solo for day air refueling
(if not previously cleared solo).

(4) F-16 solo clearance on TR-3 requires VFR patterns, landings, and SFOs to be graded at least a “1.”

(5) Solo clearance for basic night operations requires night landings and basic night formation to be graded “1.”

8-20. TR Phase — See Chapter 5, Section B, for general TR Phase special instructions, along with the following:

a. Accomplish the following minimum course events before TR-5:

Course Minimum Events

Event Minimum
Nose high recovery (HARTS 2) 1
Horn demonstration maneuver (HARTS 3) 1
Instrument unusual attitude recovery 2
Holding 1
Penetration 2
Non-precision approach 1
Precision approach 2
SFO (total) 4
Straight-in / random entry SFO 1
Visual straight-in 1
VFR (overhead / closed) pattern (total) 4
HUD-off VFR (overhead / closed) pattern 1
Landing (total) 4
HUD-off landing 1
222 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

b. Accomplish the following course minimum events after TR-5:

Course Minimum Events

Event Minimum
Formation takeoff 2
Formation landing 2
SFO (total, including straight-in / random entry) 1
Straight-in / random entry SFO 1
HUD-on precision approach 3
HUD-off precision approach 1
Radar-assisted trail departure 4
Radar-assisted trail recovery 4
Day air refueling 1
Night air refueling 1
Night landing 1
FSWD 2

(1) If unable to complete the minimum, squadron supervision will document the unaccomplished task / event in
the GTIMS gradebook and on the end-of-course Training Summary (AETC Form 904) to highlight the shortfall.

(2) Subevents (HUD-off as No. 3 or No. 4 / straight-in/random entry / etc. count for total of overall event
(SFO / landing / etc).

8-21. AH Phase — See Chapter 5, Section C, for general AH Phase special instructions.

8-22. A-A Phase — See Chapter 5, Section D, for general A-A Phase special instructions.
8-23. A-S Phase — See Chapter 5, Section E, for general A-S Phase special instructions, along with the following:
a. If TGP is not available, IAMs or unguided bombs may be employed in place of Paveway II.

b. Students must FAM (day events) as follows:

Weapons Employment Familiarization

Unguided Munitions Events
Unguided Bomb FAM
VLD N/R
SLD N/R
LAHD FAM
LALD FAM
DB FAM
HADB FAM
MARB FAM
HARB FAM
LAT FAM
Guided Munitions Events
IAM FAM
LGB FAM
Strafe Events
Tactical Strafe FAM
LAS FAM
HAS FAM

Note: UGB is a combined event. Any combination of hits in the weapons events listed under UGB satisfies this training
requirement.

c. TX Track 2 students are requalified LOWAT Category I (500 ft AGL) following SA-1.

d. TX Track 2 students must fly at least one LATF event in the wing position (either line abreast or wedge
formation).
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 223

Chapter 9

Requalification (TX) Track 3

Section A. Course Description / Accounting

9-1. Course Title — F-16C/D Requalification

9-2. Course Identifier — F16C0TX0PL (Luke/Holloman)

9-3. Course Objective — Reintroduces F-16C/D pilots in basic air-to-air (A-A) and air-to-surface (A-S) mission tasks.
Differences in the syllabi between Luke/Holloaman (Active Duty) and Air National Guard (ANG) units are designed to
produce an equivalent student based on hardware and training device limitations. This syllabus lists training being
conducted at Luke AFB/Holloman AFB.

9-4. Location — 56 FW, Luke AFB AZ or Holloman AFB, NM.

9-5. Duration — 43 training days (14 ground, 29 flying training days) based on a class of up to 8 students. Classes with
more than 8 students require 2 additional training days per student.

9-6. Status Upon Graduation — Graduates fulfill all Initial Qualification Training (IQT) requirements contained in
AFI 11-2F-16V1 and are issued an AF Form 8, Certificate of Aircrew Qualification, after completion of the Instrument /
Qualification (I/Q) Evaluation. Specifically, TX Track 3 graduates will:

a. Be proficient in the milestone tasks listed in paragraph 9-16.

b. Be familiar with intercepting, engaging, or defending against a single adversary aircraft when flying single-ship,
or against two adversary aircraft when flying as a wingman.

c. Be familiar with flying low- and medium-altitude day VFR attacks on preplanned or non-preplanned targets
using system or visual deliveries.

d. Be certified LOWAT Category I (500 ft AGL) IAW AFI 11-2F-16V1.

e. Regain NVG currency IAW AFI 11-2F-16V1 if previously NVG qualified.

f. Be targeting pod (TGP) qualified IAW AFI 11-2F-16V1, with the exception of Paveway III and advanced
targeting pod (ATP) tasks.

9-7. Course Entry Prerequisites

a. Previous F-16 pilot with 750 F-16 flying hours unqualified (timing starts from date of last landing) from 12 to 39
months (at the end of a non-flying assignment) or 12 to 51 months (at the end of a flying assignment).

b. Life support training

(1) Centrifuge training successfully completed IAW AFI 11-404.

(2) Physiological training IAW AFI 11-403 (current for the duration of the course).

c. Security clearance requirements — See Chapter 1, Section A.

224 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

Section B. Training Summary

9-8. Flying Inventory

Transition (TR) Phase Summary

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Mission Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
TR-1 1.5 1 Single-Ship Operations
TR-4 1.5 1 Element Ops / Initial Solo / Evaluation Preparation
TR-5 1.2 1 1.2 2 Instrument / Qualification (I/Q) Evaluation
3 TR 4.2 1 1.2 2 2

Advanced Handling (AH) Phase Summary

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Mission Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
BFM-10 1.5 1 1.5 2 Low-Aspect BFM (AAR)
1 AH 1.5 1 1.5 2 0

A-A Phase Summary

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Mission Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
ACM-3 1.0 2 2.0 3 ACM
TI-4 1.5 3 4.5 4 Element Tactical Intercepts
2 A-A 2.5 5 6.5 7 0

A-S Phase Summary

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Mission Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
SA-1 1.2 1 BSA
SA-3 1.3 1 1.3 2 BSA
SA-8 1.4 1 Inert LGB / IAM Employment
SA-91 1.3 1 Air-to-Surface Employment / Strike
SA-101 1.3 1 1.3 2 Air-to-Surface Employment / Strike
SAT-5 1.4 2 2.8 3 Four-Ship Opposed SAT
CAS-2 1.5 1 1.5 2 Close Air Support
SAN-6 2.0 1 2.0 1 1 NVG Operations (AAR)
62 A-S 8.82 52 7.62 82 32
1
As required
2
Total does not include “as required” training
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 225

Flying Inventory Totals

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Mission Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
12 17 12 16.8 19 5 Totals do not include strike sorties
Student Sortie Requirement (SSR) = 12 + 12 + (0.07 x [12 + 12]) = 24 + 1.68 =25.68
Notes:
1. SSR = student + direct support + refly rate sorties.
2. Totals assume all direct support sorties are flown similar.
3. Refly rate is 7.0% of student and direct support sorties.

9-9. Device Training Inventory

Unit Training Devices (UTDs)

Student Data
Remarks
Device Hrs
UTD-11 0.5 UTD Introduction
UTD-2 1.5 Checklist Procedures
UTD-3 1.5 Engine Emergency Procedures
UTD-4 1.5 Aircraft Systems Emergency Procedures
UTD-8 1.5 Tactical Intercepts to a VID
UTD-11 1.5 Conventional Deliveries
UTD-141 1.5 Introduction to Strike Operations
UTD-151 1.5 Block Differences
52 UTDs 7.52
1
As required
2
Total does not include “as required” training

Weapon Systems Trainers (WSTs)

Student Data
Remarks
Device Hrs
WST-1 1.5 Normal Checklist Procedures (VMC)
WST-6 1.5 Engine & Aircraft Systems Emergency Procedures
WST-7 1.5 Emergency Procedures Evaluation (EPE)
WST-14 1.5 Intercepts and BVR Employment
WST-16 1.5 Surface Attack / IAMs
WST-21 1.5 TGP Introduction
6 WSTs 9.0
226 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

Networked Training Centers (NTCs)

Student Data
Remarks
Device Hrs
NTC-6 1.0 Element TI
NTC-8 1.0 4 v X TI
NTC-10 1.0 Element Low-Altitude SAT
NTC-11 1.0 CAS Procedures
NTC-171 1.0 Data Link Operations
42 NTC 4.02
1
As required
2
Total does not include “as required” training

Device Training Inventory Totals

Device Training Number Hours

Computer Instruction (CI) 5 2.5
Unit Training Device (UTD) 5 7.5
Weapon Systems Trainer (WST) 6 9.0
Networked Training Center (NTC) 4 4.0
Egress Procedures Trainer (EPT) 1 2.0
Totals 21 25.0
Note: Totals do not include “as required” training.

9-10. Ground and Academic Training Summary

Block 25 Block 42
Ground/Academic Training
Number Hours Number Hours
Specialized Training 17 19.5 17 19.5
Lectures 85 86.0 88 90.0
Workbooks 41 41.0 42 42.0
Interactive Courseware 35 17.5 37 18.5
Totals 178 164.0 184 170.0
Note: Academic times include all optional training.

9-11. Expendables / Range Requirements Summary

Chaff / Flare Summary

MJU-7/MK-206 Flares RR-170/RR-188 Chaff

Mission Numbers
P IP DS P IP DS
BFM-10 15 15 - - - -
ACM-3 15 15 15 15 15 15
TI-4 15 15 30 15 15 30
SA-1/8 30 15 - 30 15 -
SAT-5 15 15 - 15 15 -
CAS-2 15 15 - 15 15 -
SAN-6 15 15 - 15 15 -
Totals 120 105 45 105 90 45
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 227

Training Munitions Summary

AIM-9 BDU-33 PGU-27

Mission Numbers
P IP P IP P IP
BFM-10 1 1 - - - -
ACM-3 1 1 - - - -
TI-4 1 1 - - - -
SA-1/8 - - 9 - 820 200
SAT-5 1 1 - - - -
CAS-2 - - - - 410 200
SAN-6 - - - - 410 200
Totals 4 4 9 0 1640 600

Heavyweight / Live Munitions Summary

MK-82 Inert GBU-38 Inert GBU-12

Mission Numbers
P IP P IP P IP
SA-8 - - - - 1 1
Totals 0 0 0 0 1 1

A-S Range Summary

Manned Conventional Unmanned Tactical

Mission Numbers
P P
SA-1/8 1 1
SAT-5 - 1
Totals 1 3

Section C. Aircraft Configurations — See Chapter 1, Section D.

Section D. Training Management — See Chapter 2, Section B, along with the following:

9-12. Proficiency Advancement — FS/CC may proficiency advance a student when the student demonstrates
performance to the CTS. When exercising this option, FS/CC or designated representative will document the proficiency
advance in GTIMS.

9-13. SNP Limits — See Chapter 2, Section B, paragraph 2-9f.

“SNP” Sortie Limits

“SNP” Sorties
Training Phase
Allowed
TR 2
AH 2
A-A 2
A-S 2
Course Limit 4

9-14. Fighter Aircrew Conditioning Program (FACP) — See Chapter 2, paragraph 2-12.

Section E. Grading Procedures — See Chapter 2, Section C.

9-15. Academic Training Standards — See Chapter 2, paragraph 2-13.

228 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

9-16. Grading Criteria — See Chapter 2, Section C, paragraph 2-14.

Milestone Task Requirements

TR Phase Milestone Tasks Milestone Sortie CTS

Critical action procedures WST-6 3
Emergency procedures WST-6 2
Instrument unusual attitude recoveries WST-6 2
Normal checklist procedures TR-4 2
Ground operations TR-4 2
Single-ship takeoff TR-4 2
Departure TR-4 2
Airwork TR-4 2
Horn awareness and recovery training series (HARTS) TR-4 2
G-awareness exercise TR-4 2
Basic formation TR-4 2
Tactical formation TR-4 2
Rejoins TR-4 2
Lost wingman exercise / procedures TR-4 2
Instrument procedures TR-4 2
Precision approach TR-4 2
Non-precision approach TR-4 2
VFR patterns and landings (day) TR-4 2
SFO TR-4 2

AH Phase Milestone Tasks Milestone Sortie CTS

FENCE check BFM-10 2
Floor awareness BFM-10 2

A-A Phase Milestone Tasks Milestone Sortie CTS

AIM-9 employment ACM-3 2
Training rule adherence (A-A) TI-4 2
AIM-120 employment TI-4 2
Day AAMD TI-4 2
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 229

A-S Phase Milestone Tasks Milestone Sortie CTS

Single-ship low-altitude maneuvering (500 ft AGL) SA-1 2
Low-altitude tactical formation (LATF) SA-3 2
Surface-to-air threat reactions (low-altitude) SA-3 2
Full-scale weapons delivery SA-8 2
HAS SA-8 2
LGB employment SA-8 2
IAM employment SA-8 2
Training rule adherence (A-S) SAT-5 2
Surface-to-air threat reactions (medium-altitude) SAT-5 2
Surface-to-air threat reactions (night) SAN-6 2

Non-Phase Milestone Tasks Milestone Sortie CTS

Air refueling BFM-10 2
AGSM BFM-10 2
Formation takeoff BFM-10 2
Formation landing BFM-10 2
Radar-assisted trail departure SAN-6 2
Radar-assisted trail recovery SAN-6 2
Straight-in / random entry SFO SA-8 2
Basic night operations SAN-6 2
Basic formation (NVG) SAN-6 2
Tactical formation (NVG) SAN-6 2
Full stop landing (night) SAN-6 2
Cockpit Resource Management
Situational awareness SAT-5 2
Communication SAT-5 2
Risk management / decision making SAT-5 2
Task management SAT-5 2
Mission preparation / planning SAT-5 2
Flight integrity SAT-5 2

b. Demonstrate Proficiency — Not applicable to TX Track 3.

Section F. Course Flow

9-17. Course Map Description / Legend — See Chapter 2, paragraph 2-16.

230 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

9-18. Course Map

T
D
L-251 1.0 L-250 0.5
(W-251) (W-250)
EEGS A-A GUN

TR-1
D

10

WST-6 1.5 S-191 0.5 S-104 1.0

L-100-SV 0.5 W-183 1.0
ENGINE & SYS TRANSITION PHYSICAL
(W-100) F-16 D-MODEL
EMERGENCY PHASE CONDITIONING
HPE DIFFERENCES
PROCEDURES BRIEFING PROGRAM

S-189 (S) 1.0

SECURITY
TR-5
PROCEDURES
9 14

L-109-3 1.0 L-109-4 1.0

S-109 4.0
IRC: ARRIVAL IRC: INST
IRC TEST
PROCEDURES TECHNIQUES

L-109-2 1.0
L-109-1 1.0
IRC: DEPT & EN
IRC: FLIGHT
ROUTE
PLANNING
8 PROCEDURES

W-109 1.0
EPT-1 2.0 W-232 1.0
INSTRUMENT
EGRESS AIR
REFRESHER
TRAINING REFUELING
COURSE

S-105 S-107 2.0 UTD-4 1.5

(W-107) AIRCRAFT SYS
33
LIFE SUPPORT EMERGENCY
FITTING PROCEDURES
7
CRM-2 1.0
W-146 1.0
COCKPIT
DATA TRANSFER
RESOURSE
EQUIPMENT
MNGMT II

CRM-1 1.0 L-170 1.0 UTD-3 1.5

COCKPIT PW220 ENGINE
L-148
RESOURSE EMER PROC EMERGENCY
MNGMT I REVIEW PROCEDURES
6
WST-1 1.5
UTD-2 1.5
NORMAL 0.5
CHECKLIST
CHECKLIST GTIMS TRAINING
PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
L-111
L-113
L-180 0.5 S-187 0.5
L-182 0.5 L-114
(I-180) TR TRAINING
VFR PATTERNS L-115
INSTRUMENT DEVICE
& LANDINGS L-116
RECOVERIES BRIEFING
5
L-161 1.5 L-150-3 0.5 L-150-2 0.5
L-165 1.5 CI-5 0.5
(I-161) PW220 NORM PW220 NORM
OUT-OF-CNTRL AVIONICS
FLCS MALS & CHECKLIST CHECKLIST
& FLT CHAR. REVIEW
EMERS PROCEDURES III PROCEDURES II

L-160-SV 2.0 L-150-1 0.5

(I-160-1/2 W-160) PW220 NORM
UTD-3
FLIGHT CHECKLIST
6 CONTROL SYS PROCEDURES I
4
L-148 1.0 L-117 0.5
L-116 2.0 L-128 0.5
FLAMEOUT CI-4 0.5 (I-117 W-117)
(I-116 W-116) (W-128)
PATTERNS AND INS LIGHTING
EGI LINK/SADLINTRO
LANDINGS SYSTEMS

L-142 0.5 L-143-SV 1.5

L-113 0.5
(I-142 W-142) (I-143-1/2 W-143) CI-3 0.5
(I-113 W-113)
ENV. CONTROL ELECTRICAL HUD
HUD AND CARA
SYSTEM SYSTEM
3
L-134 1.0
L-141-SV 1.5 L-140-SV 1.5 L-135 1.5
(I-136-2)
(I-141-1/2 W-141) (I-140-1/2 W-140) PW220 MALS
PW220 MALS
HYDRAULIC SYS FUEL SYSTEM AND EMERS II
AND EMERS I

L-115 0.5 L-114 0.5

L-133 1.0
CI-2 0.5 (I-115 W-115) (I-114)
PW220 NORM
MFD/SMS MASTER MODES (W-114)
OPS & LIMITS
AND SMS MFDS
2
L-111 1.5
L-132 1.0 I-110 0.5 UTD-1 0.5
CI-1 0.5 (I-111-1/2/3/P)
PW220 CBITS UTD
UFC/CNI (W-111)
ENGINE II INTRODUCTION INTRODUCTION
UFC/CNI

W-104 1.0
L-131 1.0 S-102-TX 0.5
PHYSICAL S-101 0.5
(I-136-1 W-131) COURSE
CONDITIONING WELCOME
PW220 ENGINE I OVERVIEW
PROGRAM
1
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 231

T
W-321 1.0
D COMP DELIVERY W-301 1.0
ERROR A-S AVIONICS
ANALYSIS

NTC-6 1.0
ELEMENT TI

20

ACM-3
C

19

WST-14 1.5
S-244-2 0.5
L-275 1.5 INTERCEPTS &
TI/ACM/ACT
AIR COMBAT BVR
MODULE
MANEUVERING EMPLOYMENT
BRIEFING
18

L-270 (S) 1.0

RADAR ECCM
CAPABILITIES

BFM-10 L-240-3 (S) 1.5

C TI LAUNCH
AND LEAVE
17

L-240-2 (S) 1.0

TI LAUNCH
AND DECIDE

L-240-1 (S) 1.5

L-200 0.5 TACTICAL
A-A HPE INTERCEPT
CONTRACTS
16
S-244-1 0.5
L-255 1.0 L-260 1.0 L-265 1.0
ADVANCED
OFFENSIVE DEFENSIVE HIGH ASPECT
HANDLING
BFM BFM BFM
PHASE BRIEFING

UTD-8 1.5
TACTICAL
INTERCEPTS TO
A VID
15
(BLOCK 42) (BLOCK 42) (BLOCK 42) (BLOCK 25) (BLOCK 25) W-231 1.0
IG-246 0.5 WG-247 1.0 IG-247 0.5 IC-249 0.5 WC-249 1.0
SELF-PROTECTION SELF-PROTECTION SELF-PROTECTION SELF-PROTECTION
WPN SYS /
ALR-69 WARNING
SYSTEMS SYSTEMS SYSTEMS SYSTEMS FENCE CHECKS
SYSTEM

TR-5 S-109 L-228 (S) 2.0

C (W-228)
LINK/SADL A-A
OPS
14

L-248 (S) 1.5

SELF-PROTECTION
SYSTEMS
S-195 3.0
INITIAL QUAL
TESTS
L-239 (S) 1.0
A-A THREAT
REACTIONS
13
L-227 (S) 1.5
AMRAAM
CAPABILITIES &
EMPLOYMENT

TR_4 L-235-SV 1.0

D (I-235 W-235)
BASIC
INTERCEPTS I
12
L-230 (S) 1.5
(I-230)
AIM-9 MISSILE
EMPLOYMENT
WST-7 1.5
EMERGENCY
PROCEDURES
EVALUATION L-210-SV 1.5
(I-210-1/2 W-210)
A-A RADAR
11
232 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

T
D AS REQUIRED
L-337 1.0
L-370 1.0
NUCLEAR WPNS
CAS
DELIVERIES

AS REQUIRED
NTC-10 1.0
L-336 (S) 1.0
ELEMENT
WEAPON
LOW SAT
DESCRIPTION
30

AS REQUIRED
W-335 1.0
SMS

SA-8
D

29

L-359 (S) 1.5

SAT PLANNING

L-333 (S) 0.5

IAMs
MISSION
PLANNING
28
L-332
WST-21 1.5
TGP
INTRODUCTION

SA-3
C

27

L-330 0.5
L-343 (S) 1.0
POP-UP
A-S SHOT KILL
ATTACKS

L-825 (S) 1.0

TGP A-S
EMPLOYMENTI
26

L-812-2 0.5
PAVEWAY III
DESCRIPTION

SA-1 L-812-1 0.5

D (W-812)
PAVEWAY II
DESCRIPTION
25
L-811 2.5
(I-811 W-811)
TGP DESC &
OPERATIONS

S-326 0.5
WST-16 1.5
LASDT/SA
SURFACE
MODULE
ATTACK/IAMS
BRIEFING
24
L-333 L-328 1.0
L-332 1.0
L-300 0.5 (W-328)
28 IAMs
(W-300) LINK/SADL
EMPLOYMENT
A-S A-S OPS
HPE

L-331 0.5 UTD-11 1.5

L-303 0.5 (W-331) CONVENTIONAL
JMPS MSN IAMs DELIVERIES
PLANNING DESCRIPTION
23
L-355 (S) 1.5 L-324 0.5 L-320-SV 0.5
SURFACE- (W-324) (W-320)
TO-AIR THREAT SYSTEMS AGR CONV
REACTIONS DELIVERIES DELIVERIES

L-302 0.5
(I-302 W-302)
SMS A-S
OPERATIONS
22

L-323-SV 0.5
(I-323 W-323)
A-S RADAR

SAT-5 NTC-8 1.0

36 4 V X TI TI-4 L-318 1.5
C (I-318 W-318)
NAVIGATION
SYSTEMS
21
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 233

T
D IG-247 0.5 LG-248 (S) 1.5 LC-248 (S) 1.5 IC-249 0.5
SELF SELF SELF SELF
PROTECTION PROTECTION PROTECTION PROTECTION
SYSTEMS SYSTEMS SYSTEMS SYSTEMS

L-328 1.0 L-228 (S) 2.0

L-128 0.5
WG-213 1.0 LG-213 1.0 LINK/SADL LINK/SADL
LINK/SADL
HMCS HMCS A-S A-A
INTRO
OPERATIONS OPERATIONS
40
L-144-1 1.0 L-144-3 1.0 WC-249 1.0
L-112 3.0 L-144-2 0.5 W-328 1.0 W-228 1.0
AIRCRAFT EMERGENCY SELF-
AVIONICS NORMAL OPS LINK/SADL LINK/SADL
SYSTEM PROCEDURES PROTECTION
DIFFERENCES DIFFERENCES A-S OPS A-A OPS
DIFFERENCES DIFFERENCES SYSTEMS

WG-247 1.0
W-112 1.0 W-318 1.0 W-160 1.0 W-128 1.0 W-116 1.0
SELF-
AVIONICS NAVIGATION FLIGHT CONT LINK/SADL EMBEDDED
PROTECTION
DIFFERENCES SYSTEMS SYSTEM INTRO GPS/INS
SYSTEMS
39

Stop Fly Date

38

SA-10
C

37

SAT-5
C

36

LG-814 2.0
SNIPER POD NTC-8

L-339 (S) 1.0

L-334 0.5
SMALL
LASER JDAM
DIAMETER BOMB
35

LG-120 1.0
ARC-210

SAN-6
IG-120 0.5 D
ARC-210

34
2.0
S-105 1.0 AFRL NVG L-800-2 1.0
NVG FITTING REFRESHER NVG CRM
COURSE

L-824 (S) 1.5 S-830 1.0

S-107 NVG CONTRACTS SAN SA-9
& PHASE D
AA EMPLOYMENT BRIEFING
33

CAS-2
C

32

S-360 0.5 AS REQUIRED AS REQUIRED

NTC-11 1.0 SAT/CAS UTD-14 1.5 L-338 0.5
CAS MODULE STRIKE WEAPON
BRIEFING OPERATIONS SURETY

31
234 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

T
D

50

49

48

47

46

45

44

TX Track 3 Graduation

43

L-137-2 1.0 L-137-1 1.5

EOCC 0.5 GE-100/129 GE-100/129
ENGINE II ENGINE I

LJ-138 0.5 I-137-2 0.5 I-137-1 0.5

PW-229 ENGINE GE100/129 GE100/129
DIFFERENCES ENGINE II ENGINE I
42

NTC-17 1.0
DATA LINK
OPERATIONS

UTD-15 1.5
BLOCK
DIFFERENCES
41
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 235

Section G. Ground and Academic Training — See Chapter 3 for ground and academic training information.

Section H. Device Training — See Chapter 4 for Device Training information.

Section I. Flying Training — See Chapter 5 for Flying Training information.

9-19. General Flying Training Instructions — Chapter 5, paragraph 5-1 applies with the following exceptions:

a. The following events must first be accomplished with an IP in the RCP. In order to be cleared solo for these
events, students must achieve and maintain a minimum grade of “1,” except where noted.

Solo Clearance Events

Planned Sortie
(Accomplished in D Model)
F-16 TR-4

(1) If solo clearance event is attempted, but not received on the indicated sortie, the next sortie should be flown
dual to allow the event to be accomplished and solo clearance received. If a solo clearance event was
accomplished to solo-clearance standards on a mission that was graded overall “Non-Effective,” then the FS/DO
will determine if a D-model is required to complete the repeat of this mission.

(2) Solo clearance will be revoked if a student receives a grade of “0” or “D” on any of the solo clearance
events listed above after receiving solo clearance. The student must accomplish the task dual and receive at least
a “1” to regain solo clearance.

(3) F-16 solo clearance on TR-4 requires VFR patterns, landings, and SFOs to be graded at least a “1.”

9-20. TR Phase — See Chapter 5, Section B, for general TR Phase special instructions, along with the following:

a. A holding pattern is not required prior to TR-5.

b. Accomplish the following minimum course events before TR-5:

Course Minimum Events

Event Minimum
Nose high recovery (HARTS 2) 1
Horn demonstration (HARTS 3) 1
Instrument unusual attitude recovery 2
Penetration 1
Non-precision approach 1
Precision approach 2
SFO (total) 4
SFO (straight-in / random entry) 1
Visual straight-in 1
VFR (overhead / closed) pattern 4
Landing (total) 4
HUD-off landing 1
236 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

c. Accomplish the following minimum course events after TR-5:

Course Minimum Events

Event Minimum
Formation takeoff 1
Formation landing 1
SFO (total, including straight-in / random entry) 2
Straight-in / random entry SFO 2
HUD-on precision approach 2
Radar-assisted trail departure 3
Radar-assisted trail recovery 3
Day air refueling 1
Night air refueling 1
Night landing 1
FSWD 1

(1) If unable to complete the minimum, squadron supervision will document the unaccomplished task / event in
the GTIMS gradebook and on the end-of-course Training Summary (AETC Form 904) to highlight the shortfall.

(2) Subevents (HUD-off as No. 3 or No. 4 / straight-in/random entry / etc. count for total of overall event
(SFO / landing / etc).

9-21. AH Phase — See Chapter 5, Section C, for general AH Phase special instructions.

9-22. A-A Phase — See Chapter 5, Section D, for general A-A Phase special instructions.

9-23. A-S Phase — See Chapter 5, Section E, for general A-S Phase special instructions, along with the following:

a. If TGP is not available, IAMs or unguided bombs may be employed in place of Paveway II.

b. Students must FAM (day events) as follows:

Weapons Employment Familiarization

Unguided Munitions Events
Unguided Bomb FAM
VLD N/R
SLD N/R
LAHD FAM
LALD FAM
DB FAM
HADB FAM
MARB FAM
HARB FAM
LAT FAM
Guided Munitions Events
IAM FAM
LGB FAM
Strafe Events
Tactical Strafe FAM
LAS FAM
HAS FAM

Note: UGB is a combined event. Any combination of hits in the weapons events listed under UGB satisfies this training
requirement.

c. TX Track 3 students are requalified LOWAT Category I (500 ft AGL) following SA-1.

d. TX Track 3 students must fly at least one LATF event in the wing position (either line abreast or wedge
formation).
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 237

Chapter 10

Specialized Qualification (SOC) Track 1A/1B/1C/1D/1E/1F

Section A. Course Description / Accounting

10-1. Course Title — F-16C/D Specialized Qualification

10-2. Course Identifier — F16C0SOCPL (Luke/Holloman)

10-3. Course Objective — Provides F-16C/D proficiency and/or qualification in the appropriate mission tasks for senior
officers, test pilots, and pilots requiring basic aircraft qualification. SOC Track 1 is designed to be tailored to the individual
training needs of senior officers (O-6 and above, including selectees), test pilots, or pilots requiring basic aircraft
qualification based on unit requirements. The course WILL be scheduled to last as long as listed in the track duration. If a
shorter course duration is required, a shorter track (Track 1A or B) will be entered prior to course start, after approval by
AETC/A3.

10-4. Location — 56 FW, Luke AFB AZ or Holloman AFB, NM.

10-5. Duration — 23 training days (9 ground, 14 flying training days) comprising: academics and training devices, basic
aircraft qualification, two theater A-A, and two theater A-G missions. Actual duration of the course varies depending on the
desired proficiency and/or qualifications. With a full program of optional academics and sorties, a SOC Track 1E and 1F
will take 41 days planned but no less than 32 days with schedule compression. SEAD training requires an additional
3 training days.

10-6. Status Upon Graduation — SOC Track 1 is broken into six sub-tracks. All SOC Track 1 graduates (except SOC
Track 1A) fulfill all IQT requirements contained in AFI 11-2F-16V1 and are issued an AF Form 8, Certificate of Aircrew
Qualification, after completion of the Instrument / Qualification (I/Q) Evaluation. Specifically, SOC Track 1 graduates
(N/A for SOC 1F) will be proficient in the milestone tasks listed in paragraph 10-17 and will:

a. SOC Track 1A — Receive basic systems academics, training devices, and be familiar with normal and
emergency procedures.

b. SOC Track 1B — Receive basic aircraft qualification fulfilling all IQT requirements contained in
AFI 11-2F-16V1.

c. SOC Track 1C — Achieve ACBT currency and be familiar with air-to-air (A-A) weapons employment, basic
fighter maneuvers, and intercepts.*

d. SOC Track 1D — Be familiar with low level navigation / formation and conventional range procedures.*

e. SOC Track 1E — Receive all qualifications listed in a – d above.*

f. SOC Track 1F — Receive qualifications listed specifically in c – e above in addition to optional selected
training.*

*Note: For SOC Track 1C, 1D, 1E, and 1F specific qualifications may vary based on theater sorties required. The
theater optional sorties are desired to complete qualification. Additional theater optional sorties should be
coordinated through the 56 OG/CC or 54 FG/CC and HQ AETC.

10-7. Course Entry Prerequisites

a. Flight experience — 500 hours or two years operational experience in fighter aircraft.

b. Life support training (not applicable to SOC Track 1A).

(1) Centrifuge training successfully completed IAW AFI 11-404.

(2) Physiological training IAW AFI 11-403 (current for the duration of the course).

c. Security clearance requirements — See Chapter 1, Section A.

238 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

10-8. SOC Track 1F Specific Procedures

a. SOC 1F is designed to provide additional or specialized training to senior officers due to gaining unit
requirements. If additional training is not required beyond SOC 1C, 1D, or 1E, then SOC 1F is not applicable.

b. Approval of SOC 1F training must be coordinated prior to the first flight through AETC/A3. All attempts should
be made to coordinate required training with AETC/A3 and the gaining unit prior to class start in coordination.

c. When optional SOC 1F FLUG sorties are flown, the lineup will be in accordance with this syllabus except P and
IP will change to allow the UP to lead. While the overall mission type should not change, milestone tasks do not
apply to SOC 1F. Also, asterisked mission tasks are desired, but not required for SOC 1F. The first two sorties in the
flow (A-A-1 and SA-12) are to be flown on the wing as top-off training (if required) prior to entering flight lead
upgrade training in the follow-on sorties.

d. To certify as a flight lead out of the SOC 1F, AFI 11-2F-16V1 minimum requirements must be met. Hours entry
requirements for the FLUG are waived as long as SOC 1F training directly follows SOC 1C/1D/1E completion.
56 OG/CC or 54 FG/CC will identify the appropriate level for the certifying official.

Section B. Training Summary

10-9. Flying Inventory

a. SOC Track 1A — Contains no flying training

b. SOC Track 1B — Basic aircraft qualification

Transition (TR) Phase Summary

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Mission Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
TR-1 1.5 1 Single-Ship Operations
TR-3 1.5 1 Element Operations / Clear Solo
TR-4 1.5 1 1.5 2 Element Ops / Initial Solo / Evaluation Preparation
TR-5 1.2 1 1.2 2 Instrument / Qualification (I/Q) Evaluation
4 TR 5.7 2 2.7 4 2
Student Sortie Requirement (SSR) = 4 + 2 + (0.07 x [4 + 2]) = 6 + 0.42 = 6.42
Notes: (Apply to all SOC courses listed below)
1. SSR = student + direct support + refly rate sorties.
2. Totals assume all direct support sorties are flown similar.
3. Refly rate is 7.0% of student and direct support sorties.

c. SOC Track 1C (A-A emphasis)

TR Phase Summary

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Mission Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
TR-1 1.5 1 Single-Ship Operations
TR-3 1.5 1 Element Operations / Clear Solo
TR-4 1.5 1 1.5 2 Element Ops / Initial Solo / Evaluation Preparation
TR-5 1.2 1 1.2 2 Instrument / Qualification (I/Q) Evaluation
4 TR 5.7 2 2.7 4 2
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 239

Advanced Handling (AH) Phase Summary

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Mission Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
BFM-11 1.5 1 1.5 1 1 Offensive BFM (AAR)
1 AH 1.5 1 1.5 1 1
1
To regain ACBT currency, student must fly BFM immediately after TR-5.

A-A Phase Summary

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Mission Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
AA-11 1.0 1 1.0 2 BFM, ACM, or Element TI
1 A-A 1.0 1 1.0 2 0
1
Sortie profile is optional; requirements based on desired qualification. Additional sorties will be coordinated
through the 56 OG/CC or 54 FG/CC and HQ AETC.

Flying Inventory Totals

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Mission Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
6 8.2 4 5.2 7 3
Student Sortie Requirement (SSR) = 6 + 4 + (0.07 x [6 + 4]) = 10 + 0.70 = 10.70

d. SOC Track 1D (A-S emphasis)

TR Phase Summary

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Mission Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
TR-1 1.5 1 Single-Ship Operations
TR-3 1.5 1 Element Operations / Clear Solo
TR-4 1.5 1 1.5 2 Element Ops / Initial Solo / Evaluation Preparation
TR-5 1.2 1 1.2 2 Instrument / Qualification (I/Q) Evaluation
4 TR 5.7 2 2.7 4 2

Air-to-Surface (A-S) Phase Summary

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Mission Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
SA-11 1.7 1 BSA (AAR)
SA-121 1.4 1 1.4 2 LGB / IAM Employment
2 A-S 3.1 1 1.4 2 1
1
Sortie profile is optional; requirements based on desired qualification. Additional sorties will be coordinated
through the 56 OG/CC or 54 FG/CC and HQ AETC.
240 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

Flying Inventory Totals

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Missions Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
6 8.8 3 4.1 6 3
Student Sortie Requirement (SSR) = 6 + 3 + (0.07 x [6 + 3]) = 9 + 0.63 = 9.63

e. SOC Track 1E (basic / A-A / A-S emphasis)

TR Phase Summary

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Mission Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
TR-1 1.5 1 Single-Ship Operations
TR-3 1.5 1 Element Operations / Clear Solo
TR-4 1.5 1 1.5 2 Element Ops / Initial Solo / Evaluation Preparation
TR-5 1.2 1 1.2 2 Instrument / Qualification (I/Q) Evaluation
4 TR 5.7 2 2.7 4 2

AH Phase Summary

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Mission Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
BFM-11 1.5 1 1.5 1 1 Offensive BFM (AAR)
1 AH 1.5 1 1.5 1 1
1
To regain ACBT currency, student must fly BFM immediately after TR-5.

A-A Phase Summary

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Mission Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
AA-11 1.0 1 1.0 2 BFM, ACM, or Element TI
1 A-A 1.0 1 1.0 2 0
1
Sortie profile is optional; requirements based on desired qualification. Additional sorties will be coordinated
through the 56 OG/CC or 54 FG/CC and HQ AETC.

A-S Phase Summary

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Mission Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
SA-11 1.3 1 BSA
SA-121 1.4 1 1.4 2 LGB / IAM Employment
2 A-S 2.7 1 1.4 2 1
1
Sortie profile is optional; requirements based on desired qualification. Additional sorties will be coordinated
through the 56 OG/CC or 54 FG/CC and HQ AETC.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 241

Flying Inventory Totals

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Missions Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
8 10.9 5 6.6 9 4
Student Sortie Requirement (SSR) = 8 + 5 + (0.07 x [8 + 5]) = 13 + 0.91 = 13.91

f. SOC Track 1F (basic / A-A / A-S emphasis)

A-A Phase Summary

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Mission Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
AA-1 1.0 1 1.0 2 BFM, ACM, or Element TI (As Wingman)
1 A-A 1.0 1 1.0 2 0

A-S Phase Summary

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Mission Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
SA-12 1.4 1 1.4 2 LGB / IAM Employment (As Wingman)
1 A-S 1.4 1 1.4 2 0

FLUG Phase Summary

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Mission Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
BFM-10 1.5 1 1.5 2 Low-Aspect BFM
AA-1 1.0 1 1.0 2 BFM, ACM, Element TI
SA-12 1.4 1 1.4 2 LGB / IAM Employment
SAT-7 1.4 1 1.4 2 Element SAT
CAS-2 1.5 1 1.5 2 Close Air Support
SAN-3 1.4 1 1.4 2 Night Close Air Support
6 FLUG 8.2 6 8.2 12 0

Flying Inventory Totals

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Missions Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
8 10.6 8 10.6 16 0
Student Sortie Requirement (SSR) = 8 + 8 + (0.07 x [8 + 8]) = 16 + 1.12 = 17.12
 242 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

10-10. Device Training Inventory

Unit Training Devices (UTDs)1

SOC Track 1A SOC Track 1B SOC Track 1C SOC Track 1D SOC Track 1E
Remarks
Device Hrs Device Hrs Device Hrs Device Hrs Device Hrs
UTD-12 0.5 UTD-12 0.5 UTD-12 0.5 UTD-12 0.5 UTD-12 0.5 UTD Introduction
UTD-2 1.5 UTD-2 1.5 UTD-2 1.5 UTD-2 1.5 UTD-2 1.5 Checklist Procedures
UTD-3 1.5 UTD-3 1.5 UTD-3 1.5 UTD-3 1.5 UTD-3 1.5 Engine Emergency Procedures
UTD-4 1.5 UTD-4 1.5 UTD-4 1.5 UTD-4 1.5 UTD-4 1.5 Aircraft Sys Emergency Procedures
2 2
UTD-6 1.5 UTD-6 1.5 Air-to-Air Modes and Employment
Single and Multiple Target
UTD-10 1.5 UTD-10 1.5
Intercepts
UTD-11 1.5 UTD-11 1.5 Conventional Deliveries
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
3 UTDs 4.5 3 UTDs 4.5 4 UTDs 6.0 4 UTDs 6.0 5 UTDs 7.53
1
SOC 1F syllabus does not include UTDs
2
As required
3
Total does not include “as required” training

Weapon Systems Trainers (WSTs)1

SOC Track 1A SOC Track 1B SOC Track 1C SOC Track 1D SOC Track 1E
Remarks
Device Hrs Device Hrs Device Hrs Device Hrs Device Hrs
WST-1 1.5 WST-1 1.5 WST-1 1.5 WST-1 1.5 WST-1 1.5 Normal Checklist Proc (VMC)
WST-6 1.5 WST-6 1.5 WST-6 1.5 WST-6 1.5 WST-6 1.5 Engine & Aircraft System EPs
WST-7 1.5 WST-7 1.5 WST-7 1.5 WST-7 1.5 WST-7 1.5 Emergency Procedures Eval (EPE)
WST-14 1.5 WST-14 1.5 Intercepts and BVR Employment
WST-16 1.5 WST-16 1.5 Surface Attack / IAMs
WST-21 1.5 WST-21 1.5 TGP Introduction
3 WSTs 4.5 3 WSTs 4.5 4 WSTs 6.0 5 WSTs 7.5 6 WSTs 9.0
1
SOC 1F syllabus does not include WSTs

Networked Training Centers (NTC)1

Student Data
Remarks
Device Hrs
NTC-6 1.0 Element TI (SOC 1C/1E)
NTC-112 1.0 CAS Procedures (SOC 1F)
13 NTCs 1.03
1
SOC 1A/B/D syllabus does not include NTCs
2
As required
3
Total does not include “as required” training
 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 243

Device Training Inventory Totals

SOC Track 1A SOC Track 1B SOC Track 1C SOC Track 1D SOC Track 1E SOC Track 1F
Device Training
Number Hrs Number Hrs Number Hrs Number Hrs Number Hrs Number Hrs
Computer Instruction (CI) 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 0 0
Unit Training Device (UTD) 3 4.5 3 4.5 4 6.0 4 6.0 5 7.5 0 0
Weapon Systems Trainer (WST) 3 4.5 3 4.5 4 6.0 5 7.5 6 9.0 0 0
Network Training Centers (NTC) 0 0 0 0 1 1.0 0 0 1 1.0 0 0
Egress Procedures Trainer (EPT) 0 0 1 2.0 1 2.0 1 2.0 1 2.0 0 0
Totals 11 11.5 12 13.5 15 17.5 15 18.0 18 22.0 0 0
Note: Totals do not include “as required” training.

10-11. Ground and Academic Training Summary

Ground/Academic SOC Track 1A SOC Track 1B SOC Track 1C SOC Track 1D SOC Track 1E SOC Track 1F
Training Number Hrs Number Hrs Number Hrs Number Hrs Number Hrs Number Hrs
Specialized Training 4 2.0 11 16.0 13 18.0 12 17.0 14 19.0 1 2.0
Lectures 28 30.5 42 45.0 50 54.5 53 56.5 63 67.5 4 4.0
Workbooks 20 20.0 27 27.0 29 29.0 37 37.0 41 41.0 0 0.0
Interactive Courseware 26 13.0 28 14.0 32 16.0 33 16.5 34 17.0 1 0.5
Totals 78 65.5 108 102.0 124 117.5 135 127.0 152 144.5 6 6.5
Note: Academic times include all optional training and reflect Block 42 times from Chapter 3.

10-12. Expendables / Range Requirements Summary

Chaff / Flare Summary

MJU-7/MK-206 Flares RR-170/RR-188 Chaff

Mission Numbers
P IP P IP
BFM-1 15 15 15 15
BFM-10 15 15 15 15
1
A-A-1 15 15 15 15
SA-121 15 15 15 15
SAT-7 15 15 15 15
SAN-3 15 15 15 15
CAS-2 15 15 15 15
Totals 120 120 120 120
1
Sortie accomplished twice for SOC 1F. Totals reflect chaff / flare allocation for both sorties.

Training Munitions Summary

AIM-9 BDU-33 PGU-27

Mission Numbers
P IP P IP P IP
BFM-1 1 1 - - - -
BFM-10 1 1 - - - -
A-A-11 1 1 - - - -
SA-11 - - 9 - 410 200
SA-121 - - - - 410 -
SAT-7 - - - - 410 -
SAN-3 - - - - 410 -
CAS-2 - - - - 410 200
Totals: SOC 1C 2 2 0 0 0 0
Totals: SOC 1D 0 0 9 0 820 200
Totals: SOC 1E 2 2 9 0 820 200
Totals: SOC 1F 3 3 9 0 2050 200
1
Sortie accomplished twice for SOC 1F. BDU-33s allocated for one of the SA sorties.
244 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

Heavyweight / Live Munitions Summary

MK-82 Inert GBU-38 Inert GBU-12

Mission Numbers
P IP P IP P IP
1
SA-12 - - 1 1 1 1
SAT-7 - - 1 1 1 1
Totals: SOC 1D/1E 0 0 1 1 1 1
Totals: SOC 1F 0 0 1 1 1 1
1
SOC 1F is not allocated heavyweight / live munitions on SA-12.

A-S Range Summary

Manned Conventional Unmanned Tactical

Mission Numbers
P P
SA-11 1 -
SA-12 1 -
SAT-7 - 1
SAN-3 - 1
Totals: SOC 1D/1E 1 1
Totals: SOC 1F 2 2
Note: Manned and unmanned range numbers may vary depending on optional sorties flown.

Section C. Aircraft Configurations — See Chapter 1, Section D.

Section D. Training Management — See Chapter 2, Section B, along with the following:

10-13. Proficiency Advancement — FS/CC may proficiency advance a student when the student demonstrates
performance to the CTS. When exercising this option, FS/CC or designated representative will document the proficiency
advance in GTIMS.

10-14. SNP Limits — See Chapter 2, Section B, paragraph 2-9f.

“SNP” Sortie Limits

“SNP” Sorties
Training Phase
Allowed
TR 1
AH 1
A-A 1
A-S 1
Course Limit 2

10-15. Fighter Aircrew Conditioning Program (FACP) — See Chapter 2, paragraph 2-12.

Section E. Grading Procedures — See Chapter 2, Section C.

10-16. Academic Training Standards — See Chapter 2, paragraph 2-13.

10-17. Grading Criteria — See Chapter 2, Section C, paragraph 2-14.

Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 245

Milestone Task Requirements

TR Phase Milestone Tasks Milestone Sortie CTS

Critical action procedures WST-6 3
Emergency procedures WST-6 2
Instrument unusual attitude recoveries WST-6 2
Horn awareness and recovery training series TR-4 2
Normal checklist procedures TR-4 2
Ground operations TR-4 2
Single-ship takeoff TR-4 2
Departure TR-4 2
G-awareness exercise TR-4 2
Airwork TR-4 2
Basic formation TR-4 2
Tactical formation TR-4 2
Rejoins TR-4 2
Lost wingman exercise / procedures TR-4 2
Instrument procedures TR-4 2
Precision approach TR-4 2
Non-precision approach TR-4 2
VFR patterns and landings (day) TR-4 2
SFO TR-4 2

AH Phase Milestone Tasks (SOC 1C/1E) Milestone Sortie CTS

FENCE check BFM-1 2

A-S Phase Milestone Tasks (SOC 1D/1E) Milestone Sortie CTS

Low-altitude tactical formation (LATF) SA-11 2
LGB employment SA-12 2
IAM employment SA-12 2
Surface-to-air threat reactions (medium-altitude) SA-12 2

Non-Phase Milestone Tasks (SOC 1B) Milestone Sortie CTS

AGSM TR-4 2
Cockpit Resource Management
Situational awareness TR-5 2
Communication TR-5 2
Risk management / decision making TR-5 2
Task management TR-5 2
Mission preparation / planning TR-5 2
Flight integrity TR-5 2

Non-Phase Milestone Tasks (SOC 1C) Milestone Sortie CTS

Air refueling (if available) BFM-1 2
AGSM BFM-1 2
Formation takeoff BFM-1 2
Formation landing BFM-1 2
Cockpit Resource Management
Situational awareness AA-1 2
Communication AA-1 2
Risk management / decision making AA-1 2
Task management AA-1 2
Mission preparation / planning AA-1 2
Flight integrity AA-1 2
246 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

Non-Phase Milestone Tasks (SOC 1D) Milestone Sortie CTS

Air refueling (if available) SA-11 2
Cockpit Resource Management
Situational awareness SA-12 2
Communication SA-12 2
Risk management / decision making SA-12 2
Task management SA-12 2
Mission preparation / planning SA-12 2
Flight integrity SA-12 2

Non-Phase Milestone Tasks (SOC 1E) Milestone Sortie CTS

Air refueling (if available) BFM-1 2
AGSM BFM-1 2
Formation takeoff BFM-1 2
Formation landing BFM-1 2
Cockpit Resource Management
Situational awareness SA-12 2
Communication SA-12 2
Risk management / decision making SA-12 2
Task management SA-12 2
Mission preparation / planning SA-12 2
Flight integrity SA-12 2

b. Demonstrate Proficiency — Not applicable to SOC Track 1.

Section F. Course Flow

10-18. Course Map Description / Legend — See Chapter 2, paragraph 2-16.

Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 247

10-19. Course Map

a. SOC Track 1A

T
D

Track 1A Graduation

EOCC 0.5

WST-7 1.5
EMERGENCY
PROCEDURES
PRACTICE
9
WST-6 1.5
W-232 1.0
ENGINE & SYS
AIR
EMERGENCY
REFUELING
PROCEDURES

L-210-SV 1.5
(I-210-1/2 W-210)
A-A RADAR
8
UTD-4 1.5
AIRCRAFT SYS
EMERGENCY
PROCEDURES

UTD-3 1.5 W-183 1.0

ENGINE F-16 D-MODEL
EMERGENCY DIFFERENCES
PROCEDURES
7

W-146 1.0
DATA TRANSFER
EQUIPMENT

WST-1 1.5 L-180 0.5

L-182 0.5
NORMAL (I-180)
VFR PATTERNS
CHECKLIST INSTRUMENT
& LANDINGS
PROCEDURES RECOVERIES
6

UTD-2 1.5
0.5
CHECKLIST
GTIMS TRAINING
PROCEDURES

L-170 1.5 S-187 0.5 L-111 L-150-3 0.5 L-150-2 1.0 L-150-1 1.0
PW220 TR TRAINING L-113 PW220 NORM PW220 NORM PW220 NORM
EMER PROC DEVICE L-114 CHECKLIST CHECKLIST CHECKLIST
REVIEW BRIEFING L-115 PROCEDURES III PROCEDURES II PROCEDURES I
5 L-116

L-161 1.5
L-165 1.5
(I-161)
OUT-OF-CNTRL
FLCS MALS &
& FLT CHAR
EMERS

L-160-SV 2.0 L-128 0.5

CI-5 0.5 W-150 1.0
(I-160-1/2 W-160) (W-128)
AVIONICS GROUND
FLIGHT CONTROL LINK/SADL
REVIEW OPERATIONS
SYSTEM INTRO
4
L-148 1.0 L-143-SV 1.5 L-100-SV 1.0 L-117 0.5
L-116 2.0
FLAMEOUT (I-143-1/2 W-143) CI-4 0.5 (W-100) (I-117 W-117)
(I-116 W-116)
PATTERNS AND ELECTRICAL INS HUMAN PERF LIGHTING
EGI
LANDINGS SYSTEM ENHANCEMENT SYSTEMS

L-142 0.5
(I-142 W-142) CI-3 0.5
ENV. CONTROL HUD
SYSTEM
3
L-115 0.5
L-141-SV 1.5 L-114 0.5 L-113 0.5
CI-2 0.5 (I-115 W-115)
(I-141-1/2 W-141) (I-114 W-114) (I-113 W-113)
MFD/SMS MASTER MODES
HYDRAULIC SYS MFDS HUD AND CARA
AND SMS

L-111 2.0
L-140-SV 1.5
CI-1 0.5 (I-111-1/2/3/P)
(I-140-1/2 W-140)
UFC/CNI (W-111)
FUEL SYSTEM
UFC/CNI
2
L-134 1.0
L-135 1.5 L-133 1.0 L-132 1.0 I-110 0.5 UTD-1 0.5
(I-136-2)
PW220 MALS PW220 NORM PW220 CBITS UTD
PW220 MALS
AND EMERS II OPS & LIMITS ENGINE II INTRODUCTION INTRODUCTION
AND EMERS I

W-104 1.0
L-131 1.0 S-102-SO 0.5
PHYSICAL S-101-SO 0.5
(I-136-1 W-131) COURSE
CONDITIONING WELCOME
PW220 ENGINE I OVERVIEW
PROGRAM
1
248 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

b. SOC Track 1B

T
D

CRM-1/2 TR-1
W-232 1.0 D
AIR
REFUELING
10

S-104 1.0 L-100-SV 1.0 WST-6 1.5

(BLOCK 42) S-191 1.0 EPT-1 2.0
PHYSICAL (W-100) ENGINE & SYS
LG-213-SV 0.5 TRANSITION EGRESS
CONDITIONING HUMAN PERF EMERGENCY
HMCS PHASE BRIEFING TRAINING
PROGRAM ENHANCEMENT PROCEDURES
9
L-251 1.0 UTD-4 1.5
(BLOCK 42) W-183 1.0
(W-251) AIRCRAFT SYS
WG-213 1.0 F-16 D-MODEL
EEGS EMERGENCY
HMCS DIFFERENCES
PROCEDURES

UTD-3 1.5
L-250 0.5 L-210-SV 1.5 S-189 (S) 1.0
ENGINE
(W-250) (I-210-1/2 W-210) SECURITY
EMERGENCY
A-A GUN A-A RADAR PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
8

W-146 1.0 (BLOCK 42)

DATA TRANSFER SG-107 2.0
EQUIPMENT HMCS FIT

WST-1 1.5 L-180 0.5 S-107 2.0

L-182 0.5
NORMAL (I-180) (W-107)
VFR PATTERNS
CHECKLIST INSTRUMENT LIFE SUPPORT
& LANDINGS
PROCEDURES RECOVERIES FITTING
7

UTD-2 1.5
0.5
CHECKLIST
GTIMS TRAINING
PROCEDURES

L-170 1.5 S-187 0.5 L-111 L-150-3 0.5 L-150-2 1.0 L-150-1 1.0
PW220 TR TRAINING L-113 PW220 NORM PW220 NORM PW220 NORM
EMER PROC DEVICE L-114 CHECKLIST CHECKLIST CHECKLIST
REVIEW BRIEFING L-115 PROCEDURES III PROCEDURES II PROCEDURES I
6 L-116

L-161 1.5
L-165 1.5
(I-161)
OUT-OF-CNTRL
FLCS MALS &
& FLT CHAR.
EMERS

L-160-SV 2.0 L-128 0.5

CI-5 0.5 W-150 1.0
(I-160-1/2 W-160) (W-128)
AVIONICS TR-5 GROUND
FLIGHT CONTROL LINK/SADL
REVIEW 14 OPERATIONS
SYSTEM INTRO
5

L-109-4 1.0 L-109-3 1.0

S-109 4.0
IRC: INST IRC: ARRIVAL
IRC TEST
TECHNIQUES PROCEDURES

L-109-2 1.0
L-109-1 1.0
IRC: DEPT & EN
TR-1 IRC: FLIGHT
ROUTE
10 PLANNING
PROCEDURES
4
L-148 1.0 L-143-SV 1.5 CRM-1/2 2.0 W-109 1.0 L-117 0.5
L-116 2.0
FLAMEOUT (I-143-1/2 W-143) CI-4 0.5 COCKPIT INSTRUMENT (I-117 W-117)
(I-116 W-116)
PATTERNS AND ELECTRICAL INS RESOURCE REFRESHER LIGHTING
EGI
LANDINGS SYSTEM MANAGEMENT COURSE SYSTEMS

L-142 0.5
(I-142 W-142) CI-3 0.5
ENV. CONTROL HUD
SYSTEM
3
L-115 0.5
L-141-SV 1.5 L-114 0.5 L-113 0.5
CI-2 0.5 (I-115 W-115)
(I-141-1/2 W-141) (I-114 W-114) (I-113 W-113)
MFD/SMS MASTER MODES
HYDRAULIC SYS MFDS HUD AND CARA
AND SMS

L-111 2.0
L-140-SV 1.5
CI-1 0.5 (I-111-1/2/3/P)
(I-140-1/2 W-140)
UFC/CNI (W-111)
FUEL SYSTEM
UFC/CNI
2
L-134 1.0
L-135 1.5 L-133 1.0 L-132 1.0 I-110 0.5 UTD-1 0.5
(I-136-2)
PW220 MALS PW220 NORM PW220 CBITS UTD
PW220 MALS
AND EMERS II OPS & LIMITS ENGINE II INTRODUCTION INTRODUCTION
AND EMERS I

W-104 1.0
L-131 1.0 S-102-SO 0.5
PHYSICAL S-101-SO 0.5
(I-136-1 W-131) COURSE
CONDITIONING WELCOME
PW220 ENGINE I OVERVIEW
PROGRAM
1
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 249

T
D

Track 1B Graduation

EOCC 0.5

L-137-2 1.0 L-137-1 1.5

LJ-138 0.5
(I-137-2) (I-137-1)
PW-229 ENGINE
GE-100/129 GE-100/129
DIFFERENCES
ENGINE II ENGINE I
15
W-231 1.0
WEAPON
SYSTEMS/FENCE
CHECKS

S-109 TR-5
C

14

S-195 3.0
INITIAL QUAL
TESTS

TR-4
C

13
L-228 (S) 2.0 WST-7 1.5
(W-228) EMERGENCY
LINK/SADL PROCEDURES
A-A OPS EVALUATION

12
L-227 (S) 1.5
AMRAAM
CAPABILITIES/
EMPLOYMENT

TR-3
D

11
250 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

c. SOC Track 1C

T
D L-230 (S) 1.5
UTD-10
(I-230)
AIM-9 MISSILE 15
EMPLOYMENT

L-235-SV 1.0 CRM-1/2 TR-1

W-232 1.0 D
(I-235 W-235)
AIR
BASIC
REFUELING
INTERCEPTS
10

L-100-SV 1.0 S-104 1.0 WST-6 1.5

(BLOCK 42) S-191 1.0 EPT-1 2.0
(W-100) PHYSICAL ENGINE & SYS
LG-213-SV 0.5 TRANSITION EGRESS
HUMAN PERF CONDITIONING EMERGENCY
HMCS PHASE BRIEFING TRAINING
ENHANCEMENT PROGRAM PROCEDURES
9
UTD-4 1.5
L-210-SV 1.5 BFM-1 (BLOCK 42) W-183 1.0
AIRCRAFT SYS
(I-210-1/2 W-210) 17 WG-213 1.0 F-16 D-MODEL
EMERGENCY
A-A RADAR HMCS DIFFERENCES
PROCEDURES

UTD-3 1.5
L-250 0.5 L-251 1.0 S-189 (S) 1.0
ENGINE
(W-250) (W-251) SECURITY
EMERGENCY
A-A GUN EEGS PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
8

W-146 1.0 (BLOCK 42)

DATA TRANSFER SG-107 2.0
EQUIPMENT HMCS FIT

WST-1 1.5 L-180 0.5 S-107 2.0

L-182 0.5
NORMAL (I-180) (W-107)
VFR PATTERNS
CHECKLIST INSTRUMENT LIFE SUPPORT
& LANDINGS
PROCEDURES RECOVERIES FITTING
7

UTD-2 1.5
0.5
CHECKLIST
GTIMS TRAINING
PROCEDURES

L-170 1.5 S-187 0.5 L-111 L-150-3 0.5 L-150-2 1.0 L-150-1 1.0
PW220 TR TRAINING L-113 PW220 NORM PW220 NORM PW220 NORM
EMER PROC DEVICE L-114 CHECKLIST CHECKLIST CHECKLIST
REVIEW BRIEFING L-115 PROCEDURES III PROCEDURES II PROCEDURES I
6 L-116

L-161 1.5
L-165 1.5
(I-161)
OUT-OF-CNTRL
FLCS MALS &
& FLT CHAR
EMERS

L-160-SV 2.0 L-128 0.5

CI-5 0.5 W-150 1.0
(I-160-1/2 W-160) (W-128)
AVIONICS TR-5 GROUND
FLIGHT CONTROL LINK/SADL
REVIEW 14
OPERATIONS
SYSTEM INTRO
5

L-109-4 1.0 L-109-3 1.0

S-109 4.0
IRC: INST IRC: ARRIVAL
IRC TEST
TECHNIQUES PROCEDURES

L-109-2 1.0
L-109-1 1.0
IRC: DEPT & EN
TR-1 IRC: FLIGHT
ROUTE
10
PLANNING
PROCEDURES
4
L-148 1.0 L-143-SV 1.5 CRM-1/2 2.0 W-109 1.0 L-117 0.5
L-116 2.0
FLAMEOUT (I-143-1/2 W-143) CI-4 0.5 COCKPIT INSTRUMENT (I-117 W-117)
(I-116 W-116)
PATTERNS AND ELECTRICAL INS RESOURCE REFRESHER LIGHTING
EGI
LANDINGS SYSTEM MANAGEMENT COURSE SYSTEMS

L-142 0.5
(I-142 W-142) CI-3 0.5
ENV. CONTROL HUD
SYSTEM
3
L-115 0.5
L-141-SV 1.5 L-114 0.5 L-113 0.5
CI-2 0.5 (I-115 W-115)
(I-141-1/2 W-141) (I-114 W-114) (I-113 W-113)
MFD/SMS MASTER MODES
HYDRAULIC SYS MFDS HUD AND CARA
AND SMS

L-111 2.0
L-140-SV 1.5
CI-1 0.5 (I-111-1/2/3/P)
(I-1401/2 W-140)
UFC/CNI (W-111)
FUEL SYSTEM
UFC/CNI
2
L-134 1.0
L-135 1.5 L-133 1.0 L-132 1.0 I-110 0.5 UTD-1 0.5
(I-136-2)
PW220 MALS PW220 NORM PW220 CBITS UTD
PW220 MALS
AND EMERS II OPS & LIMITS ENGINE II INTRODUCTION INTRODUCTION
AND EMERS I

W-104 1.0
L-131 1.0 S-102-SO 0.5
PHYSICAL S-101-SO 0.5
(I-136-1 W-131) COURSE
CONDITIONING WELCOME
PW220 ENGINE I OVERVIEW
PROGRAM
1
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 251

T
D

Track 1C Graduation

LJ-138 0.5
PW-229 ENGINE
DIFFERENCES

L-137-2 1.0 L-137-1 1.5

(I-137-2) (I-137-1)
EOCC 0.5
GE-100/129 GE-100/129
ENGINE II ENGINE I
19

S-244-2 1.0
TI/ACM/ACT
A-A 1
MODULE
C BRIEFING

18

NTC-6 1.0
ELEMENT TI BFM-1 L-251
D

17

WST-14 1.5 W-231 1.0

INTERCEPTS WEAPON
AND BVR SYSTEMS/
EMPLOYMENT FENCE CHECKS
16
UTD-10 1.5 S-244-1 1.0 L-248 (S) 1.5
SINGLE AND ADVANCED SELF
L-235-SV
MULTIPLE TGT HANDLING PROTECTION
INTERCEPTS PHASE BRIEFING SYSTEMS

15
L-240-3 (S) 1.5 (BLOCK 25) (BLOCK 42)
TI L-200 0.5 IC-249 0.5 IG-247 0.5
LAUNCH AND A-A HPE SELF-PROTECTION SELF-PROTECTION
LEAVE SYSTEM SYSTEMS

L-240-2 (S) 1.0 TR-5 (BLOCK 42)

(BLOCK 25)
TI C WC-249 1.0 IG-246 0.5
LAUNCH AND SELF-PROTECTION ALR-69 WARNING
DECIDE S-109 SYSTEMS SYSTEM
14
L-240-1 (S) 1.5 (BLOCK 42)
L-239 (S) 1.0
TACTICAL WG-247 1.0
A-A THREAT SELF-PROTECTION
INTERCEPTS
REACTIONS SYSTEMS
CONTRACTS

TR-4
C

13
AS REQ WST-7 1.5
S-195 3.0
UTD-6 1.5 EMERGENCY
INITIAL QUAL
A-A MODES AND PROCEDURES
TESTS
EMPLOYMENT EVALUATION

12
L-227 (S) 1.5
AMRAAM
CAPABILITIES/
EMPLOYMENT

L-228 (S) 2.0 TR-3

(W-228) D
LINK/SADL
A-A OPS
11
252 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

d. SOC Track 1D

T
D

CRM-1/2 TR-1
W-232 1.0 D
AIR
REFUELING
10

L-100-SV 1.0 S-104 1.0 WST-6 1.5

(BLOCK 42) S-191 1.0 EPT-1 2.0
(W-100) PHYSICAL ENGINE & SYS
LG-213 1.0 TRANSITION EGRESS
HUMAN PERF CONDITIONING EMERGENCY
HMCS PHASE BRIEFING TRAINING
ENHANCEMENT PROGRAM PROCEDURES
9
UTD-4 1.5
L-210-SV 1.5 (BLOCK 42) W-183 1.0
AIRCRAFT SYS
(I-210-1/2 W-210) WG-213 1.0 F-16 D-MODEL
EMERGENCY
A-A RADAR HMCS DIFFERENCES
PROCEDURES

UTD-3 1.5
S-189 (S) 1.0
ENGINE
SECURITY
EMERGENCY
PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
8

W-146 1.0 (BLOCK 42)

DATA TRANSFER SG-107 2.0
EQUIPMENT HMCS FIT

WST-1 1.5 L-180 0.5 S-107 2.0

L-182 0.5
NORMAL (I-180) (W-107)
VFR PATTERNS
CHECKLIST INSTRUMENT LIFE SUPPORT
& LANDINGS
PROCEDURES RECOVERIES FITTING
7

UTD-2 1.5
0.5
CHECKLIST
GTIMS TRAINING
PROCEDURES

L-170 1.5 S-187 0.5 L-111 L-150-3 0.5 L-150-2 1.0 L-150-1 1.0
PW220 TR TRAINING L-113 PW220 NORM PW220 NORM PW220 NORM
EMER PROC DEVICE L-114 CHECKLIST CHECKLIST CHECKLIST
REVIEW BRIEFING L-115 PROCEDURES III PROCEDURES II PROCEDURES I
6 L-116

L-161 1.5 L-165 1.5

(I-161) OUT-OF-
FLCS MALS & CONTROL
EMERS & FLIGHT CHAR

L-160-SV 2.0 L-128 0.5

CI-5 0.5 W-150 1.0
(I-160-1/2 W-160) (W-128)
AVIONICS TR-5 GROUND
FLIGHT CONTROL LINK/SADL
REVIEW OPERATIONS
SYSTEM 14 INTRO
5

L-109-4 1.0 L-109-3 1.0

S-109 4.0
IRC: INST IRC: ARRIVAL
IRC TEST
TECHNIQUES PROCEDURES

L-109-2 1.0
L-109-1 1.0
TR-1 IRC: DEPT & EN
IRC: FLIGHT
ROUTE
10 PLANNING
PROCEDURES
4
L-148 1.0 L-143-SV 1.5 CRM-1/2 2.0 W-109 1.0 L-117 0.5
L-116 2.0
FLAMEOUT (I-143-1/2 W-143) CI-4 0.5 COCKPIT INSTRUMENT (I-117 W-117)
(I-116 W-116)
PATTERNS AND ELECTRICAL INS RESOURCE REFRESHER LIGHTING
EGI
LANDINGS SYSTEM MANAGEMENT COURSE SYSTEMS

L-142 0.5
(I-142 W-142) CI-3 0.5
ENV. CONTROL HUD
SYSTEM
3
L-115 0.5 L-114 0.5
L-141-SV 1.5 L-113 0.5
CI-2 0.5 (I-115 W-115) (I-114)
(I-141-1/2 W-141) (I-113 W-113)
MFD/SMS MASTER MODES (W-114)
HYDRAULIC SYS HUD AND CARA
AND SMS MFDS

L-111 2.0
L-140-SV 1.5
CI-1 0.5 (I-111-1/2/3/P)
(I-140-1/2 W-140)
UFC/CNI (W-111)
FUEL SYSTEM
UFC/CNI
2
L-134 1.0
L-135 1.5 L-133 1.0 L-132 1.0 I-110 0.5 UTD-1 0.5
(I-136-2)
PW220 MALS PW220 NORM PW220 CBITS UTD
PW220 MALS
AND EMERS II OPS & LIMITS ENGINE II INTRODUCTION INTRODUCTION
AND EMERS I

W-104 1.0
L-131 1.0 S-102-SO 0.5
PHYSICAL S-101-SO 0.5
(I-136-1 W-131) COURSE
CONDITIONING WELCOME
PW220 ENGINE I OVERVIEW
PROGRAM
1
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 253

T
D EOCC 0.5 Track 1D Graduation

L-137-2 1.0 L-137-1 1.5

LJ-138 0.5
(I-137-2) (I-137-1)
PW-229 ENGINE
GE-100/129 GE-100/129
DIFFERENCES
ENGINE II ENGINE I
20

SA-12
C

19

WST-21 1.5
TGP
INTRODUCTION

SA-11
D

18
S-326 1.0 L-248 (S) 1.5
WST-16 1.5
LASDT/SA SELF L-343 (S) 1.0
SURFACE
MODULE PROTECTION A-S SHOT KILL
ATTACK/IAMS
BRIEFING SYSTEMS

(BLOCK 42) (BLOCK 42) (BLOCK 25)

IG-246 0.5 L-825 (S) 1.0
IG-247 0.5 IC-249 0.5
ALR-69 WARNING SELF-PROTECTION SELF-PROTECTION TGP A-S
SYSTEM SYSTEMS SYSTEM EMPLOYMENTI
17
(BLOCK 42) (BLOCK 25) L-812-1 0.5
L-330 0.5
WG-247 1.0 WC-249 1.0 (W-812)
POP-UP SELF-PROTECTION SELF-PROTECTION PAVEWAY II
ATTACKS SYSTEMS SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION

L-811 2.5
UTD-11 1.5
(I-811 W-811)
CONVENTIONAL
TGP DESC &
DELIVERIES
OPERATIONS
16
L-320-SV 1.0 L-324 1.0 L-328 1.0
(W-320) (W-324) (W-328)
AGR CONV SYSTEMS LINK/SADL
DELIVERIES DELIVERIES A-S OPS

L-323-SV 0.5
(I-323 W-323)
A-S RADAR
15
L-318 1.5
L-332 1.0 L-300 0.5
(I-318 W-318)
IAMs (W-300)
NAVIGATION
EMPLOYMENT HPE
SYSTEMS

L-331 0.5 S-109 TR-5

(W-331) C
IAMs
DESCRIPTION
14
W-321 1.0
S-195 3.0
COMPUTED DEL
INITIAL QUAL
ERROR
TESTS
ANALYSIS

TR-4
W-302 1.0
C
SMS
A-S OPERATIONS
13
WST-7 1.5
W-301 1.0 EMERGENCY
A-S AVIONICS PROCEDURES
EVALUATION

12
L-228 (S) 2.0
(W-228)
LINK/SADL
A-A OPS

TR-3
D

11
254 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

e. SOC Track 1E

T L-230 (S) 1.5

D (I-230)
AIM-9 MISSILE UTD-10
EMPLOYMENT 15

L-235-SV 1.0 CRM-1/2 TR-1

W-232 1.0 D
(I-235 W-235)
AIR
BASIC
REFUELING
INTERCEPTS
10

L-100-SV 1.0 S-104 1.0 WST-6 1.5

(BLOCK 42) S-191 1.0 EPT-1 2.0
(W-100) PHYSICAL ENGINE & SYS
LG-213 1.0 TRANSITION EGRESS
HUMAN PERF CONDITIONING EMERGENCY
HMCS PHASE BRIEFING TRAINING
ENHANCEMENT PROGRAM PROCEDURES
9
UTD-4 1.5
L-210-SV 1.5 BFM-1 (BLOCK 42) W-183 1.0
AIRCRAFT SYS
(I-210-1/2 W-210) 17 WG-213 1.0 F-16 D-MODEL
EMERGENCY
A-A RADAR HMCS DIFFERENCES
PROCEDURES

UTD-3 1.5
L-250 0.5 L-251 1.0 S-189 (S) 1.0
ENGINE
(W-250) (W-251) SECURITY
EMERGENCY
A-A GUN EEGS PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
8

W-146 1.0 (BLOCK 42)

DATA TRANSFER SG-107 2.0
EQUIPMENT HMCS FIT

WST-1 1.5 L-180 0.5 S-107 2.0

L-182 0.5
NORMAL (I-180) (W-107)
VFR PATTERNS
CHECKLIST INSTRUMENT LIFE SUPPORT
& LANDINGS
PROCEDURES RECOVERIES FITTING
7

UTD-2 1.5
0.5
CHECKLIST
GTIMS TRAINING
PROCEDURES

L-170 1.5 S-187 0.5 L-111 L-150-3 0.5 L-150-2 1.0 L-150-1 1.0
PW220 TR TRAINING L-113 PW220 NORM PW220 NORM PW220 NORM
EMER PROC DEVICE L-114 CHECKLIST CHECKLIST CHECKLIST
REVIEW BRIEFING L-115 PROCEDURES III PROCEDURES II PROCEDURES I
6 L-116

L-161 1.5
L-165 1.5
(I-161)
OUT-OF-CNTRL
FLCS MALS &
& FLT CHAR.
EMERS

L-160-SV 2.0 L-128 0.5

CI-5 0.5 W-150 1.0
(I-160-1/2 W-160) (W-128)
AVIONICS TR-5 GROUND
FLIGHT CONTROL LINK/SADL
REVIEW OPERATIONS
SYSTEM 14 INTRO
5

L-109-4 1.0 L-109-3 1.0

S-109 4.0
IRC: INST IRC: ARRIVAL
IRC TEST
TECHNIQUES PROCEDURES

L-109-2 1.0
L-109-1 1.0
TR-1 IRC: DEPT & EN
IRC: FLIGHT
ROUTE
10 PLANNING
PROCEDURES
4
L-148 1.0 L-143-SV 1.5 CRM-1/2 2.0 W-109 1.0 L-117 0.5
L-116 2.0
FLAMEOUT (I-143-1/2 W-143) CI-4 0.5 COCKPIT INSTRUMENT (I-117 W-117)
(I-116 W-116)
PATTERNS AND ELECTRICAL INS RESOURCE REFRESHER LIGHTING
EGI
LANDINGS SYSTEM MANAGEMENT COURSE SYSTEMS

L-142 0.5
(I-142 W-142) CI-3 0.5
ENV. CONTROL HUD
SYSTEM
3
L-115 0.5
L-141-SV 1.5 L-114 0.5 L-113 0.5
CI-2 0.5 (I-115 W-115)
(I-141-1/2 W-141) (I-114 W-114) (I-113 W-113)
MFD/SMS MASTER MODES
HYDRAULIC SYS MFDS HUD AND CARA
AND SMS

L-111 2.0
L-140-SV 1.5
CI-1 0.5 (I-111-1/2/3/P)
(I-140-1/2 W-140)
UFC/CNI (W-111)
FUEL SYSTEM
UFC/CNI
2
L-134 1.0
L-135 1.5 L-133 1.0 L-132 1.0 I-110 0.5 UTD-1 0.5
(I-136-2)
PW220 MALS PW220 NORM PW220 CBITS UTD
PW220 MALS
AND EMERS II OPS & LIMITS ENGINE II INTRODUCTION INTRODUCTION
AND EMERS I

W-104 1.0
L-131 1.0 S-102-SO 0.5
PHYSICAL S-101-SO 0.5
(I-136-1 W-131) COURSE
CONDITIONING WELCOME
PW220 ENGINE I OVERVIEW
PROGRAM
1
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 255

T
D L-343 (S) 1.0
A-S SHOT KILL

SA-11
D L-825 (S) 1.0
TGP A-S
EMPLOYMENTI
20
S-326 1.0 L-812-1 0.5
WST-16 1.5 L-300 0.5 (W-812)
LASDT/SA
SURFACE (W-300) PAVEWAY II
MODULE
ATTACK/IAMS HPE DESCRIPTION
BRIEFING

L-811 2.5
L-330 0.5 (I-811 W-811)
POP-UP TGP DESC &
ATTACKS OPERATIONS
19
L-328 1.0
UTD-11 1.5
(W-328)
CONVENTIONAL
LINK/SADL
DELIVERIES
A-S OPS

L-324 1.0 A-A 1

L-332 1.0 C
(W-324)
IAMs
SYSTEMS
EMPLOYMENT
DELIVERIES
18
L-331 0.5 L-320-SV 1.0 S-244-2 1.0
(W-331) (W-320) TI/ACM/ACT
IAMs AGR CONV MODULE
DESCRIPTION DELIVERIES BRIEFING
NTC-6 1.0
ELEMENT TI BFM-1
L-251
L-323-SV 0.5 D
(I-323 W-323)
A-S RADAR
17
W-321 1.0 L-318 1.5
COMPUTED DEL (I-318 W-318)
ERROR NAVIGATION
ANALYSIS SYSTEMS

WST-14 1.5 W-231 1.0

INTERCEPTS WEAPON
AND BVR SYSTEMS/
EMPLOYMENT FENCE CHECKS
16
UTD-10 1.5 S-244-1 1.0 L-248 (S) 1.5
SINGLE AND W-302 1.0
L-235-SV ADVANCED SELF
MULTIPLE TGT SMS
HANDLING PROTECTION
INTERCEPTS A-S OPERATIONS
PHASE BRIEFING SYSTEMS

W-301 1.0
A-S AVIONICS

15
L-240-3 (S) 1.5 (BLOCK 25) (BLOCK 42)
TI L-200 0.5 IC-249 0.5 IG-247 0.5
LAUNCH AND A-A HPE SELF-PROTECTION SELF-PROTECTION
LEAVE SYSTEM SYSTEMS

L-240-2 (S) 1.0 TR-5 (BLOCK 42)

(BLOCK 25)
TI C WC-249 1.0 IG-246 0.5
LAUNCH AND SELF-PROTECTION ALR-69 WARNING
DECIDE S-109 SYSTEMS SYSTEM
14
L-240-1 (S) 1.5 (BLOCK 42)
L-239 (S) 1.0 S-195 3.0
TACTICAL WG-247 1.0
A-A THREAT INITIAL QUAL SELF-PROTECTION
INTERCEPTS
REACTIONS TESTS SYSTEMS
CONTRACTS

TR-4
C

13
AS REQ WST-7 1.5
UTD-6 1.5 EMERGENCY
A-A MODES AND PROCEDURES
EMPLOYMENT EVALUATION

12
L-227 (S) 1.5
AMRAAM
CAPABILITIES/
EMPLOYMENT

L-228 (S) 2.0 TR-3

(W-228) D
LINK/SADL
A-A OPS
11
256 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

T
D

Track 1E Graduation

EOCC 0.5

L-137-2 1.0 L-137-1 1.5

LJ-138 0.5
(I-137-2) (I-137-1)
PW-229 ENGINE
GE-100/129 GE-100/129
DIFFERENCES
ENGINE II ENGINE I
23

SA-12
C

22

WST-21 1.5
TGP
INTRODUCTION

21
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 257

f. SOC Track 1F

T
D

SA-12
C

10

S-900 2.0
TTP REFRESHER

LG-814 2.0
SNIPER POD

L-389 0.5
L-334 0.5
LASER
LASER JDAM
MAVERICK
8

A-A 1
C

BFM-10 AAR OPTIONAL

C

SA-12
C

These two sorties are to be flown on

NTC-11 1.0 the wing as topoff training (if required)
CAS
PROCEDURES
prior to entering flight lead upgrade
training in the follow-on sorties.
2

A-A 1
C

1
258 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

T
D

EOCC 0.5 Track 1F Graduation

18

CAS-2
C

17

NTC-11 1.0
CAS
PROCEDURES

16

15

SAN-3
C

14

L-339 (S) 1.0

SMALL
DIAMETER BOMB

13

SAT-7
C

12

11
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 259

Section G. Ground and Academic Training — See Chapter 3 for ground and academic training information.

Section H. Device Training — See Chapter 4 for Device Training information.

Section I. Flying Training — See Chapter 5 for Flying Training information.

10-20. General Flying Training Instructions — Chapter 5, paragraph 5-1 applies with the following exceptions:

a. Track 1 is broken into six sub-tracks:

(1) Track 1A is academics and training devices only.

(2) Track 1B is basic aircraft qualification which provides basic instrument qualification or requalification in
the F-16. All sorties in this track must be accomplished before flying any other track.

(3) Track 1C is A-A orientation. BFM is mandatory for regaining ABCT currency. AA-1 sortie may vary in
mission profile.

(4) Track 1D is A-S orientation. SA is mandatory for LOWAT Category 1 certification. SA-12 sortie may vary
in mission profile.

(5) Track 1E is a combination of all tracks listed above.

(6) Track 1F is an optional track intended to supplement Track 1C, 1D, or 1E allowing specialized training and
flight lead sorties. Unless noted, events, clearances, and all special syllabus requirements follow the prescribed
base track (1C, 1D, or 1E) then add 1F sorties as required.

b. The following events must first be accomplished with an IP in the RCP. In order to be cleared solo for these
events, students must achieve and maintain a minimum grade of “1,” except where noted.

Solo Clearance Events

Planned Sortie
(Accomplished in D Model)
F-16 TR-3
Formation takeoff BFM-1 (SOC 1C/1E)
Formation landing BFM-1 (SOC 1C/1E)
BFM-1 (SOC 1C/1E)
Day air refueling
SA-11 (SOC 1D)
ACBT (AGSM requires min grade of “2”) BFM-1 (SOC 1C/1E)
TMLT safe escape SA-11 (SOC 1D/1E)

(1) If solo clearance event is attempted, but not received on the indicated sortie, the next sortie should be flown
dual to allow the event to be accomplished and solo clearance received. If a solo clearance event was
accomplished to solo-clearance standards on a mission that was graded overall “Non-Effective,” then the FS/DO
will determine if a D-model is required to complete the repeat of this mission.

(2) Solo clearance will be revoked if a student receives a grade of “0” on any of the solo clearance events listed
above after receiving solo clearance. The student must accomplish the task dual and receive at least a “1” to
regain solo clearance.

(3) A student who is cleared solo for night air refueling will automatically be cleared solo for day air refueling
(if not previously cleared solo).

(4) F-16 solo clearance on TR-3 requires VFR patterns, landings, and SFOs to be graded at least a “1.”
260 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

10-21. TR Phase — See Chapter 5, Section B, for general TR Phase special instructions, along with the following:

a. Students will fly at least two (each) non-precision approaches, precision approaches, and SFOs before TR-5.

b. Accomplish the following minimum course events after TR-5:

Course Minimum Events

Event Minimum
Day air refueling 1 (if available)

(1) If unable to complete the minimum, squadron supervision will document the unaccomplished task / event in
the GTIMS gradebook and on the end-of-course Training Summary (AETC Form 904) to highlight the shortfall.

10-22. AH Phase — See Chapter 5, Section C, for general AH Phase special instructions, along with the following:

a. Sorties may be flown in a D-model (IP in RCP) as required due to mission complexity or proficiency.

10-23. A-A Phase — See Chapter 5, Section D, for general A-A Phase special instructions.

10-24. A-S Phase — See Chapter 5, Section E, for general A-S Phase special instructions, along with the following:

a. Student may achieve familiarization (FAM) in any event. Do not fly additional sorties beyond the course limit to
achieve qualification.

b. The student’s first SA sortie will be in a D-model. This does not include SOC 1F.

c. Low level training:

(1) Student must accomplish low-altitude awareness training before flying LATN / LATF solo.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 261

Chapter 11

Specialized Qualification (SOC) Track 2

Section A. Course Description / Accounting

11-1. Course Title — F-16C/D Specialized Qualification

11-2. Course Identifier — F16C0SOCPL (Luke/Holloman)

11-3. Course Objective — Provides Initial Qualification Training (IQT) in the F-16C/D for pilots selected for the USAF
Thunderbirds.

11-4. Location — 56 FW, Luke AFB AZ or Holloman AFB, NM.

11-5. Duration — 37 training days (15 ground, 22 flying training days) based on a class of 2 students. Classes greater than
2 students require 2 additional training days per extra student.

11-6. Status Upon Graduation — Graduates fulfill all IQT requirements contained in AFI 11-2F-16V1 and are issued an
AF Form 8, Certificate of Aircrew Qualification, after completion of the Instrument / Qualification (I/Q) Evaluation.
Specifically, SOC Track 2 graduates will:

a. Be proficient in the milestone tasks listed in paragraph 11-16.

b. Be familiar with weapons employment, basic fighter maneuvers, single-ship intercepts, low level navigation and
formation, and conventional range procedures.

11-7. Course Entry Prerequisites

a. Selected for USAF Thunderbirds Aerial Demonstration Team and not previously qualified in the F-16.

b. Life support training

(1) Centrifuge training successfully completed IAW AFI 11-404.

(2) Physiological training IAW AFI 11-403 (current for the duration of the course).

c. Security clearance requirements — See Chapter 1, Section A.

Section B. Training Summary

11-8. Flying Inventory

Transition (TR) Phase Summary

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Mission Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
TR-1 1.5 1 Single-Ship Operations
TR-3 1.5 1 Element Operations / Clear Solo
TR-4 1.5 1 1.5 2 Element Ops / Initial Solo / Evaluation Preparation
TR-5 1.2 1 1.2 2 Instrument / Qualification (I/Q) Evaluation
INST-1 1.5 1 Instruments
NTR-2 2.0 1 Element Night Operations
6 TR 9.2 2 2.7 4 4
262 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

Advanced Handling (AH) Phase Summary

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Mission Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
AHC 1.7 1 1.7 1 1 Advanced Handling Characteristics (AAR)
BFM-1 1.0 1 1.0 1 1 Offensive BFM
BFM-4 1.0 1 1.0 2 Defensive BFM (AAR)
BFM-7 1.0 1 1.0 2 High-Aspect BFM
4 AH 4.7 4 4.7 6 2

Air-to Surface (A-S) Phase Summary

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Mission Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
SA-1 1.2 1 BSA
SA-3 1.3 1 BSA
2 A-S 2.5 0 0 0 2

Flying Inventory Totals

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Mission Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
12 16.9 6 7.9 10 8
Student Sortie Requirement (SSR) = 12 + 6 + (0.07 x [12 + 6]) = 18 + 1.26 = 19.26
Notes:
1. SSR = student + direct support + refly rate sorties.
2. Totals assume all direct support sorties are flown similar.
3. Refly rate is 7.0% of student and direct support sorties.

11-9. Device Training Inventory

Unit Training Devices (UTDs)

Student Data
Remarks
Device Hrs
UTD-1 0.5 UTD Introduction
UTD-2 1.5 Checklist Procedures
UTD-3 1.5 Engine Emergency Procedures
UTD-4 1.5 Aircraft Systems Emergency Procedures
UTD-6 1.5 Air-to-Air Modes and Employment
UTD-10 1.5 Single and Multiple Target Intercepts
UTD-11 1.5 Conventional Deliveries
7 UTDs 9.5
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 263

Weapon Systems Trainers (WSTs)

Student Data
Remarks
Device Hrs
WST-1 1.5 Normal Checklist Procedures (VMC)
WST-2 1.5 Normal Instrument Procedures (IMC)
WST-3 1.5 Engine Emergency Procedures
WST-4 1.5 Aircraft Systems Emergency Procedures
WST-5 1.5 Emergency Procedures & Instrument Practice
WST-7 1.5 Emergency Procedures Evaluation (EPE)
WST-8 1.5 Intercepts I
WST-15 1.5 Intercepts II
WST-19 1.5 Unguided Weapons Employment / Box Patterns
WST-20 1.5 Unguided Weapons Employment / Pop Patterns
10 WSTs 15.0

Networked Training Centers (NTCs)

Student Data
Remarks
Device Hrs
NTC-1 1.0 Offensive BFM
1 NTC 1.0

Device Training Inventory Totals

Device Training Number Hours

Computer Instruction (CI) 5 2.5
Unit Training Device (UTD) 7 9.5
Weapon Systems Trainer (WST) 10 15.0
Networked Training Center (NTC) 1 1.0
Emergency Procedures Trainer (EPT) 1 2.0
Totals 24 30.0

11-10. Ground and Academic Training Summary

Block 25 Block 42
Ground/Academic Training
Number Hours Number Hours
Specialized Training 15 19.0 15 19.0
Lectures 68 79.0 68 79.0
Workbooks 19 39.0 39 39.0
Interactive Courseware 36 18.0 37 18.5
Tests 5 5.0 5 5.0
Totals 163 160.0 164 160.5
Note: Academic times include all optional training.
264 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

11-11. Expendables / Range Requirements Summary

Chaff / Flare Summary

MJU-7/MK-206 Flares RR-170/RR-188 Chaff

Mission Numbers
P IP P IP
AHC 15 15 - -
BFM-1/4/7 75 75 75 75
Totals 90 90 75 75

Training Munitions Summary

AIM-9 BDU-33 PGU-27

Mission Numbers
P IP P IP P IP
AHC 1 1 - - - -
BFM-1/4/7 5 5 - - - -
SA-1/3 - - 18 - 1640 600
NTR-2 1 1 - - - -
Totals 7 7 18 0 1640 600

Air-to-Surface (A-S) Range Summary

Manned Conventional Unmanned Tactical

Mission Numbers
P P
SA-1/3 2 -
Totals 2 0

Section C. Aircraft Configurations — See Chapter 1, Section D.

Section D. Training Management — See Chapter 2, Section B, along with the following:

11-12. Proficiency Advancement — Not applicable to SOC Track 2.

11-13. SNP Limits — See Chapter 2, Section B, paragraph 2-9f.

“SNP” Sortie Limits

“SNP” Sorties
Training Phase
Allowed
TR 2
AH 2
A-S 2
Course Limit 4

11-14. Fighter Aircrew Conditioning Program (FACP) — See Chapter 2, paragraph 2-12.

Section E. Grading Procedures — See Chapter 2, Section C.

11-15. Academic Training Standards — See Chapter 2, paragraph 2-13.

Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 265

11-16. Grading Criteria — See Chapter 2, Section C, paragraph 2-14.

Milestone Task Requirements

TR Phase Milestone Tasks Milestone Sortie CTS

Critical action procedures WST-5 3
Emergency procedures WST-5 2
Instrument unusual attitude recoveries WST-5 2
Normal checklist procedures TR-4 2
Ground operations TR-4 2
Single-ship takeoff TR-4 2
Departure TR-4 2
G-awareness exercise TR-4 2
Airwork TR-4 2
Basic formation TR-4 2
Tactical formation TR-4 2
Rejoins TR-4 2
Lost wingman exercise / procedures TR-4 2
Instrument procedures TR-4 2
Precision approach TR-4 2
Non-precision approach TR-4 2
VFR patterns and landings (day) TR-4 2
SFO TR-4 2

AH Phase Milestone Tasks Milestone Sortie CTS

Horn awareness and recovery training series (HARTS) AHC 2
FENCE check BFM-1 2
Floor awareness BFM-4 2

A-S Phase Milestone Tasks Milestone Sortie CTS

Single-ship low-altitude maneuvering (500 ft AGL) SA-1 2
Low-altitude tactical formation (LATF) SA-3 2

Non-Phase Milestone Tasks Milestone Sortie CTS

Day air refueling (if available) AHC 2
AGSM BFM-1 2
Formation takeoff BFM-1 2
Formation landing BFM-1 2
Radar-assisted trail departure BFM-7 2
Radar-assisted trail recovery BFM-7 2
Straight-in / random entry SFO SA-3 2
Basic night operations NTR-2 2
Full stop landing (night) NTR-2 2
Night air refueling (if available) NTR-2 2
Cockpit Resource Management
Situational awareness SA-3 2
Communication SA-3 2
Risk management / decision making SA-3 2
Task management SA-3 2
Mission preparation / planning SA-3 2
Flight integrity SA-3 2

b. Demonstrate Proficiency — Not applicable to SOC Track 2.

Section F. Course Flow

11-17. Course Map Description / Legend — See Chapter 2, paragraph 2-16.

266 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

11-18. Course Map

T
D WST-3 1.5 TR-1 EPT-1 2.0
S-107 2.0
ENGINE (W-107)
14 EGRESS
EMERGENCY LIFE SUPPORT
TRAINING
PROCEDURES FITTING

TR-1
14
10

L-109-4 1.0 L-109-3 1.0

S-109 4.0
IRC: INST IRC: ARRIVAL
IRC TEST
TECHNIQUES PROCEDURES

L-109-2 1.0
L-109-1 1.0
IRC: DEPT & EN
IRC: FLIGHT
ROUTE
PLANNING
PROCEDURES
9
UTD-3 1.5 WST-2 1.5 W-109 1.0
ENGINE NORMAL INSTRUMENT
EMERGENCY INSTRUMENT REFRESHER
PROCEDURES PROC (IMC) COURSE

T-004 1.0
FLCS TEST

8
L-148 1.0 L-170 2.0 WST-1 1.5
FLAMEOUT PW220 NORMAL L-160-1
PATTERNS AND EMER PROC CHECKLIST L-160-2
LANDINGS REVIEW PROC (VMC) L-161
L-165
&
T-002 1.0 Associated
MISC A/C SYS Workbooks
TEST

7
L-140-1
L-180 1.0 L-140-2
L-165 1.5 L-182 1.0
(I-180) L-141-1
OUT-OF-CNTRL VFR PATTERNS
INSTRUMENT L-141-2
& FLT CHAR & LANDINGS
RECOVERIES L-142
L-143-1
L-143-2
L-161 1.5
L-111 L-115 UTD-2 1.5 & T-001 1.0
(I-161) 0.5
L-113 L-116 CHECKLIST Associated AVIONICS
FLCS MALS & GTIMS TRAINING
L-114 PROCEDURES Workbooks TEST
EMERS
6
L-160-2 2.0 S-187 0.5 L-150-3 0.5 L-150-2 1.0 L-150-1 1.0 L-111
FLCS LIMITS AND TR TRAINING PW220 NORM PW220 NORM PW220 NORM L-113
NORMAL DEVICE CHECKLIST CHECKLIST CHECKLIST L-114
OPERATIONS BRIEFING PROCEDURES III PROCEDURES II PROCEDURES I L-115
UTD-1 L-116
W-118
L-160-1 2.0 &
(I-160-1/2 W-160) Associated
FLIGHT CONTROL Workbooks
SYSTEM
5
L-143-2 1.5 L-117 0.5
CI-5 0.5 W-150 1.0
ELECTRICAL (I-117 W-117)
AVIONICS GROUND
SYS MALS AND LIGHTING
REVIEW OPERATIONS
EMERGENCIES SYSTEMS

L-142 0.5 L-143-1 1.5

(I-142 W-142) (I-143-1/2 W-143) L-116 2.0 CI-4 0.5
ENV. CONTROL ELECTRICAL (I-116 W-116) INS
SYSTEM SYSTEM EGI
4
L-141-2 1.5 L-128 0.5
HYDRAULIC SYS (W-128)
MALS AND LINK/SADL
EMERGENCIES INTRO

L-140-2 1.0
L-141-1 1.5 L-140-1 1.5 T-003 1.0
FUEL SYS MALS CI-3 0.5
(I-141-1/2 W-141) (I-140-1/2 W-140) PW220
AND HUD
HYDRAULIC SYS FUEL SYSTEM ENGINE TEST
EMERGENCIES
3
L-115 1.0 L-131
L-135 1.5 L-113 1.0 L-114 1.0
CI-2 0.5 (I-115 W-115) L-132
PW220 MALS (I-113 W-113) (I-114 W-114)
MFD/SMS MASTER MODES L-133
AND EMERS II HUD AND CARA MFDS
AND SMS L-134
L-135
&
L-134 1.0 Associated
(I-136-2) CI-1 0.5 Workbooks UTD-2
PW220 MALS UFC/CNI
AND EMERS I 6
2
L-111 2.5
W-118 1.0 L-133 1.0 L-132 1.0 I-110 0.5 UTD-1 0.5
(I-111-1/2/3/P)
FLIGHT PW220 NORM PW220 CBITS UTD
(W-111)
INSTRUMENTS OPS & LIMITS ENGINE II INTRODUCTION INTRODUCTION
UFC/CNI

W-104 1.0
L-131 1.0 S-102-SQ 0.5
PHYSICAL S-101 0.5
(I-136-1 W-131) COURSE
CONDITIONING WELCOME
PW220 ENGINE I OVERVIEW
PROGRAM
1
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 267

T
D
UTD-6 1.5 L-232 2.0
A-A MODES AND (I-232 W-232)
EMPLOYMENT AIR REFUELING

L-200 0.5
HUMAN
PERFORMANCE
ENHANCEMENT
20

TR-4
C

19
WST-7 1.5
L-251 1.0 EMERGENCY
(W-251) PROCEDURES
EEGS EVALUATION

L-250 0.5
(W-250)
A-A GUN
18
W-231 1.0
WEAPON
SYSTEMS/
FENCE CHECKS

L-228 (S) 2.0 INST-1

(W-228) D
LINK/SADL
A-A OPS
17
L-230 (S) 1.5
S-195 3.0
(I-230)
INITIAL QUAL
AIM-9 MISSILE
TESTS
EMPLOYMENT

L-235-1

16 22

L-210-SV 1.5 W-211 1.0

(I-210-1/2 W-210) A-A WEAPONS
A-A RADAR EMPLOYMENT

TR-3
D

15
EOPC 0.5
TRANSITION
PHASE
CRITIQUE
WST-5 1.5
EPT-1 TR-1 EMERG PROC
S-109 D AND INST
PRACTICE

14
L-208 1.0 L-100 SV 1.0 S-192 0.5
(W-208) (W-100) FLIGHT CHECK
PRINCIPLES HUMAN PERF REQUIREMENTS
OF RADAR ENHANCEMENT BRIEFING

S-104 1.0
S-189 (S) 1.0 S-191 1.0
PHYSICAL
SECURITY TRANSITION
CONDITIONING
PROCEDURES PHASE BRIEFING
PROGRAM
13
T-005 1.0 WST-4 1.5 CRM-1/2 2.0
W-146 1.0
EMERGENCY AIRCRAFT SYS COCKPIT
DATA TRANSFER
PROCEDURES EMERGENCY RESOURCE
EQUIPMENT
TEST PROCEDURES MANAGEMENT

W-184 1.0
W-183 1.0
PW220
D-MODEL
PERFORMANCE
DIFFERENCES
CALCULATIONS
12
UTD-4 1.5 S-186 1.5
AIRCRAFT SYS AIRCRAFT
EMERGENCY FAMLIARIZATION/
PROCEDURES PREFLIGHT

I-186 0.5
EXTERIOR
INSPECTION
11
268 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

T
D L-305 0.5
WST-19 1.5
UNGUIDED
TNG EQUIP AND
WEAPONS
ORD PREFLIGHT
BOX PATTERN

S-326 1.0
L-300 0.5
LASDT/SA
(W-300)
MODULE
HPE
BRIEFING
30

UTD-11 1.5
BFM-7
CONVENTIONAL
C DELIVERIES

29
L-318 1.0 L-320 2.0
L-323-SV 0.5
(I-318 W-318) (W-320)
(I-323 W-323)
NAVIGATION AGR CONV
A-S RADAR
SYSTEMS DELIVERIES

28
L-302 1.0
L-265 1.0
(I-302 W-302)
HIGH ASPECT
SMS A-S
BFM
OPERATION

BFM-4
C

27
W-351 1.0 W-321 1.0
L-220 (S) 1.0
L-260 1.0 SAFE ESCAPE & COMP DELIVERY
ENERGY
DEFENSIVE BFM MIN RELEASE ERROR
MANEUVER
ALTITUDE ANALYSIS

WST-15 1.5
INTERCEPTS II

26

WST-8 1.5
INTERCEPTS I

BFM-1
D

25
L-240-1 (S) 1.5
TACTICAL
INTERCEPTS
CONTRACTS

UTD-10 1.5 L-227 (S) 1.5

SINGLE AND AMRAAM
MULTIPLE TGT CAPABILITIES &
INTERCEPTS EMPLOYMENT
24
L-248 (S) 1.5 (BLOCK 42)
L-235-2 1.0
SELF IG-247 0.5
BASIC SELF-PROTECTION
PROTECTION
INTERCEPTS II SYSTEMS
SYSTEMS

AHC (BLOCK 25) (BLOCK 42)

D IC-249 0.5 IG-246 0.5
SELF-PROTECTION ALR-69 WARNING
SYSTEM SYSTEM
23
L-235-1 1.5 (BLOCK 25) (BLOCK 42)
(I-235 W-235) WC-249 1.0 WG-247 1.0
BASIC SELF-PROTECTION SELF-PROTECTION
INTERCEPTS I SYSTEMS SYSTEMS

S-244-1 1.0
L-210-SV NTC-1 1.0
ADVANCED
OFFENSIVE
HANDLING
BFM
PHASE BRIEFING
22

L-255 1.0
OFFENSIVE
BFM

NTR-2
33 TR-5
C

21
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 269

T
D

40

39

38

Track 2 Graduation

LJ-138 0.5 LJ-112 3.0

EOCC 0.5 ENGINE DIFF AVIONICS
PW220-PW-229 DIFFERENCES
37
LJ-144-2 0.5
LJ-612 0.5 LJ-144-3 1.0
NORMAL PROCED
ADVANCED IFF EP DIFFERENCES
DIFFERENCES

LJ-144-1 1.0
LJ-210 1.0
A/C SYSTEMS
APG-68 RADAR
DIFFERENCES
36

SA-3
D

35

I-185 0.5
CROSS
COUNTRY
TRAINING

34

TR-5 NTR-2
D

33

S-341 1.0
NTR/NTI
MODULE
BRIEFING
WST-20 1.5
UNGUIDED
WEAPONS
POP PATTERNS

32

L-330 0.5
POP-UP
ATTACKS

SA-1
D

31
270 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

Section G. Ground and Academic Training — See Chapter 3 for ground and academic training information.

Section H. Device Training — See Chapter 4 for Device Training information.

Section I. Flying Training — See Chapter 5 for Flying Training information.

11-19. General Flying Training Instructions — Chapter 5, paragraph 5-1 applies with the following exceptions:

a. Two air refueling sorties are desired, however, a minimum of one air refueling is required for course completion.
Air refueling may be accomplished on any sortie after TR-5.
b. The following events must first be accomplished with an IP in the RCP. In order to be cleared solo for these
events, students must achieve and maintain a minimum grade of “1,” except where noted.

Solo Clearance Events

Planned Sortie
(Accomplished in D Model)
F-16 TR-3
Formation takeoff AHC
Formation landing AHC
Day air refueling AHC
ACBT (AGSM requires min grade of “2”) BFM-1
Night air refueling NTR-2

(1) If solo clearance event is attempted, but not received on the indicated sortie, the next sortie should be flown
dual to allow the event to be accomplished and solo clearance received. If a solo clearance event was
accomplished to solo-clearance standards on a mission that was graded overall “Non-Effective,” then the FS/DO
will determine if a D-model is required to complete the repeat of this mission.

(2) Solo clearance will be revoked if a student receives a grade of “0” or “D” on any of the solo clearance
events listed above after receiving solo clearance. The student must accomplish the task dual and receive at least
a “1” to regain solo clearance.

(3) A student who is cleared solo for night air refueling will automatically be cleared solo for day air refueling
(if not previously cleared solo).

(4) F-16 solo clearance on TR-3 requires VFR patterns, landings, and SFOs to be graded at least a “1.”

11-20. TR Phase — See Chapter 5, Section B, for general TR Phase special instructions, along with the following:

a. Students will fly at least two (each) non-precision approaches, precision approaches, and SFOs before TR-5.

b. Accomplish the following minimum course events after TR-5:

Course Minimum Events

Event Minimum
Formation landing 2
SFO (total, including straight-in / random entry) 2
Straight-in / random entry SFO 2
Precision approach 2
Radar-assisted trail departure 2
Radar-assisted trail recovery 2
Day air refueling 1 (if available)
Night air refueling 1 (if available)

(1) If unable to complete the minimum, squadron supervision will document the unaccomplished task / event in
the GTIMS gradebook and on the end-of-course Training Summary (AETC Form 904) to highlight the shortfall.

(2) Subevent (straight-in / random entry SFO) count for total of overall event.

11-21. AH Phase — See Chapter 5, Section C, for general AH Phase special instructions.

11-22. A-S Phase — See Chapter 5, Section E, for general A-S Phase special instructions.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 271

Chapter 12

Specialized Qualification (SOC) Track 3

Section A. Course Description / Accounting

12-1. Course Title — F-16C/D Specialized Qualification

12-2. Course Identifier — F16C0SOCPL (Luke/Holloman)

12-3. Course Objective — Provides Initial Qualification Training (IQT) in the F-16C/D for pilots selected for the USAF
Aggressors.

12-4. Location — 56 FW, Luke AFB AZ or Holloman AFB, NM.

12-5. Duration — 32 training days (14 ground, 18 flying training days) based on a class of 2 students. Classes greater than
2 students require 2 additional training days per extra student.

12-6. Status Upon Graduation — Graduates fulfill all IQT requirements contained in AFI 11-2F-16V1 and are issued an
AF Form 8, Certificate of Aircrew Qualification, after completion of the Instrument / Qualification (I/Q) Evaluation.
Specifically, SOC Track 3 graduates will:

a. Be proficient in the milestone tasks listed in paragraph 12-16.

b. Be familiar in weapons employment, basic fighter maneuvers, single-ship intercepts, and night operations.

12-7. Course Entry Prerequisites

a. Selected for USAF Aggressors.

(1) Current in any 4th or 5th generation fighter equipped with an air-to-air (A-A) radar.

(2) Flight Experience — 500 hours or two years operational experience in fighter aircraft.

b. Life support training

(1) Centrifuge training successfully completed IAW AFI 11-404.

(2) Physiological training IAW AFI 11-403 (current for the duration of the course).

c. Security clearance requirements — See Chapter 1, Section A.

Section B. Training Summary

12-8. Flying Inventory

Transition (TR) Phase Summary

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Mission Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
TR-1 1.5 1 Single-Ship Operations
TR-3 1.5 1 Element Operations / Clear Solo
TR-4 1.5 1 1.5 2 Element Ops / Initial Solo / Evaluation Preparation
TR-5 1.2 1 1.2 2 Instrument / Qualification (I/Q) Evaluation
NTR-2 2.0 1 Element Night Operations
5 TR 7.7 2 2.7 4 3
272 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

Advanced Handling (AH) Phase Summary

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Mission Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
BFM-1 1.5 1 1.5 1 1 Offensive BFM (AAR)
BFM-4 1.0 1 1.0 2 Defensive BFM
2 AH 2.5 2 2.5 3 1

A-A Phase Summary

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Mission Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
TI-1 1.3 1 1.3 2 Single-Ship Tactical Intercepts
1 A-A 1.3 1 1.3 2 0

Flying Inventory Totals

Support Data Per Student

Student Data
Direct Support Aircraft Remarks
Mission Hrs Sorties Hrs C D
8 11.5 5 6.5 9 4
Student Sortie Requirement (SSR) = 8 + 5 + (0.07 x [8 + 5]) = 13 + 0.91 = 13.91
Notes:
1. SSR = student + direct support + refly rate sorties.
2. Totals assume all direct support sorties are flown similar.
3. Refly rate is 7.0% of student and direct support sorties.

12-9. Device Training Inventory

Unit Training Devices (UTDs)

Student Data
Remarks
Device Hrs
UTD-1 0.5 UTD Introduction
UTD-2 1.5 Checklist Procedures
UTD-3 1.5 Engine Emergency Procedures
UTD-4 1.5 Aircraft Systems Emergency Procedures
UTD-6 1.5 Air-to-Air Modes and Employment
UTD-10 1.5 Single and Multiple Target Intercepts
6 UTDs 8.0
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 273

Weapon Systems Trainers (WSTs)

Student Data
Remarks
Device Hrs
WST-1 1.5 Normal Checklist Procedures (VMC)
WST-2 1.5 Normal Instrument Procedures (IMC)
WST-3 1.5 Engine Emergency Procedures
WST-4 1.5 Aircraft Systems Emergency Procedures
WST-5 1.5 Emergency Procedures & Instrument Practice
WST-7 1.5 Emergency Procedures Evaluation (EPE)
WST-8 1.5 Intercepts I
WST-15 1.5 Intercepts II
8 WSTs 12.0

Networked Training Centers (NTCs)

Student Data
Remarks
Device Hrs
NTC-1 1.0 Offensive BFM
1 NTC 1.0

Device Training Inventory Totals

Device Training Number Hours

Computer Instruction (CI) 5 2.5
Unit Training Device (UTD) 6 8.0
Weapon Systems Trainer (WST) 8 12.0
Networked Training Center (NTC) 1 1.0
Emergency Procedures Trainer (EPT) 1 2.0
Totals 21 25.5

12-10. Ground and Academic Training Summary

Block 25 Block 42
Ground/Academic Training
Number Hours Number Hours
Specialized Training 15 19.0 15 19.0
Lectures 53 64.5 53 64.5
Workbooks 31 31.0 31 31.0
Interactive Courseware 34 17.0 35 17.5
Tests 5 5.0 5 5.0
Totals 138 136.5 139 137.0
Note: Academic times include all optional training.
274 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

12-11. Expendables / Range Requirements Summary

Chaff / Flare Summary

MJU-7/MK-206 Flares RR-170/RR-188 Chaff

Mission Numbers
P IP P IP
BFM-1/4 30 30 30 30
TI-1 15 15 15 15
Totals 45 45 45 45

Training Munitions Summary

AIM-9 BDU-33 PGU-27

Mission Numbers
P IP P IP P IP
BFM-1/4 2 2 - - - -
TI-1 1 1 - - - -
NTR-2 1 1 - - - -
Totals 4 4 0 0 0 0

Section C. Aircraft Configurations — See Chapter 1, Section D.

Section D. Training Management — See Chapter 2, Section B, along with the following:

12-12. Proficiency Advancement — Not applicable to SOC Track 3.

12-13. SNP Limits — See Chapter 2, Section B, paragraph 2-9f.

“SNP” Sortie Limits

“SNP” Sorties
Training Phase
Allowed
TR 2
AH 2
A-A 2
Course Limit 3

12-14. Fighter Aircrew Conditioning Program (FACP) — See Chapter 2, paragraph 2-12.

Section E. Grading Procedures — See Chapter 2, Section C.

12-15. Academic Training Standards — See Chapter 2, paragraph 2-13.

Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 275

12-16. Grading Criteria — See Chapter 2, Section C, paragraph 2-14.

Milestone Task Requirements

TR Phase Milestone Tasks Milestone Sortie CTS

Critical action procedures WST-5 3
Emergency procedures WST-5 2
Instrument unusual attitude recoveries WST-5 2
Horn awareness and recovery training series (HARTS) TR-4 2
Normal checklist procedures TR-4 2
Ground operations TR-4 2
Single-ship takeoff TR-4 2
Departure TR-4 2
G-awareness exercise TR-4 2
Airwork TR-4 2
Basic formation TR-4 2
Tactical formation TR-4 2
Rejoins TR-4 2
Lost wingman exercise / procedures TR-4 2
Instrument procedures TR-4 2
Precision approach TR-4 2
Non-precision approach TR-4 2
VFR patterns and landings (day) TR-4 2
SFO TR-4 2

AH Phase Milestone Tasks Milestone Sortie CTS

FENCE check BFM-1 2
Floor awareness BFM-4 2

Non-Phase Milestone Tasks Milestone Sortie CTS

Day air refueling (if available) BFM-1 2
AGSM BFM-1 2
Formation takeoff BFM-1 2
Formation landing BFM-1 2
Radar-assisted trail departure TI-1 2
Radar-assisted trail recovery TI-1 2
Basic night operations NTR-2 2
Full stop landing (night) NTR-2 2
Night air refueling (if available) NTR-2 2
Cockpit Resource Management
Situational awareness TI-1 2
Communication TI-1 2
Risk management / decision making TI-1 2
Task management TI-1 2
Mission preparation / planning TI-1 2
Flight integrity TI-1 2

b. Demonstrate Proficiency — Not applicable to SOC Track 3.

Section F. Course Flow

12-17. Course Map Description / Legend — See Chapter 2, paragraph 2-16.

276 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

12-18. Course Map

T
D WST-3 1.5
TR-1 EPT-1 2.0
S-107 2.0
(W-107)
ENGINE 15 EGRESS
LIFE SUPPORT
EMERGENCY TRAINING
FITTING
PROCEDURES

TR-1
15
10

L-109-4 1.0 L-109-3 1.0

S-109 4.0
IRC: INST IRC: ARRIVAL
IRC TEST
TECHNIQUES PROCEDURES

L-109-2 1.0
L-109-1 1.0
IRC: DEPT & EN
IRC: FLIGHT
ROUTE
PLANNING
PROCEDURES
9
UTD-3 1.5 WST-2 1.5 W-109 1.0
ENGINE NORMAL INSTRUMENT
EMERGENCY INSTRUMENT REFRESHER
PROCEDURES PROC (IMC) COURSE

T-004 1.0
FLCS TEST

8
L-148 1.0 L-170 2.0 WST-1 1.5 L-160-1
FLAMEOUT PW220 NORMAL L-160-2
PATTERNS AND EMER PROC CHECKLIST L-161
LANDINGS REVIEW PROC (VMC) L-165
&
Associated
T-002 1.0 Workbooks
MISC A/C SYS
TEST
7
L-180 1.0 L-140-1
L-165 1.5 L-182 1.0
(I-180) L-140-2
OUT-OF-CNTRL VFR PATTERNS
INSTRUMENT L-141-1
& FLT CHAR & LANDINGS
RECOVERIES L-141-2
L-142
L-143-1
L-161 1.5 L-143-2
L-111 L-115 UTD-2 1.5 T-001 1.0
(I-161) 0.5 &
L-113 L-116 CHECKLIST AVIONICS
FLCS MALS & GTIMS TRAINING Associated
L-114 PROCEDURES TEST
EMERS Workbooks
6
L-160-2 2.0 S-187 0.5 L-150-3 0.5 L-150-2 1.0 L-150-1 1.0 L-111
FLCS LIMITS AND TR TRAINING PW220 NORM PW220 NORM PW220 NORM L-113
NORMAL DEVICE CHECKLIST CHECKLIST CHECKLIST L-114
OPERATIONS BRIEFING PROCEDURES III PROCEDURES II PROCEDURES I L-115
UTD-1
L-116
W-118
L-160-1 2.0 &
(I-160-1/2 W-160) Associated
FLIGHT CONTROL Workbooks
SYSTEM
5
L-143-2 1.5 L-117 0.5
CI-5 0.5 W-150 1.0
ELECTRICAL (I-117 W-117)
AVIONICS GROUND
SYS MALS AND LIGHTING
REVIEW OPERATIONS
EMERGENCIES SYSTEMS

L-142 0.5 L-143-1 1.5

(I-142 W-142) (I-143-1/2 W-143) L-116 2.0 CI-4 0.5
ENV. CONTROL ELECTRICAL (I-116 W-116) INS
SYSTEM SYSTEM EGI
4
L-141-2 1.5 L-128 0.5
HYDRAULIC SYS (W-128)
MALS AND LINK/SADL
EMERGENCIES INTRO

L-140-2 1.0
L-141-1 1.5 L-140-1 1.5 T-003 1.0
FUEL SYS MALS CI-3 0.5
(I-141-1/2 W-141) (I-140-1/2 W-140) PW220
AND HUD
HYDRAULIC SYS FUEL SYSTEM ENGINE TEST
EMERGENCIES
3
L-115 1.0 L-131
L-135 1.5 L-113 1.0 L-114 1.0
CI-2 0.5 (I-115 W-115) L-132
PW220 MALS (I-113 W-113) (I-114 W-114)
MFD/SMS MASTER MODES L-133
AND EMERS II HUD AND CARA MFDS
AND SMS L-134
L-135
&
L-134 1.0 Associated
(I-136-2) CI-1 0.5 Workbooks UTD-2
PW220 MALS UFC/CNI
AND EMERS I 6
2
L-111 2.5
W-118 1.0 L-133 1.0 L-132 1.0 I-110 0.5 UTD-1 0.5
(I-111-1/2/3/P)
FLIGHT PW220 NORM PW220 CBITS UTD
(W-111)
INSTRUMENTS OPS & LIMITS ENGINE II INTRODUCTION INTRODUCTION
UFC/CNI

W-104 1.0
L-131 1.0 S-102-SQ 0.5
PHYSICAL S-101 0.5
(I-136-1 W-131) COURSE
CONDITIONING WELCOME
PW220 ENGINE I OVERVIEW
PROGRAM
1
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 277

T
D L-250 0.5
L-200 0.5
HUMAN
(W-250) PERFORMANCE
A-A GUN ENHANCEMENT

W-231 1.0 S-195 3.0

WEAPON INITIAL QUAL
SYSTEMS/ TESTS
FENCE CHECKS
20
L-230 (S) 1.5 L-240-1 (S)
(I-230)
26
AIM-9 MISSILE
EMPLOYMENT

TR-4
C

19
WST-7 1.5
W-211 1.0
EMERGENCY
A-A WEAPONS
PROCEDURES
EMPLOYMENT
EVALUATION

18

L-210-SV 1.5 L-235-SV

(I-210-1/2 W-210) 24
A-A RADAR

TR-3
D

17

WST-5 1.5
EMERG PROC
AND INST
PRACTICE

16
S-192 0.5
FLIGHT CHECK
REQUIREMENTS
BRIEFING

EPT-1 TR-1
S-109 D

15
EOPC 0.5
W-146 1.0 S-191 1.0
TRANSITION
DATA TRANSFER TRANSITION
PHASE
EQUIPMENT PHASE BRIEFING
CRITIQUE

T-005 1.0
S-189 (S) 1.0
EMERGENCY
SECURITY
PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
TEST
14
WST-4 1.5
AIRCRAFT SYS
EMERGENCY
PROCEDURES

CRM-1/2 2.0 S-104 1.0 L-100-SV 1.0

W-183 1.0
COCKPIT PHYSICAL (W-100)
D-MODEL
RESOURCE CONDITIONING HUMAN PERF
DIFFERENCES
MANAGEMENT PROGRAM ENHANCEMENT
13
W-184 1.0
PW220
PERFORMANCE
CALCULATIONS

S-186 1.5
AIRCRAFT
FAMLIARIZATION/
PREFLIGHT
12
UTD-4 1.5
I-186 0.5
AIRCRAFT SYS
EXTERIOR
EMERGENCY
INSPECTION
PROCEDURES

11
278 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

T
D S-341 1.0
NTR/NTI
MODULE
BRIEFING

TI-1
C

30
S-244-2 1.0
WST-15 1.5 TI/ACM/ACT
INTERCEPTS II MODULE
BRIEFING

29

BFM-4
C

28

WST-8 1.5
INTERCEPTS I

L-220 (S) 1.0

L-260 1.0
ENERGY
DEFENSIVE BFM
MANEUVER

27
L-240-1 (S) 1.5
TACTICAL
L-230(S)
INTERCEPTS
CONTRACTS

L-227 (S) 1.5

AMRAAM
CAPABILITIES &
EMPLOYMENT
26
UTD-10 1.5 L-248 (S) 1.5
SINGLE AND SELF
MULTIPLE TGT PROTECTION
INTERCEPTS SYSTEMS

BFM-1
D

25
L-235-SV 1.0 (BLOCK 25) (BLOCK 42)
(I-235 W-235) IC-249 0.5 IG-247 0.5
BASIC SELF-PROTECT SELF-PROTECT
INTERCEPTS SYSTEM SYSTEMS

(BLOCK 25) (BLOCK 42)

L-210-SV
WC-249 1.0 IG-246 0.5
SELF-PROTECT ALR-69 WARNING
SYSTEMS SYSTEM
24
S-244-1 1.0 (BLOCK 42)
UTD-6 1.5 NTC-1 1.0
ADVANCED WG-247 1.0
A-A MODES AND OFFENSIVE
HANDLING SELF-PROTECT
EMPLOYMENT BFM
PHASE BRIEFING SYSTEMS

23

L-255 1.0 L-232 2.0

OFFENSIVE (I-232 W-232)
BFM AIR REFUELING

L-228 (S) 2.0

(W-228)
LINK/SADL
A-A OPS
22

L-251 1.0
(W-251)
EEGS

TR-5
C

21
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 279

T
D

Track 3 Graduation

EOCC 0.5

L-137-2 1.0 L-137-1 1.5

(I-137-2) (I-137-1)
GE-100/129 GE-100/129
ENGINE II ENGINE I
32

NTR-2
D

31
280 Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014

Section G. Ground and Academic Training — See Chapter 3 for ground and academic training information.

Section H. Device Training — See Chapter 4 for Device Training information.

Section I. Flying Training — See Chapter 5 for Flying Training information.

12-19. General Flying Training Instructions — Chapter 5, paragraph 5-1 applies with the following exceptions:

a. Day and night air refueling is desired, however, a minimum of one air refueling is required for course
completion. Air refueling may be accomplished on any sortie after TR-5.

b. The following events must first be accomplished with an IP in the RCP. In order to be cleared solo for these
events, students must achieve and maintain a minimum grade of “1,” except where noted.

Solo Clearance Events

Planned Sortie
(Accomplished in D Model)
F-16 TR-3
Day air refueling BFM-1
ACBT (AGSM requires min grade of “2”) BFM-1
Night air refueling NTR-2

(1) If solo clearance event is attempted, but not received on the indicated sortie, the next sortie should be flown
dual to allow the event to be accomplished and solo clearance received. If a solo clearance event was
accomplished to solo-clearance standards on a mission that was graded overall “Non-Effective,” then the FS/DO
will determine if a D-model is required to complete the repeat of this mission.

(2) Solo clearance will be revoked if a student receives a grade of “0” on any of the solo clearance events listed
above after receiving solo clearance. The student must accomplish the task dual and receive at least a “1” to
regain solo clearance.

(3) A student who is cleared solo for night air refueling will automatically be cleared solo for day air refueling
(if not previously cleared solo).

(4) F-16 solo clearance on TR-3 requires VFR patterns, landings, and SFOs to be graded at least a “1.”

12-20. TR Phase — See Chapter 5, Section B, for general TR Phase special instructions, along with the following:

a. Students will fly at least two (each) non-precision approaches, precision approaches, and SFOs before TR-5.

b. Accomplish the following minimum course events after TR-5:

Course Minimum Events

Event Minimum
Formation takeoff 1
Formation landing 1
Precision approach 3
Radar-assisted trail departure 3
Radar-assisted trail recovery 2
Day air refueling 1 (if available)
Night air refueling 1 (if available)

(1) If unable to complete the minimum, squadron supervision will document the unaccomplished task / event in
the GTIMS gradebook and on the end-of-course Training Summary (AETC Form 904) to highlight the shortfall.

12-21. AH Phase — See Chapter 5, Section C, for general AH Phase special instructions.

12-22. A-A Phase — See Chapter 5, Section D, for general A-A Phase special instructions.
Combined Wingman Syllabus (56 FW) April 2014 281

Chapter 13

General Instructions
Section A. Prerequisites — Listed on course maps.

Section B. Bibliography

13-1. Technical Orders and Operations Directives — Issue one copy of the following publications to each student.
Publication may be in hardcopy or electronic format. Students are responsible for updating hardcopy publications and must
return these publications after graduation. Wings may provide additional publications as necessary.

a. T.O. 1F-16-1, Flight Manual (for appropriate F-16 Block)

b. T.O. 1F-16-1CL-1, and T.O. 1F-16-34-1-1CL-1, Checklists (for appropriate F-16 Block)

c. AFI 11-214, Air Operations Rules and Procedures, as supplemented.

d. AFI 11-2F-16V3, F-16 Operations Procedures and Local Chapter 8, as supplemented.

e. LAFBI 13-203, Airfield Operations and Base Flying Procedures

f. AFTTP 3-3.F-16, Combat Aircraft Fundamentals F-16 (U) (CD ROM)

g. Master question file, Local Procedures

h. Master question file, Aircraft (for appropriate F-16 Block)

Section C. Glossary — Reference AETC Syllabus Supplement F1600CTSPL for terms and abbreviations.